Fossil

###
#   Dockerfile for Fossil
###
FROM fedora:23

### Now install some additional parts we will need for the build
RUN dnf update -y && dnf install -y gcc make zlib-devel openssl-devel tar && dnf clean all && groupadd -r fossil -g 433 && useradd -u 431 -r -g fossil -d /opt/fossil -s /sbin/nologin -c "Fossil user" fossil

### If you want to build "trunk", change the next line accordingly.
ENV FOSSIL_INSTALL_VERSION release

###
#   Dockerfile for Fossil
###
FROM fedora:24

### Now install some additional parts we will need for the build
RUN dnf update -y && dnf install -y gcc make zlib-devel openssl-devel tar && dnf clean all && groupadd -r fossil -g 433 && useradd -u 431 -r -g fossil -d /opt/fossil -s /sbin/nologin -c "Fossil user" fossil

### If you want to build "trunk", change the next line accordingly.
ENV FOSSIL_INSTALL_VERSION release

#### Tcl shell for use in running the fossil testsuite.  If you do not
#    care about testing the end result, this can be blank.
#
TCLSH = tclsh

LIB =	@LDFLAGS@ @EXTRA_LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@

TCCFLAGS =	@EXTRA_CFLAGS@ @CPPFLAGS@ @CFLAGS@ -DHAVE_AUTOCONFIG_H -D_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
INSTALLDIR = $(DESTDIR)@prefix@/bin
USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE = @USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE@
USE_LINENOISE = @USE_LINENOISE@
USE_SEE = @USE_SEE@
FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ = @FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ@

include $(SRCDIR)/main.mk

distclean: clean
	rm -f autoconfig.h config.log Makefile

#### Tcl shell for use in running the fossil testsuite.  If you do not
#    care about testing the end result, this can be blank.
#
TCLSH = tclsh

LIB =	@LDFLAGS@ @EXTRA_LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@
BCCFLAGS =	@CPPFLAGS@ @CFLAGS@
TCCFLAGS =	@EXTRA_CFLAGS@ @CPPFLAGS@ @CFLAGS@ -DHAVE_AUTOCONFIG_H -D_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
INSTALLDIR = $(DESTDIR)@prefix@/bin
USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE = @USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE@
USE_LINENOISE = @USE_LINENOISE@
USE_SEE = @USE_SEE@
FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ = @FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ@

include $(SRCDIR)/main.mk

distclean: clean
	rm -f autoconfig.h config.log Makefile

1.36

1.37

}
cc-check-function-in-lib dlopen dl
cc-check-function-in-lib sin m

# Check for the FuseFS library
if {[opt-bool fusefs]} {
  if {[cc-check-function-in-lib fuse_mount fuse]} {

     define FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS 1
     define-append LIBS -lfuse
     msg-result "FuseFS support enabled"
  }
}

make-template Makefile.in
make-config-header autoconfig.h -auto {USE_* FOSSIL_*}

}
cc-check-function-in-lib dlopen dl
cc-check-function-in-lib sin m

# Check for the FuseFS library
if {[opt-bool fusefs]} {
  if {[cc-check-function-in-lib fuse_mount fuse]} {
     define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS
     define FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS 1
     define-append LIBS -lfuse
     msg-result "FuseFS support enabled"
  }
}

make-template Makefile.in
make-config-header autoconfig.h -auto {USE_* FOSSIL_*}

  text-align: center;
  border:1px solid #999;
  border-width:1px 0px;
  background-color: #eee;
  color: #333;
}
div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited, div.sectionmenu>a.button:link,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: #333;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {
  color: #eee;
  background-color: #333;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  text-align: center;
  border:1px solid #999;
  border-width:1px 0px;
  background-color: #eee;
  color: #333;
}
div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited, div.sectionmenu>a.button:link,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited, div.submenu label {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: #333;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover, div.submenu label:hover {
  color: #eee;
  background-color: #333;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
}

.submenu input, .submenu select {
  margin: 0 0 0 5px;
}

.submenu a {
    color: #3b5c6b;
    padding: 5px 15px;
    text-decoration: none;
    border: 1px solid transparent;
    border-radius: 5px;
}

.submenu a:hover {
    border: 1px solid #ccc;
}


/* Section
 * Cap/header to distinguish a section. Displayed within a content div.
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– */

    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
}

.submenu input, .submenu select {
  margin: 0 0 0 5px;
}

.submenu a, .submenu label {
    color: #3b5c6b;
    padding: 5px 15px;
    text-decoration: none;
    border: 1px solid transparent;
    border-radius: 5px;
}

.submenu a:hover, .submenu label:hover {
    border: 1px solid #ccc;
}


/* Section
 * Cap/header to distinguish a section. Displayed within a content div.
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– */

    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
}

.submenu input, .submenu select {
  margin: 0 0 0 5px;
}

.submenu a {
    color: #3b5c6b;
    padding: 5px 15px;
    text-decoration: none;
    border: 1px solid transparent;
    border-radius: 5px;
}

.submenu a:hover {
    border: 1px solid #ccc;
}


/* Section
 * Cap/header to distinguish a section. Displayed within a content div.
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– */

    border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
}

.submenu input, .submenu select {
  margin: 0 0 0 5px;
}

.submenu a, .submenu label {
    color: #3b5c6b;
    padding: 5px 15px;
    text-decoration: none;
    border: 1px solid transparent;
    border-radius: 5px;
}

.submenu a:hover, .submenu label:hover {
    border: 1px solid #ccc;
}


/* Section
 * Cap/header to distinguish a section. Displayed within a content div.
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– */

.submenu {
    font-size: .7em;
    margin-top: 10px;
    padding: 10px;
    border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc;
}

.submenu a {
    padding: 10px 11px;
    text-decoration:none;
    color: #777;
}

.submenu a:hover {
    padding: 6px 10px;
    border: 1px solid #ccc;
    border-radius: 5px;
    color: #000;
}

.content {

.submenu {
    font-size: .7em;
    margin-top: 10px;
    padding: 10px;
    border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc;
}

.submenu a, .submenu label {
    padding: 10px 11px;
    text-decoration:none;
    color: #777;
}

.submenu a:hover, .submenu label:hover {
    padding: 6px 10px;
    border: 1px solid #ccc;
    border-radius: 5px;
    color: #000;
}

.content {

  font-size: 0.9em;
  font-weight: bold;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #485D7B;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {

  text-decoration: underline;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {
  padding: 0ex 1ex 0ex 2ex;

  font-size: 0.9em;
  font-weight: bold;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #485D7B;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited,
div.submenu label {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover,
div.submenu label:hover {
  text-decoration: underline;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {
  padding: 0ex 1ex 0ex 2ex;

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #456878;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {

  color: #558195;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #456878;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited,
div.submenu label {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover,
div.submenu label:hover {
  color: #558195;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #c0af58;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {

  color: #a09048;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #c0af58;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited,
div.submenu label {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover
div.submenu label:hover {
  color: #a09048;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #456878;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {

  color: #558195;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #456878;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited,
div.submenu label {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover,
div.submenu label:hover {
  color: #558195;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #606060;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {

  color: #404040;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  padding: 3px 10px 3px 0px;
  font-size: 0.9em;
  text-align: center;
  background-color: #606060;
  color: white;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited, div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited,
div.submenu label {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover,
div.submenu label:hover {
  color: #404040;
  background-color: white;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
** the footer */
div.content {

  box-shadow: 0px 3px 4px #999;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited, a.button,
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {
  padding: 2px 8px;
  color: #000;
  font-family: Arial;
  text-decoration: none;
  margin:auto;
  border-radius: 5px;
................................................................................
}

div.mainmenu a:hover {
  color: #000;
  background-color: white;
}

div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover {
  background-color: #c0c0c0;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
 ** the footer */
div.content {
  background-color: #fff;

  box-shadow: 0px 3px 4px #999;
}
div.mainmenu a, div.mainmenu a:visited {
  padding: 3px 10px 3px 10px;
  color: white;
  text-decoration: none;
}
div.submenu a, div.submenu a:visited, a.button, div.submenu label
div.sectionmenu>a.button:link, div.sectionmenu>a.button:visited {
  padding: 2px 8px;
  color: #000;
  font-family: Arial;
  text-decoration: none;
  margin:auto;
  border-radius: 5px;
................................................................................
}

div.mainmenu a:hover {
  color: #000;
  background-color: white;
}

div.submenu a:hover, div.sectionmenu>a.button:hover, div.submenu label:hover {
  background-color: #c0c0c0;
}

/* All page content from the bottom of the menu or submenu down to
 ** the footer */
div.content {
  background-color: #fff;

div.submenu {
  border-top: 1px solid #0a0;
  border-radius: 0;
  display: block;
}

div.mainmenu a, div.submenu a {
  color: #000;
  padding: 0 0.75rem;
  text-decoration: none;
}

div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover {
  color: #fff;
  text-shadow: 0px 0px 6px #0f0;
}

div.submenu * {
  margin: 0 0.5rem;
  vertical-align: middle;

div.submenu {
  border-top: 1px solid #0a0;
  border-radius: 0;
  display: block;
}

div.mainmenu a, div.submenu a, div.submenu label {
  color: #000;
  padding: 0 0.75rem;
  text-decoration: none;
}

div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover, div.submenu label:hover {
  color: #fff;
  text-shadow: 0px 0px 6px #0f0;
}

div.submenu * {
  margin: 0 0.5rem;
  vertical-align: middle;

  char *zQFilename;
  Blob extra;
  int useCheckouts = 0;
  int quiet = 0;
  int dryRunFlag = 0;
  int showFile = find_option("showfile",0,0)!=0;
  int stopOnError = find_option("dontstop",0,0)==0;
  int rc;
  int nToDel = 0;
  int showLabel = 0;

  dryRunFlag = find_option("dry-run","n",0)!=0;
  if( !dryRunFlag ){
    dryRunFlag = find_option("test",0,0)!=0; /* deprecated */
  }
................................................................................
       " WHERE substr(name, 1, 5)=='repo:'"
       " ORDER BY 1"
    );
  }
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE toDel(x TEXT)");
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT name, tag FROM repolist ORDER BY 1");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){

    const char *zFilename = db_column_text(&q, 0);
#if !USE_SEE
    if( sqlite3_strglob("*.efossil", zFilename)==0 ) continue;
#endif
    if( file_access(zFilename, F_OK)
     || !file_is_canonical(zFilename)
     || (useCheckouts && file_isdir(zFilename)!=1)

  char *zQFilename;
  Blob extra;
  int useCheckouts = 0;
  int quiet = 0;
  int dryRunFlag = 0;
  int showFile = find_option("showfile",0,0)!=0;
  int stopOnError = find_option("dontstop",0,0)==0;

  int nToDel = 0;
  int showLabel = 0;

  dryRunFlag = find_option("dry-run","n",0)!=0;
  if( !dryRunFlag ){
    dryRunFlag = find_option("test",0,0)!=0; /* deprecated */
  }
................................................................................
       " WHERE substr(name, 1, 5)=='repo:'"
       " ORDER BY 1"
    );
  }
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE toDel(x TEXT)");
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT name, tag FROM repolist ORDER BY 1");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int rc;
    const char *zFilename = db_column_text(&q, 0);
#if !USE_SEE
    if( sqlite3_strglob("*.efossil", zFilename)==0 ) continue;
#endif
    if( file_access(zFilename, F_OK)
     || !file_is_canonical(zFilename)
     || (useCheckouts && file_isdir(zFilename)!=1)

  if( rid==0 ){ fossil_redirect_home(); }
  zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
#if 0
  /* Shunning here needs to get both the attachment control artifact and
  ** the object that is attached. */
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid='%q'", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun","Unshun", "%s/shun?uuid=%s&sub=1",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun","Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }
  }
#endif
  pAttach = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_ATTACHMENT, 0);
  if( pAttach==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  zTarget = pAttach->zAttachTarget;
................................................................................
  fShowContent = zMime ? strncmp(zMime,"text/", 5)==0 : 0;
  if( validate16(zTarget, strlen(zTarget))
   && db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM ticket WHERE tkt_uuid='%q'", zTarget)
  ){
    zTktUuid = zTarget;
    if( !g.perm.RdTkt ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdTkt); return; }
    if( g.perm.WrTkt ){
      style_submenu_element("Delete","Delete","%R/ainfo/%s?del", zUuid);
    }
  }else if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tag WHERE tagname='wiki-%q'",zTarget) ){
    zWikiName = zTarget;
    if( !g.perm.RdWiki ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdWiki); return; }
    if( g.perm.WrWiki ){
      style_submenu_element("Delete","Delete","%R/ainfo/%s?del", zUuid);
    }
  }else if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tag WHERE tagname='event-%q'",zTarget) ){
    zTNUuid = zTarget;
    if( !g.perm.RdWiki ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdWiki); return; }
    if( g.perm.Write && g.perm.WrWiki ){
      style_submenu_element("Delete","Delete","%R/ainfo/%s?del", zUuid);
    }
  }
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.12f)", pAttach->rDate);

  if( P("confirm")
   && ((zTktUuid && g.perm.WrTkt) ||
       (zWikiName && g.perm.WrWiki) ||
................................................................................
      return;
    }
    if( strcmp(zModAction,"approve")==0 ){
      moderation_approve(rid);
    }
  }
  style_header("Attachment Details");
  style_submenu_element("Raw", "Raw", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  if(fShowContent){
    style_submenu_element("Line Numbers", "Line Numbers",
                          "%R/ainfo/%s%s",zUuid,
                          ((zLn&&*zLn) ? "" : "?ln=0"));
  }

  @ <div class="section">Overview</div>
  @ <p><table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Artifact&nbsp;ID:</th>
  @ <td>%z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))%s(zUuid)</a>
................................................................................
      @ %h(z)
      @ </pre>
    }
  }else if( strncmp(zMime, "image/", 6)==0 ){
    int sz = db_int(0, "SELECT size FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", ridSrc);
    @ <i>(file is %d(sz) bytes of image data)</i><br />
    @ <img src="%R/raw/%s(zSrc)?m=%s(zMime)"></img>
    style_submenu_element("Image", "Image", "%R/raw/%s?m=%s", zSrc, zMime);
  }else{
    int sz = db_int(0, "SELECT size FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", ridSrc);
    @ <i>(file is %d(sz) bytes of binary data)</i>
  }
  @ </blockquote>
  manifest_destroy(pAttach);
  blob_reset(&attach);

  if( rid==0 ){ fossil_redirect_home(); }
  zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
#if 0
  /* Shunning here needs to get both the attachment control artifact and
  ** the object that is attached. */
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid='%q'", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun", "%s/shun?uuid=%s&sub=1",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }
  }
#endif
  pAttach = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_ATTACHMENT, 0);
  if( pAttach==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  zTarget = pAttach->zAttachTarget;
................................................................................
  fShowContent = zMime ? strncmp(zMime,"text/", 5)==0 : 0;
  if( validate16(zTarget, strlen(zTarget))
   && db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM ticket WHERE tkt_uuid='%q'", zTarget)
  ){
    zTktUuid = zTarget;
    if( !g.perm.RdTkt ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdTkt); return; }
    if( g.perm.WrTkt ){
      style_submenu_element("Delete", "%R/ainfo/%s?del", zUuid);
    }
  }else if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tag WHERE tagname='wiki-%q'",zTarget) ){
    zWikiName = zTarget;
    if( !g.perm.RdWiki ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdWiki); return; }
    if( g.perm.WrWiki ){
      style_submenu_element("Delete", "%R/ainfo/%s?del", zUuid);
    }
  }else if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tag WHERE tagname='event-%q'",zTarget) ){
    zTNUuid = zTarget;
    if( !g.perm.RdWiki ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdWiki); return; }
    if( g.perm.Write && g.perm.WrWiki ){
      style_submenu_element("Delete", "%R/ainfo/%s?del", zUuid);
    }
  }
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.12f)", pAttach->rDate);

  if( P("confirm")
   && ((zTktUuid && g.perm.WrTkt) ||
       (zWikiName && g.perm.WrWiki) ||
................................................................................
      return;
    }
    if( strcmp(zModAction,"approve")==0 ){
      moderation_approve(rid);
    }
  }
  style_header("Attachment Details");
  style_submenu_element("Raw", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  if(fShowContent){
    style_submenu_element("Line Numbers", "%R/ainfo/%s%s", zUuid,

                          ((zLn&&*zLn) ? "" : "?ln=0"));
  }

  @ <div class="section">Overview</div>
  @ <p><table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Artifact&nbsp;ID:</th>
  @ <td>%z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))%s(zUuid)</a>
................................................................................
      @ %h(z)
      @ </pre>
    }
  }else if( strncmp(zMime, "image/", 6)==0 ){
    int sz = db_int(0, "SELECT size FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", ridSrc);
    @ <i>(file is %d(sz) bytes of image data)</i><br />
    @ <img src="%R/raw/%s(zSrc)?m=%s(zMime)"></img>
    style_submenu_element("Image", "%R/raw/%s?m=%s", zSrc, zMime);
  }else{
    int sz = db_int(0, "SELECT size FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", ridSrc);
    @ <i>(file is %d(sz) bytes of binary data)</i>
  }
  @ </blockquote>
  manifest_destroy(pAttach);
  blob_reset(&attach);

/*
** Return the value of a boolean bisect option.
*/
int bisect_option(const char *zName){
  unsigned int i;
  int r = -1;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBisectOption)/sizeof(aBisectOption[0]); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zName, aBisectOption[i].zName)==0 ){
      char *zLabel = mprintf("bisect-%s", zName);
      char *z = db_lget(zLabel, (char*)aBisectOption[i].zDefault);
      if( is_truth(z) ) r = 1;
      if( is_false(z) ) r = 0;
      if( r<0 ) r = is_truth(aBisectOption[i].zDefault);
      free(zLabel);
................................................................................
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "log", n)==0 ){
    bisect_chart(0);
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "chart", n)==0 ){
    bisect_chart(1);
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "options", n)==0 ){
    if( g.argc==3 ){
      unsigned int i;
      for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBisectOption)/sizeof(aBisectOption[0]); i++){
        char *z = mprintf("bisect-%s", aBisectOption[i].zName);
        fossil_print("  %-15s  %-6s  ", aBisectOption[i].zName,
               db_lget(z, (char*)aBisectOption[i].zDefault));
        fossil_free(z);
        comment_print(aBisectOption[i].zDesc, 0, 27, -1, g.comFmtFlags);
      }
    }else if( g.argc==4 || g.argc==5 ){
      unsigned int i;
      n = strlen(g.argv[3]);
      for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBisectOption)/sizeof(aBisectOption[0]); i++){
        if( strncmp(g.argv[3], aBisectOption[i].zName, n)==0 ){
          char *z = mprintf("bisect-%s", aBisectOption[i].zName);
          if( g.argc==5 ){
            db_lset(z, g.argv[4]);
          }
          fossil_print("%s\n", db_lget(z, (char*)aBisectOption[i].zDefault));
          fossil_free(z);
          break;
        }
      }
      if( i>=sizeof(aBisectOption)/sizeof(aBisectOption[0]) ){
        fossil_fatal("no such bisect option: %s", g.argv[3]);
      }
    }else{
      usage("options ?NAME? ?VALUE?");
    }
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "reset", n)==0 ){
    db_multi_exec(

/*
** Return the value of a boolean bisect option.
*/
int bisect_option(const char *zName){
  unsigned int i;
  int r = -1;
  for(i=0; i<count(aBisectOption); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zName, aBisectOption[i].zName)==0 ){
      char *zLabel = mprintf("bisect-%s", zName);
      char *z = db_lget(zLabel, (char*)aBisectOption[i].zDefault);
      if( is_truth(z) ) r = 1;
      if( is_false(z) ) r = 0;
      if( r<0 ) r = is_truth(aBisectOption[i].zDefault);
      free(zLabel);
................................................................................
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "log", n)==0 ){
    bisect_chart(0);
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "chart", n)==0 ){
    bisect_chart(1);
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "options", n)==0 ){
    if( g.argc==3 ){
      unsigned int i;
      for(i=0; i<count(aBisectOption); i++){
        char *z = mprintf("bisect-%s", aBisectOption[i].zName);
        fossil_print("  %-15s  %-6s  ", aBisectOption[i].zName,
               db_lget(z, (char*)aBisectOption[i].zDefault));
        fossil_free(z);
        comment_print(aBisectOption[i].zDesc, 0, 27, -1, g.comFmtFlags);
      }
    }else if( g.argc==4 || g.argc==5 ){
      unsigned int i;
      n = strlen(g.argv[3]);
      for(i=0; i<count(aBisectOption); i++){
        if( strncmp(g.argv[3], aBisectOption[i].zName, n)==0 ){
          char *z = mprintf("bisect-%s", aBisectOption[i].zName);
          if( g.argc==5 ){
            db_lset(z, g.argv[4]);
          }
          fossil_print("%s\n", db_lget(z, (char*)aBisectOption[i].zDefault));
          fossil_free(z);
          break;
        }
      }
      if( i>=count(aBisectOption) ){
        fossil_fatal("no such bisect option: %s", g.argv[3]);
      }
    }else{
      usage("options ?NAME? ?VALUE?");
    }
  }else if( strncmp(zCmd, "reset", n)==0 ){
    db_multi_exec(

  brid = content_put_ex(&branch, 0, 0, 0, isPrivate);
  if( brid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("trouble committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s\n", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", brid);
  fossil_print("New branch: %s\n", zUuid);
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    fossil_print(
................................................................................
@   (SELECT tagxref.value
@      FROM plink CROSS JOIN tagxref
@    WHERE plink.pid=event.objid
@       AND tagxref.rid=plink.cid
@      AND tagxref.tagid=(SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname='branch')
@      AND tagtype>0),
@   count(*),
@   (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=tagxref.rid)

@  FROM tagxref, tag, event
@ WHERE tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid
@   AND tagxref.tagtype>0
@   AND tag.tagname='branch'
@   AND event.objid=tagxref.rid
@ GROUP BY 1
@ ORDER BY 2 DESC;
................................................................................
**
** Control jumps to this routine from brlist_page() (the /brlist handler)
** if there are no query parameters.
*/
static void new_brlist_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  double rNow;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Branches");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);

  login_anonymous_available();

  db_prepare(&q, brlistQuery/*works-like:""*/);
  rNow = db_double(0.0, "SELECT julianday('now')");
  @ <div class="brlist"><table id="branchlisttable">
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>Branch Name</th>
................................................................................
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zBranch = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    double rMtime = db_column_double(&q, 1);
    int isClosed = db_column_int(&q, 2);
    const char *zMergeTo = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    int nCkin = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    const char *zLastCkin = db_column_text(&q, 5);

    char *zAge = human_readable_age(rNow - rMtime);
    sqlite3_int64 iMtime = (sqlite3_int64)(rMtime*86400.0);
    if( zMergeTo && zMergeTo[0]==0 ) zMergeTo = 0;










    @ <tr>

    @ <td>%z(href("%R/timeline?n=100&r=%T",zBranch))%h(zBranch)</a></td>
    @ <td data-sortkey="%016llx(-iMtime)">%s(zAge)</td>
    @ <td>%d(nCkin)</td>
    fossil_free(zAge);
    @ <td>%s(isClosed?"closed":"")</td>
    if( zMergeTo ){
      @ <td>merged into
................................................................................
    showAll = 1;
  }
  if( showAll ) brFlags = BRL_BOTH;
  if( showClosed ) brFlags = BRL_CLOSED_ONLY;

  style_header("%s", showClosed ? "Closed Branches" :
                        showAll ? "All Branches" : "Open Branches");
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "Timeline", "brtimeline");
  if( showClosed ){
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "brlist?all");
    style_submenu_element("Open","Open","brlist?open");
  }else if( showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "Closed", "brlist?closed");
    style_submenu_element("Open","Open","brlist");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "brlist?all");
    style_submenu_element("Closed","Closed","brlist?closed");
  }
  if( !colorTest ){
    style_submenu_element("Color-Test", "Color-Test", "brlist?colortest");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "brlist?all");
  }
  login_anonymous_available();
#if 0
  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> An <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("brlist"))
  @ open branch</a></div> is a branch that has one or more
................................................................................
void brtimeline_page(void){
  Stmt q;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }

  style_header("Branches");
  style_submenu_element("List", "List", "brlist");
  login_anonymous_available();
  @ <h2>The initial check-in for each branch:</h2>
  db_prepare(&q,
    "%s AND blob.rid IN (SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
    "                     WHERE tagtype>0 AND tagid=%d AND srcid!=0)"
    " ORDER BY event.mtime DESC",
    timeline_query_for_www(), TAG_BRANCH
  );
  www_print_timeline(&q, 0, 0, 0, 0, brtimeline_extra);
  db_finalize(&q);
  style_footer();
}

  brid = content_put_ex(&branch, 0, 0, 0, isPrivate);
  if( brid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("trouble committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", brid);
  fossil_print("New branch: %s\n", zUuid);
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    fossil_print(
................................................................................
@   (SELECT tagxref.value
@      FROM plink CROSS JOIN tagxref
@    WHERE plink.pid=event.objid
@       AND tagxref.rid=plink.cid
@      AND tagxref.tagid=(SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname='branch')
@      AND tagtype>0),
@   count(*),
@   (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=tagxref.rid),
@   event.bgcolor
@  FROM tagxref, tag, event
@ WHERE tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid
@   AND tagxref.tagtype>0
@   AND tag.tagname='branch'
@   AND event.objid=tagxref.rid
@ GROUP BY 1
@ ORDER BY 2 DESC;
................................................................................
**
** Control jumps to this routine from brlist_page() (the /brlist handler)
** if there are no query parameters.
*/
static void new_brlist_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  double rNow;
  int show_colors = PB("colors");
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Branches");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_checkbox("colors", "Use Branch Colors", 0);
  login_anonymous_available();

  db_prepare(&q, brlistQuery/*works-like:""*/);
  rNow = db_double(0.0, "SELECT julianday('now')");
  @ <div class="brlist"><table id="branchlisttable">
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>Branch Name</th>
................................................................................
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zBranch = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    double rMtime = db_column_double(&q, 1);
    int isClosed = db_column_int(&q, 2);
    const char *zMergeTo = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    int nCkin = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    const char *zLastCkin = db_column_text(&q, 5);
    const char *zBgClr = db_column_text(&q, 6);
    char *zAge = human_readable_age(rNow - rMtime);
    sqlite3_int64 iMtime = (sqlite3_int64)(rMtime*86400.0);
    if( zMergeTo && zMergeTo[0]==0 ) zMergeTo = 0;
    if( zBgClr == 0 ){
      if( zBranch==0 || strcmp(zBranch,"trunk")==0 ){
        zBgClr = 0;
      }else{
        zBgClr = hash_color(zBranch);
      }
    }
    if( zBgClr && zBgClr[0] && show_colors ){
      @ <tr style="background-color:%s(zBgClr)">
    }else{
      @ <tr>
    }
    @ <td>%z(href("%R/timeline?n=100&r=%T",zBranch))%h(zBranch)</a></td>
    @ <td data-sortkey="%016llx(-iMtime)">%s(zAge)</td>
    @ <td>%d(nCkin)</td>
    fossil_free(zAge);
    @ <td>%s(isClosed?"closed":"")</td>
    if( zMergeTo ){
      @ <td>merged into
................................................................................
    showAll = 1;
  }
  if( showAll ) brFlags = BRL_BOTH;
  if( showClosed ) brFlags = BRL_CLOSED_ONLY;

  style_header("%s", showClosed ? "Closed Branches" :
                        showAll ? "All Branches" : "Open Branches");
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "brtimeline");
  if( showClosed ){
    style_submenu_element("All", "brlist?all");
    style_submenu_element("Open", "brlist?open");
  }else if( showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "brlist?closed");
    style_submenu_element("Open", "brlist");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "brlist?all");
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "brlist?closed");
  }
  if( !colorTest ){
    style_submenu_element("Color-Test", "brlist?colortest");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "brlist?all");
  }
  login_anonymous_available();
#if 0
  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> An <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("brlist"))
  @ open branch</a></div> is a branch that has one or more
................................................................................
void brtimeline_page(void){
  Stmt q;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }

  style_header("Branches");
  style_submenu_element("List", "brlist");
  login_anonymous_available();
  @ <h2>The initial check-in for each branch:</h2>
  db_prepare(&q,
    "%s AND blob.rid IN (SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
    "                     WHERE tagtype>0 AND tagid=%d AND srcid!=0)"
    " ORDER BY event.mtime DESC",
    timeline_query_for_www(), TAG_BRANCH
  );
  www_print_timeline(&q, 0, 0, 0, 0, brtimeline_extra);
  db_finalize(&q);
  style_footer();
}

  /* Compute the title of the page */
  blob_zero(&dirname);
  if( zD ){
    blob_append(&dirname, "in directory ", -1);
    hyperlinked_path(zD, &dirname, zCI, "dir", "");
    zPrefix = mprintf("%s/", zD);
    style_submenu_element("Top-Level", "Top-Level", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "name", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    blob_append(&dirname, "in the top-level directory", -1);
    zPrefix = "";
  }
  if( linkTrunk ){
    style_submenu_element("Trunk", "Trunk", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", "trunk", 0, 0));
  }
  if( linkTip ){
    style_submenu_element("Tip", "Tip", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", "tip", 0, 0));
  }
  if( zCI ){
    @ <h2>Files of check-in [%z(href("vinfo?name=%!S",zUuid))%S(zUuid)</a>]
    @ %s(blob_str(&dirname))</h2>
    zSubdirLink = mprintf("%R/dir?ci=%!S&name=%T", zUuid, zPrefix);
    if( nD==0 ){
      style_submenu_element("File Ages", "File Ages", "%R/fileage?name=%!S",
                            zUuid);
    }
  }else{
    @ <h2>The union of all files from all check-ins
    @ %s(blob_str(&dirname))</h2>
    zSubdirLink = mprintf("%R/dir?name=%T", zPrefix);
  }
  style_submenu_element("All", "All", "%s",
                        url_render(&sURI, "ci", 0, 0, 0));
  style_submenu_element("Tree-View", "Tree-View", "%s",
                        url_render(&sURI, "type", "tree", 0, 0));

  /* Compute the temporary table "localfiles" containing the names
  ** of all files and subdirectories in the zD[] directory.
  **
  ** Subdirectory names begin with "/".  This causes them to sort
  ** first and it also gives us an easy way to distinguish files
................................................................................

  /* Compute the title of the page */
  blob_zero(&dirname);
  if( zD ){
    blob_append(&dirname, "within directory ", -1);
    hyperlinked_path(zD, &dirname, zCI, "tree", zREx);
    if( zRE ) blob_appendf(&dirname, " matching \"%s\"", zRE);
    style_submenu_element("Top-Level", "Top-Level", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "name", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    if( zRE ){
      blob_appendf(&dirname, "matching \"%s\"", zRE);
    }
  }
  style_submenu_binary("mtime","Sort By Time","Sort By Filename", 0);
  if( zCI ){
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", 0, 0, 0));
    if( nD==0 && !showDirOnly ){
      style_submenu_element("File Ages", "File Ages", "%R/fileage?name=%s",
                            zUuid);
    }
  }
  if( linkTrunk ){
    style_submenu_element("Trunk", "Trunk", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", "trunk", 0, 0));
  }
  if( linkTip ){
    style_submenu_element("Tip", "Tip", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", "tip", 0, 0));
  }
  style_submenu_element("Flat-View", "Flat-View", "%s",
                        url_render(&sURI, "type", "flat", 0, 0));

  /* Compute the file hierarchy.
  */
  if( zCI ){
    Stmt q;
    compute_fileage(rid, 0);
................................................................................
  }

  if( showDirOnly ){
    for(nFile=0, p=sTree.pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
      if( p->pChild!=0 && p->nFullName>nD ) nFile++;
    }
    zObjType = "Folders";
    style_submenu_element("Files","Files","%s",
                          url_render(&sURI,"nofiles",0,0,0));
  }else{
    zObjType = "Files";
    style_submenu_element("Folders","Folders","%s",
                          url_render(&sURI,"nofiles","1",0,0));
  }



  if( zCI ){
    @ <h2>%s(zObjType) from
    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zCI, zUuid, (int)strlen(zCI))!=0 ){
      @ "%h(zCI)"
    }
    @ [%z(href("vinfo?name=%!S",zUuid))%S(zUuid)</a>] %s(blob_str(&dirname))
................................................................................
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("not a valid check-in: %s", zName);
  }
  zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  baseTime = db_double(0.0,"SELECT mtime FROM event WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  zNow = db_text("", "SELECT datetime(mtime,toLocal()) FROM event"
                     " WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  style_submenu_element("Tree-View", "Tree-View",
                        "%R/tree?ci=%T&mtime=1&type=tree",
                        zName);
  style_header("File Ages");
  zGlob = P("glob");
  compute_fileage(rid,zGlob);
  db_multi_exec("CREATE INDEX fileage_ix1 ON fileage(mid,pathname);");

  @ <h2>Files in
  @ %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a>

  /* Compute the title of the page */
  blob_zero(&dirname);
  if( zD ){
    blob_append(&dirname, "in directory ", -1);
    hyperlinked_path(zD, &dirname, zCI, "dir", "");
    zPrefix = mprintf("%s/", zD);
    style_submenu_element("Top-Level", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "name", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    blob_append(&dirname, "in the top-level directory", -1);
    zPrefix = "";
  }
  if( linkTrunk ){
    style_submenu_element("Trunk", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", "trunk", 0, 0));
  }
  if( linkTip ){

    style_submenu_element("Tip", "%s", url_render(&sURI, "ci", "tip", 0, 0));
  }
  if( zCI ){
    @ <h2>Files of check-in [%z(href("vinfo?name=%!S",zUuid))%S(zUuid)</a>]
    @ %s(blob_str(&dirname))</h2>
    zSubdirLink = mprintf("%R/dir?ci=%!S&name=%T", zUuid, zPrefix);
    if( nD==0 ){
      style_submenu_element("File Ages", "%R/fileage?name=%!S", zUuid);

    }
  }else{
    @ <h2>The union of all files from all check-ins
    @ %s(blob_str(&dirname))</h2>
    zSubdirLink = mprintf("%R/dir?name=%T", zPrefix);
  }

  style_submenu_element("All", "%s", url_render(&sURI, "ci", 0, 0, 0));
  style_submenu_element("Tree-View", "%s",
                        url_render(&sURI, "type", "tree", 0, 0));

  /* Compute the temporary table "localfiles" containing the names
  ** of all files and subdirectories in the zD[] directory.
  **
  ** Subdirectory names begin with "/".  This causes them to sort
  ** first and it also gives us an easy way to distinguish files
................................................................................

  /* Compute the title of the page */
  blob_zero(&dirname);
  if( zD ){
    blob_append(&dirname, "within directory ", -1);
    hyperlinked_path(zD, &dirname, zCI, "tree", zREx);
    if( zRE ) blob_appendf(&dirname, " matching \"%s\"", zRE);
    style_submenu_element("Top-Level", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "name", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    if( zRE ){
      blob_appendf(&dirname, "matching \"%s\"", zRE);
    }
  }
  style_submenu_binary("mtime","Sort By Time","Sort By Filename", 0);
  if( zCI ){

    style_submenu_element("All", "%s", url_render(&sURI, "ci", 0, 0, 0));
    if( nD==0 && !showDirOnly ){
      style_submenu_element("File Ages", "%R/fileage?name=%s", zUuid);

    }
  }
  if( linkTrunk ){
    style_submenu_element("Trunk", "%s",
                          url_render(&sURI, "ci", "trunk", 0, 0));
  }
  if( linkTip ){

    style_submenu_element("Tip", "%s", url_render(&sURI, "ci", "tip", 0, 0));
  }
  style_submenu_element("Flat-View", "%s",
                        url_render(&sURI, "type", "flat", 0, 0));

  /* Compute the file hierarchy.
  */
  if( zCI ){
    Stmt q;
    compute_fileage(rid, 0);
................................................................................
  }

  if( showDirOnly ){
    for(nFile=0, p=sTree.pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
      if( p->pChild!=0 && p->nFullName>nD ) nFile++;
    }
    zObjType = "Folders";


  }else{
    zObjType = "Files";


  }

  style_submenu_checkbox("nofiles", "Folders Only", 0);

  if( zCI ){
    @ <h2>%s(zObjType) from
    if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zCI, zUuid, (int)strlen(zCI))!=0 ){
      @ "%h(zCI)"
    }
    @ [%z(href("vinfo?name=%!S",zUuid))%S(zUuid)</a>] %s(blob_str(&dirname))
................................................................................
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("not a valid check-in: %s", zName);
  }
  zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  baseTime = db_double(0.0,"SELECT mtime FROM event WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  zNow = db_text("", "SELECT datetime(mtime,toLocal()) FROM event"
                     " WHERE objid=%d", rid);

  style_submenu_element("Tree-View", "%R/tree?ci=%T&mtime=1&type=tree", zName);

  style_header("File Ages");
  zGlob = P("glob");
  compute_fileage(rid,zGlob);
  db_multi_exec("CREATE INDEX fileage_ix1 ON fileage(mid,pathname);");

  @ <h2>Files in
  @ %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a>

/*
** Return a pointer to built-in content
*/
const unsigned char *builtin_file(const char *zFilename, int *piSize){
  int lwr, upr, i, c;
  lwr = 0;
  upr = sizeof(aBuiltinFiles)/sizeof(aBuiltinFiles[0]) - 1;
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    i = (upr+lwr)/2;
    c = strcmp(aBuiltinFiles[i].zName,zFilename);
    if( c<0 ){
      lwr = i+1;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      upr = i-1;
................................................................................
/*
** COMMAND: test-builtin-list
**
** List the names and sizes of all built-in resources.
*/
void test_builtin_list(void){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBuiltinFiles)/sizeof(aBuiltinFiles[0]); i++){
    fossil_print("%-30s %6d\n", aBuiltinFiles[i].zName,aBuiltinFiles[i].nByte);
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-builtin-get
**

/*
** Return a pointer to built-in content
*/
const unsigned char *builtin_file(const char *zFilename, int *piSize){
  int lwr, upr, i, c;
  lwr = 0;
  upr = count(aBuiltinFiles) - 1;
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    i = (upr+lwr)/2;
    c = strcmp(aBuiltinFiles[i].zName,zFilename);
    if( c<0 ){
      lwr = i+1;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      upr = i-1;
................................................................................
/*
** COMMAND: test-builtin-list
**
** List the names and sizes of all built-in resources.
*/
void test_builtin_list(void){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinFiles); i++){
    fossil_print("%-30s %6d\n", aBuiltinFiles[i].zName,aBuiltinFiles[i].nByte);
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-builtin-get
**

** services to CGI programs.  There are procedures for parsing and
** dispensing QUERY_STRING parameters and cookies, the "mprintf()"
** formatting function and its cousins, and routines to encode and
** decode strings in HTML or HTTP.
*/
#include "config.h"
#ifdef _WIN32



# include <winsock2.h>
# include <ws2tcpip.h>
#else
# include <sys/socket.h>
# include <netinet/in.h>
# include <arpa/inet.h>
# include <sys/times.h>
................................................................................
          cgi_set_parameter_nocopy(mprintf("%s:bytes", zName),
               mprintf("%d",nContent), 1);
        }
      }
      zName = 0;
      showBytes = 0;
    }else{
      nArg = tokenize_line(zLine, sizeof(azArg)/sizeof(azArg[0]), azArg);
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int c = fossil_tolower(azArg[i][0]);
        int n = strlen(azArg[i]);
        if( c=='c' && sqlite3_strnicmp(azArg[i],"content-disposition:",n)==0 ){
          i++;
        }else if( c=='n' && sqlite3_strnicmp(azArg[i],"name=",n)==0 ){
          zName = azArg[++i];

** services to CGI programs.  There are procedures for parsing and
** dispensing QUERY_STRING parameters and cookies, the "mprintf()"
** formatting function and its cousins, and routines to encode and
** decode strings in HTML or HTTP.
*/
#include "config.h"
#ifdef _WIN32
# if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
#  define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0501
# endif
# include <winsock2.h>
# include <ws2tcpip.h>
#else
# include <sys/socket.h>
# include <netinet/in.h>
# include <arpa/inet.h>
# include <sys/times.h>
................................................................................
          cgi_set_parameter_nocopy(mprintf("%s:bytes", zName),
               mprintf("%d",nContent), 1);
        }
      }
      zName = 0;
      showBytes = 0;
    }else{
      nArg = tokenize_line(zLine, count(azArg), azArg);
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int c = fossil_tolower(azArg[i][0]);
        int n = strlen(azArg[i]);
        if( c=='c' && sqlite3_strnicmp(azArg[i],"content-disposition:",n)==0 ){
          i++;
        }else if( c=='n' && sqlite3_strnicmp(azArg[i],"name=",n)==0 ){
          zName = azArg[++i];

  nvid = content_put(&manifest);
  if( nvid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("trouble committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nvid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(nvid, &manifest,
                         dryRunFlag ? MC_NONE : MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s\n", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&manifest) );
  content_deltify(vid, nvid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nvid);

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid,merge FROM vmerge JOIN blob ON merge=rid"
                 " WHERE id=-4");

  nvid = content_put(&manifest);
  if( nvid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("trouble committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", nvid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(nvid, &manifest,
                         dryRunFlag ? MC_NONE : MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&manifest) );
  content_deltify(vid, nvid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nvid);

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid,merge FROM vmerge JOIN blob ON merge=rid"
                 " WHERE id=-4");

**    (2)  The "repository" database
**
**    (3)  A local checkout database named "_FOSSIL_" or ".fslckout"
**         and located at the root of the local copy of the source tree.
**
*/
#include "config.h"
#if ! defined(_WIN32)




#  include <pwd.h>
#endif
#include <sqlite3.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <time.h>
................................................................................
                          db_now_function, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "toLocal", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          db_tolocal_function, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "fromLocal", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          db_fromlocal_function, 0, 0);
}


/*










































































































































** If the database file zDbFile has a name that suggests that it is
** encrypted, then prompt for the encryption key and return it in the
** blob *pKey.  Or, if the encryption key has previously been requested,
** just return a copy of the previous result.

*/
static void db_encryption_key(
  const char *zDbFile,   /* Name of the database file */
  Blob *pKey             /* Put the encryption key here */
){
  blob_init(pKey, 0, 0);
#if USE_SEE
  if( sqlite3_strglob("*.efossil", zDbFile)==0 ){
    static char *zSavedKey = 0;

    if( zSavedKey ){
      blob_set(pKey, zSavedKey);
    }else{
      char *zPrompt = mprintf("\rencryption key for '%s': ", zDbFile);
      prompt_for_password(zPrompt, pKey, 0);
      fossil_free(zPrompt);
      zSavedKey = fossil_strdup(blob_str(pKey));
    }
  }
#endif
}


/*
................................................................................
       zDbName, &db,
       SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
       g.zVfsName
  );
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    db_err("[%s]: %s", zDbName, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
  }

  db_encryption_key(zDbName, &key);
  if( blob_size(&key)>0 ){
    char *zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA key(%Q)", blob_str(&key));
    sqlite3_exec(db, zCmd, 0, 0, 0);

    sqlite3_free(zCmd);
  }
  blob_reset(&key);
  sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, 5000);
  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, 1);  /* Set to checkpoint frequently */
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "user", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, db_sql_user, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "cgi", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, db_sql_cgi, 0, 0);
................................................................................
}

/*
** zDbName is the name of a database file.  Attach zDbName using
** the name zLabel.
*/
void db_attach(const char *zDbName, const char *zLabel){

  Blob key;

  db_encryption_key(zDbName, &key);
  db_multi_exec("ATTACH DATABASE %Q AS %Q KEY %Q",
                zDbName, zLabel, blob_str(&key));



  blob_reset(&key);
}

/*
** Change the schema name of the "main" database to zLabel.
** zLabel must be a static string that is unchanged for the life of
** the database connection.
................................................................................
    if( db_local_table_exists_but_lacks_column("undo", "isLink") ){
      db_multi_exec("ALTER TABLE undo ADD COLUMN isLink BOOLEAN DEFAULT 0");
    }
    if( db_local_table_exists_but_lacks_column("undo_vfile", "islink") ){
      db_multi_exec("ALTER TABLE undo_vfile ADD COLUMN islink BOOL DEFAULT 0");
    }
  }

  return 1;
}

/*
** Locate the root directory of the local repository tree.  The root
** directory is found by searching for a file named "_FOSSIL_" or ".fslckout"
** that contains a valid repository database.
................................................................................
** If allowPrefix is true, then the Setting returned is the first one for
** which zName is a prefix of the Setting name.
*/
const Setting *db_find_setting(const char *zName, int allowPrefix){
  int lwr, mid, upr, c;
  int n = (int)strlen(zName) + !allowPrefix;
  lwr = 0;
  upr = ArraySize(aSetting)-2;
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    mid = (upr+lwr)/2;
    c = fossil_strncmp(zName, aSetting[mid].name, n);
    if( c<0 ){
      upr = mid - 1;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      lwr = mid + 1;

**    (2)  The "repository" database
**
**    (3)  A local checkout database named "_FOSSIL_" or ".fslckout"
**         and located at the root of the local copy of the source tree.
**
*/
#include "config.h"
#if defined(_WIN32)
#  if USE_SEE
#    include <windows.h>
#  endif
#else
#  include <pwd.h>
#endif
#include <sqlite3.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <time.h>
................................................................................
                          db_now_function, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "toLocal", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          db_tolocal_function, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "fromLocal", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          db_fromlocal_function, 0, 0);
}

#if USE_SEE
/*
** This is a pointer to the saved database encryption key string.
*/
static char *zSavedKey = 0;

/*
** This is the size of the saved database encryption key, in bytes.
*/
size_t savedKeySize = 0;

/*
** This function returns the saved database encryption key -OR- zero if
** no database encryption key is saved.
*/
char *db_get_saved_encryption_key(){
  return zSavedKey;
}

/*
** This function returns the size of the saved database encryption key
** -OR- zero if no database encryption key is saved.
*/
size_t db_get_saved_encryption_key_size(){
  return savedKeySize;
}

/*
** This function arranges for the database encryption key to be securely
** saved in non-pagable memory (on platforms where this is possible).
*/
static void db_save_encryption_key(
  Blob *pKey
){
  void *p = NULL;
  size_t n = 0;
  size_t pageSize = 0;
  size_t blobSize = 0;

  blobSize = blob_size(pKey);
  if( blobSize==0 ) return;
  fossil_get_page_size(&pageSize);
  assert( pageSize>0 );
  if( blobSize>pageSize ){
    fossil_fatal("key blob too large: %u versus %u", blobSize, pageSize);
  }
  p = fossil_secure_alloc_page(&n);
  assert( p!=NULL );
  assert( n==pageSize );
  assert( n>=blobSize );
  memcpy(p, blob_str(pKey), blobSize);
  zSavedKey = p;
  savedKeySize = n;
}

/*
** This function arranges for the saved database encryption key to be
** securely zeroed, unlocked (if necessary), and freed.
*/
void db_unsave_encryption_key(){
  fossil_secure_free_page(zSavedKey, savedKeySize);
  zSavedKey = NULL;
  savedKeySize = 0;
}

/*
** This function sets the saved database encryption key to the specified
** string value, allocating or freeing the underlying memory if needed.
*/
void db_set_saved_encryption_key(
  Blob *pKey
){
  if( zSavedKey!=NULL ){
    size_t blobSize = blob_size(pKey);
    if( blobSize==0 ){
      db_unsave_encryption_key();
    }else{
      if( blobSize>savedKeySize ){
        fossil_fatal("key blob too large: %u versus %u",
                     blobSize, savedKeySize);
      }
      fossil_secure_zero(zSavedKey, savedKeySize);
      memcpy(zSavedKey, blob_str(pKey), blobSize);
    }
  }else{
    db_save_encryption_key(pKey);
  }
}

#if defined(_WIN32)
/*
** This function sets the saved database encryption key to one that gets
** read from the specified Fossil parent process.  This is only necessary
** (or functional) on Windows.
*/
void db_read_saved_encryption_key_from_process(
  DWORD processId, /* Identifier for Fossil parent process. */
  LPVOID pAddress, /* Pointer to saved key buffer in the parent process. */
  SIZE_T nSize     /* Size of saved key buffer in the parent process. */
){
  void *p = NULL;
  size_t n = 0;
  size_t pageSize = 0;
  HANDLE hProcess = NULL;

  fossil_get_page_size(&pageSize);
  assert( pageSize>0 );
  if( nSize>pageSize ){
    fossil_fatal("key too large: %u versus %u", nSize, pageSize);
  }
  p = fossil_secure_alloc_page(&n);
  assert( p!=NULL );
  assert( n==pageSize );
  assert( n>=nSize );
  hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_VM_READ, FALSE, processId);
  if( hProcess!=NULL ){
    SIZE_T nRead = 0;
    if( ReadProcessMemory(hProcess, pAddress, p, nSize, &nRead) ){
      CloseHandle(hProcess);
      if( nRead==nSize ){
        db_unsave_encryption_key();
        zSavedKey = p;
        savedKeySize = n;
      }else{
        fossil_fatal("bad size read, %u out of %u bytes at %p from pid %lu",
                     nRead, nSize, pAddress, processId);
      }
    }else{
      CloseHandle(hProcess);
      fossil_fatal("failed read, %u bytes at %p from pid %lu: %lu", nSize,
                   pAddress, processId, GetLastError());
    }
  }else{
    fossil_fatal("failed to open pid %lu: %lu", processId, GetLastError());
  }
}
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */
#endif /* USE_SEE */

/*
** If the database file zDbFile has a name that suggests that it is
** encrypted, then prompt for the database encryption key and return it
** in the blob *pKey.  Or, if the encryption key has previously been
** requested, just return a copy of the previous result.  The blob in
** *pKey must be initialized.
*/
static void db_maybe_obtain_encryption_key(
  const char *zDbFile,   /* Name of the database file */
  Blob *pKey             /* Put the encryption key here */
){

#if USE_SEE
  if( sqlite3_strglob("*.efossil", zDbFile)==0 ){

    char *zKey = db_get_saved_encryption_key();
    if( zKey ){
      blob_set(pKey, zKey);
    }else{
      char *zPrompt = mprintf("\rencryption key for '%s': ", zDbFile);
      prompt_for_password(zPrompt, pKey, 0);
      fossil_free(zPrompt);
      db_set_saved_encryption_key(pKey);
    }
  }
#endif
}


/*
................................................................................
       zDbName, &db,
       SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
       g.zVfsName
  );
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    db_err("[%s]: %s", zDbName, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
  }
  blob_init(&key, 0, 0);
  db_maybe_obtain_encryption_key(zDbName, &key);
  if( blob_size(&key)>0 ){
    char *zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA key(%Q)", blob_str(&key));
    sqlite3_exec(db, zCmd, 0, 0, 0);
    fossil_secure_zero(zCmd, strlen(zCmd));
    sqlite3_free(zCmd);
  }
  blob_reset(&key);
  sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, 5000);
  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, 1);  /* Set to checkpoint frequently */
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "user", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, db_sql_user, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(db, "cgi", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, db_sql_cgi, 0, 0);
................................................................................
}

/*
** zDbName is the name of a database file.  Attach zDbName using
** the name zLabel.
*/
void db_attach(const char *zDbName, const char *zLabel){
  char *zCmd;
  Blob key;
  blob_init(&key, 0, 0);
  db_maybe_obtain_encryption_key(zDbName, &key);
  zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH DATABASE %Q AS %Q KEY %Q",
                         zDbName, zLabel, blob_str(&key));
  db_multi_exec(zCmd /*works-like:""*/);
  fossil_secure_zero(zCmd, strlen(zCmd));
  sqlite3_free(zCmd);
  blob_reset(&key);
}

/*
** Change the schema name of the "main" database to zLabel.
** zLabel must be a static string that is unchanged for the life of
** the database connection.
................................................................................
    if( db_local_table_exists_but_lacks_column("undo", "isLink") ){
      db_multi_exec("ALTER TABLE undo ADD COLUMN isLink BOOLEAN DEFAULT 0");
    }
    if( db_local_table_exists_but_lacks_column("undo_vfile", "islink") ){
      db_multi_exec("ALTER TABLE undo_vfile ADD COLUMN islink BOOL DEFAULT 0");
    }
  }
  fossil_free(zVFileDef);
  return 1;
}

/*
** Locate the root directory of the local repository tree.  The root
** directory is found by searching for a file named "_FOSSIL_" or ".fslckout"
** that contains a valid repository database.
................................................................................
** If allowPrefix is true, then the Setting returned is the first one for
** which zName is a prefix of the Setting name.
*/
const Setting *db_find_setting(const char *zName, int allowPrefix){
  int lwr, mid, upr, c;
  int n = (int)strlen(zName) + !allowPrefix;
  lwr = 0;
  upr = count(aSetting)-2;
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    mid = (upr+lwr)/2;
    c = fossil_strncmp(zName, aSetting[mid].name, n);
    if( c<0 ){
      upr = mid - 1;
    }else if( c>0 ){
      lwr = mid + 1;

  }

  /* Compute the hash table used to locate matching sections in the
  ** source file.
  */
  nHash = lenSrc/NHASH;
  collide = fossil_malloc( nHash*2*sizeof(int) );

  landmark = &collide[nHash];
  memset(landmark, -1, nHash*sizeof(int));
  memset(collide, -1, nHash*sizeof(int));
  for(i=0; i<lenSrc-NHASH; i+=NHASH){
    int hv = hash_once(&zSrc[i]) % nHash;
    collide[i/NHASH] = landmark[hv];
    landmark[hv] = i/NHASH;
  }

  /* Begin scanning the target file and generating copy commands and

  }

  /* Compute the hash table used to locate matching sections in the
  ** source file.
  */
  nHash = lenSrc/NHASH;
  collide = fossil_malloc( nHash*2*sizeof(int) );
  memset(collide, -1, nHash*2*sizeof(int));
  landmark = &collide[nHash];


  for(i=0; i<lenSrc-NHASH; i+=NHASH){
    int hv = hash_once(&zSrc[i]) % nHash;
    collide[i/NHASH] = landmark[hv];
    landmark[hv] = i/NHASH;
  }

  /* Begin scanning the target file and generating copy commands and

*/
void delta_create_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET DELTA");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&target, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_create(&orig, &target, &delta);
  if( blob_write_to_file(&delta, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&delta) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}

/*
................................................................................
  int nCopy = 0;
  int nInsert = 0;
  int sz1, sz2, sz3;
  if( g.argc!=4 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&target, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_create(&orig, &target, &delta);
  delta_analyze(blob_buffer(&delta), blob_size(&delta), &nCopy, &nInsert);
  sz1 = blob_size(&orig);
  sz2 = blob_size(&target);
  sz3 = blob_size(&delta);
  blob_reset(&orig);
................................................................................
*/
void delta_apply_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN DELTA TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&delta, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_apply(&orig, &delta, &target);
  if( blob_write_to_file(&target, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&target) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}

*/
void delta_create_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET DELTA");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&target, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_create(&orig, &target, &delta);
  if( blob_write_to_file(&delta, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&delta) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}

/*
................................................................................
  int nCopy = 0;
  int nInsert = 0;
  int sz1, sz2, sz3;
  if( g.argc!=4 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&target, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_create(&orig, &target, &delta);
  delta_analyze(blob_buffer(&delta), blob_size(&delta), &nCopy, &nInsert);
  sz1 = blob_size(&orig);
  sz2 = blob_size(&target);
  sz3 = blob_size(&delta);
  blob_reset(&orig);
................................................................................
*/
void delta_apply_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN DELTA TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&delta, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_apply(&orig, &delta, &target);
  if( blob_write_to_file(&target, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&target) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}

  int showAll = P("all")!=0;
  int showClosed = P("closed")!=0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }

  if( !showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "leaves?all");
  }
  if( !showClosed ){
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "Closed", "leaves?closed");
  }
  if( showClosed || showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Open", "Open", "leaves");
  }
  style_header("Leaves");
  login_anonymous_available();
#if 0
  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> A <div class="sideboxDescribed">leaf</div>

  int showAll = P("all")!=0;
  int showClosed = P("closed")!=0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }

  if( !showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("All", "leaves?all");
  }
  if( !showClosed ){
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "leaves?closed");
  }
  if( showClosed || showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Open", "leaves");
  }
  style_header("Leaves");
  login_anonymous_available();
#if 0
  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> A <div class="sideboxDescribed">leaf</div>

  int nEditAlloc;    /* Space allocated for aEdit[] */
  DLine *aFrom;      /* File on left side of the diff */
  int nFrom;         /* Number of lines in aFrom[] */
  DLine *aTo;        /* File on right side of the diff */
  int nTo;           /* Number of lines in aTo[] */
  int (*same_fn)(const DLine*,const DLine*); /* comparison function */
};

























/*
** Return an array of DLine objects containing a pointer to the
** start of each line and a hash of that line.  The lower
** bits of the hash store the length of each line.
**
** Trailing whitespace is removed from each line.  2010-08-20:  Not any
................................................................................
  int n,
  int *pnLine,
  u64 diffFlags
){
  int nLine, i, k, nn, s, x;
  unsigned int h, h2;
  DLine *a;
  const char *zNL, *z2;

  /* Count the number of lines in the input file.  Include the last line
  ** in the count even if it lacks the \n terminator
  */
  for(nLine=0, z2=z; (zNL = strchr(z2,'\n'))!=0; z2=zNL+1, nLine++){}
  if( z2[0]!=0 ){
    nLine++;
    do{ z2++; }while( z2[0] );
  }
  if( n!=(int)(z2-z) ) return 0;


  a = fossil_malloc( sizeof(a[0])*nLine );
  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a[0])*nLine);
  if( nLine==0 ){
    *pnLine = 0;
    return a;
  }
  i = 0;
  do{
    zNL = strchr(z,'\n');
    if( zNL==0 ) zNL = z+strlen(z);
    nn = (int)(zNL - z);
    if( nn>LENGTH_MASK ){
      fossil_free(a);
      return 0;
    }
    a[i].z = z;
    k = nn;
................................................................................
    if( diffFlags & DIFF_IGNORE_EOLWS ){
      while( k>0 && fossil_isspace(z[k-1]) ){ k--; }
    }
    if( (diffFlags & DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)==DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS ){
      int numws = 0;
      while( s<k && fossil_isspace(z[s]) ){ s++; }
      for(h=0, x=s; x<k; x++){

        if( fossil_isspace(z[x]) ){
          ++numws;
        }else{
          h += z[x];
          h *= 0x9e3779b1;
        }
      }
      k -= numws;
    }else{
      for(h=0, x=s; x<k; x++){
        h += z[x];
................................................................................
      }
    }
    a[i].indent = s;
    a[i].h = h = (h<<LENGTH_MASK_SZ) | (k-s);
    h2 = h % nLine;
    a[i].iNext = a[h2].iHash;
    a[h2].iHash = i+1;
    z += nn+1;
    i++;
  }while( zNL[0] && zNL[1] );
  assert( i==nLine );

  /* Return results */
  *pnLine = nLine;
  return a;
}

................................................................................
  if( nLeft*nRight>100000 ){
    memset(aM, 4, mnLen);
    if( nLeft>mnLen )  memset(aM+mnLen, 1, nLeft-mnLen);
    if( nRight>mnLen ) memset(aM+mnLen, 2, nRight-mnLen);
    return aM;
  }

  if( nRight < (sizeof(aBuf)/sizeof(aBuf[0]))-1 ){
    pToFree = 0;
    a = aBuf;
  }else{
    a = pToFree = fossil_malloc( sizeof(a[0])*(nRight+1) );
  }

  /* Compute the best alignment */
................................................................................
  url_add_parameter(&url, "filename", zFilename);
  if( iLimit!=20 ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "limit", sqlite3_mprintf("%d", iLimit));
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "log", showLog ? "1" : "0");
  if( ignoreWs ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "w", "");
    style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Changes", "Show Whitespace Changes",
        "%s", url_render(&url, "w", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace", "Ignore Whitespace",
        "%s", url_render(&url, "w", "", 0, 0));
  }
  if( showLog ){
    style_submenu_element("Hide Log", "Hide Log",
       "%s", url_render(&url, "log", "0", 0, 0));
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Show Log", "Show Log",
       "%s", url_render(&url, "log", "1", 0, 0));
  }
  if( ann.bLimit ){
    char *z1, *z2;
    style_submenu_element("All Ancestors", "All Ancestors",
       "%s", url_render(&url, "limit", "-1", 0, 0));
    z1 = sqlite3_mprintf("%d Ancestors", iLimit+20);
    z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%d", iLimit+20);
    style_submenu_element(z1, z1, "%s", url_render(&url, "limit", z2, 0, 0));
  }
  if( iLimit>20 ){
    style_submenu_element("20 Ancestors", "20 Ancestors",
       "%s", url_render(&url, "limit", "20", 0, 0));
  }
  if( skin_detail_boolean("white-foreground") ){
    clr1 = 0xa04040;
    clr2 = 0x4059a0;
  }else{
    clr1 = 0xffb5b5;  /* Recent changes: red (hot) */
    clr2 = 0xb5e0ff;  /* Older changes: blue (cold) */

  int nEditAlloc;    /* Space allocated for aEdit[] */
  DLine *aFrom;      /* File on left side of the diff */
  int nFrom;         /* Number of lines in aFrom[] */
  DLine *aTo;        /* File on right side of the diff */
  int nTo;           /* Number of lines in aTo[] */
  int (*same_fn)(const DLine*,const DLine*); /* comparison function */
};

/*
** Count the number of lines in the input string.  Include the last line
** in the count even if it lacks the \n terminator.  If an empty string
** is specified, the number of lines is zero.  For the purposes of this
** function, a string is considered empty if it contains no characters
** -OR- it contains only NUL characters.
*/
static int count_lines(
  const char *z,
  int n,
  int *pnLine
){
  int nLine;
  const char *zNL, *z2;
  for(nLine=0, z2=z; (zNL = strchr(z2,'\n'))!=0; z2=zNL+1, nLine++){}
  if( z2[0]!='\0' ){
    nLine++;
    do{ z2++; }while( z2[0]!='\0' );
  }
  if( n!=(int)(z2-z) ) return 0;
  if( pnLine ) *pnLine = nLine;
  return 1;
}

/*
** Return an array of DLine objects containing a pointer to the
** start of each line and a hash of that line.  The lower
** bits of the hash store the length of each line.
**
** Trailing whitespace is removed from each line.  2010-08-20:  Not any
................................................................................
  int n,
  int *pnLine,
  u64 diffFlags
){
  int nLine, i, k, nn, s, x;
  unsigned int h, h2;
  DLine *a;
  const char *zNL;

  if( count_lines(z, n, &nLine)==0 ){







    return 0;
  }
  assert( nLine>0 || z[0]=='\0' );
  a = fossil_malloc( sizeof(a[0])*nLine );
  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a[0])*nLine);
  if( nLine==0 ){
    *pnLine = 0;
    return a;
  }
  i = 0;
  do{
    zNL = strchr(z,'\n');
    if( zNL==0 ) zNL = z+n;
    nn = (int)(zNL - z);
    if( nn>LENGTH_MASK ){
      fossil_free(a);
      return 0;
    }
    a[i].z = z;
    k = nn;
................................................................................
    if( diffFlags & DIFF_IGNORE_EOLWS ){
      while( k>0 && fossil_isspace(z[k-1]) ){ k--; }
    }
    if( (diffFlags & DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)==DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS ){
      int numws = 0;
      while( s<k && fossil_isspace(z[s]) ){ s++; }
      for(h=0, x=s; x<k; x++){
        char c = z[x];
        if( fossil_isspace(c) ){
          ++numws;
        }else{
          h += c;
          h *= 0x9e3779b1;
        }
      }
      k -= numws;
    }else{
      for(h=0, x=s; x<k; x++){
        h += z[x];
................................................................................
      }
    }
    a[i].indent = s;
    a[i].h = h = (h<<LENGTH_MASK_SZ) | (k-s);
    h2 = h % nLine;
    a[i].iNext = a[h2].iHash;
    a[h2].iHash = i+1;
    z += nn+1; n -= nn+1;
    i++;
  }while( zNL[0]!='\0' && zNL[1]!='\0' );
  assert( i==nLine );

  /* Return results */
  *pnLine = nLine;
  return a;
}

................................................................................
  if( nLeft*nRight>100000 ){
    memset(aM, 4, mnLen);
    if( nLeft>mnLen )  memset(aM+mnLen, 1, nLeft-mnLen);
    if( nRight>mnLen ) memset(aM+mnLen, 2, nRight-mnLen);
    return aM;
  }

  if( nRight < count(aBuf)-1 ){
    pToFree = 0;
    a = aBuf;
  }else{
    a = pToFree = fossil_malloc( sizeof(a[0])*(nRight+1) );
  }

  /* Compute the best alignment */
................................................................................
  url_add_parameter(&url, "filename", zFilename);
  if( iLimit!=20 ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "limit", sqlite3_mprintf("%d", iLimit));
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "log", showLog ? "1" : "0");
  if( ignoreWs ){
    url_add_parameter(&url, "w", "");
    style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Changes", "%s",
        url_render(&url, "w", 0, 0, 0));
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace", "%s",
        url_render(&url, "w", "", 0, 0));
  }
  if( showLog ){

    style_submenu_element("Hide Log", "%s", url_render(&url, "log", "0", 0, 0));
  }else{

    style_submenu_element("Show Log", "%s", url_render(&url, "log", "1", 0, 0));
  }
  if( ann.bLimit ){
    char *z1, *z2;
    style_submenu_element("All Ancestors", "%s",
       url_render(&url, "limit", "-1", 0, 0));
    z1 = sqlite3_mprintf("%d Ancestors", iLimit+20);
    z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%d", iLimit+20);
    style_submenu_element(z1, "%s", url_render(&url, "limit", z2, 0, 0));
  }
  if( iLimit>20 ){
    style_submenu_element("20 Ancestors", "%s",
       url_render(&url, "limit", "20", 0, 0));
  }
  if( skin_detail_boolean("white-foreground") ){
    clr1 = 0xa04040;
    clr2 = 0x4059a0;
  }else{
    clr1 = 0xffb5b5;  /* Recent changes: red (hot) */
    clr2 = 0xb5e0ff;  /* Older changes: blue (cold) */

      " WHERE vid=%d"
      "   AND (deleted OR chnged OR rid==0)"
      " ORDER BY pathname /*scan*/",
      vid
    );
  }
  db_prepare(&q, "%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));

  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isChnged = db_column_int(&q,2);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,3);
    int srcid = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    int isLink = db_column_int(&q, 5);
................................................................................
** This option overrides the "binary-glob" setting.
**
** Options:
**   --binary PATTERN           Treat files that match the glob PATTERN as binary
**   --branch BRANCH            Show diff of all changes on BRANCH
**   --brief                    Show filenames only
**   --checkin VERSION          Show diff of all changes in VERSION

**   --context|-c N             Use N lines of context
**   --diff-binary BOOL         Include binary files when using external commands
**   --exec-abs-paths           Force absolute path names with external commands.
**   --exec-rel-paths           Force relative path names with external commands.
**   --from|-r VERSION          Select VERSION as source for the diff
**   --internal|-i              Use internal diff logic
**   --side-by-side|-y          Side-by-side diff
................................................................................
    db_must_be_within_tree();
  }else if( zFrom==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("must use --from if --to is present");
  }else{
    db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  }
  if( !isInternDiff ){

    zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(isGDiff);
  }
  zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
  fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();
  determine_exec_relative_option(1);
  verify_all_options();
  if( g.argc>=3 ){
    int i;

      " WHERE vid=%d"
      "   AND (deleted OR chnged OR rid==0)"
      " ORDER BY pathname /*scan*/",
      vid
    );
  }
  db_prepare(&q, "%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
  blob_reset(&sql);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isChnged = db_column_int(&q,2);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,3);
    int srcid = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    int isLink = db_column_int(&q, 5);
................................................................................
** This option overrides the "binary-glob" setting.
**
** Options:
**   --binary PATTERN           Treat files that match the glob PATTERN as binary
**   --branch BRANCH            Show diff of all changes on BRANCH
**   --brief                    Show filenames only
**   --checkin VERSION          Show diff of all changes in VERSION
**   --command PROG             External diff program - overrides "diff-command"
**   --context|-c N             Use N lines of context
**   --diff-binary BOOL         Include binary files when using external commands
**   --exec-abs-paths           Force absolute path names with external commands.
**   --exec-rel-paths           Force relative path names with external commands.
**   --from|-r VERSION          Select VERSION as source for the diff
**   --internal|-i              Use internal diff logic
**   --side-by-side|-y          Side-by-side diff
................................................................................
    db_must_be_within_tree();
  }else if( zFrom==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("must use --from if --to is present");
  }else{
    db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  }
  if( !isInternDiff ){
    zDiffCmd = find_option("command", 0, 1);
    if( zDiffCmd==0 ) zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(isGDiff);
  }
  zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
  fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();
  determine_exec_relative_option(1);
  verify_all_options();
  if( g.argc>=3 ){
    int i;

** contain a few webpage entries at the beginning.
**
** The page_index.h file is generated by the mkindex program which scans all
** source code files looking for header comments on the functions that
** implement command and webpages.
*/
#include "page_index.h"
#define MX_COMMAND (sizeof(aCommand)/sizeof(aCommand[0]))

/*
** Given a command or webpage name in zName, find the corresponding CmdOrPage
** object and return a pointer to that object in *ppCmd.
**
** The eType field is CMDFLAG_COMMAND to lookup commands or CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE
** to look up webpages or CMDFLAG_ANY to look for either.  If the CMDFLAG_PREFIX
................................................................................
** Show the built-in help text for CMD.  CMD can be a command-line interface
** command or a page name from the web interface.
*/
void help_page(void){
  const char *zCmd = P("cmd");

  if( zCmd==0 ) zCmd = P("name");
  style_header("Command-line Help");
  if( zCmd ){
    int rc;
    const CmdOrPage *pCmd = 0;



    style_submenu_element("Command-List", "Command-List", "%s/help", g.zTop);
    if( *zCmd=='/' ){
      /* Some of the webpages require query parameters in order to work.
      ** @ <h1>The "<a href='%R%s(zCmd)'>%s(zCmd)</a>" page:</h1> */
      @ <h1>The "%s(zCmd)" page:</h1>
    }else{
      @ <h1>The "%s(zCmd)" command:</h1>
    }
................................................................................
        @ <blockquote>
        help_to_html(pCmd->zHelp, cgi_output_blob());
        @ </blockquote>
      }
    }
  }else{
    int i, j, n;



    @ <h1>Available commands:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( '/'==*z || strncmp(z,"test",4)==0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
    n = (j+6)/7;
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;


      if( '/'==*z || strncmp(z,"test",4)==0 ) continue;
      if( j==0 ){
        @ <td valign="top"><ul>
      }
      @ <li><a href="%R/help?cmd=%s(z)">%s(z)</a></li>
      j++;
      if( j>=n ){
        @ </ul></td>
        j = 0;
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
................................................................................
/*
** WEBPAGE: test-all-help
**
** Show all help text on a single page.  Useful for proof-reading.
*/
void test_all_help_page(void){
  int i;
  style_header("Testpage: All Help Text");
  for(i=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
    if( memcmp(aCommand[i].zName, "test", 4)==0 ) continue;
    @ <h2>%s(aCommand[i].zName):</h2>
    @ <blockquote>
    help_to_html(aCommand[i].zHelp, cgi_output_blob());
    @ </blockquote>
  }
................................................................................
**
** List all web pages.
*/
void cmd_test_webpage_list(void){
  int i, nCmd;
  const char *aCmd[MX_COMMAND];
  for(i=nCmd=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
    if(0x08 & aCommand[i].eCmdFlags){
      aCmd[nCmd++] = aCommand[i].zName;
    }
  }
  assert(nCmd && "page list is empty?");
  multi_column_list(aCmd, nCmd);
}

** contain a few webpage entries at the beginning.
**
** The page_index.h file is generated by the mkindex program which scans all
** source code files looking for header comments on the functions that
** implement command and webpages.
*/
#include "page_index.h"
#define MX_COMMAND count(aCommand)

/*
** Given a command or webpage name in zName, find the corresponding CmdOrPage
** object and return a pointer to that object in *ppCmd.
**
** The eType field is CMDFLAG_COMMAND to lookup commands or CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE
** to look up webpages or CMDFLAG_ANY to look for either.  If the CMDFLAG_PREFIX
................................................................................
** Show the built-in help text for CMD.  CMD can be a command-line interface
** command or a page name from the web interface.
*/
void help_page(void){
  const char *zCmd = P("cmd");

  if( zCmd==0 ) zCmd = P("name");

  if( zCmd && *zCmd ){
    int rc;
    const CmdOrPage *pCmd = 0;

    style_header("Help: %s", zCmd);

    style_submenu_element("Command-List", "%s/help", g.zTop);
    if( *zCmd=='/' ){
      /* Some of the webpages require query parameters in order to work.
      ** @ <h1>The "<a href='%R%s(zCmd)'>%s(zCmd)</a>" page:</h1> */
      @ <h1>The "%s(zCmd)" page:</h1>
    }else{
      @ <h1>The "%s(zCmd)" command:</h1>
    }
................................................................................
        @ <blockquote>
        help_to_html(pCmd->zHelp, cgi_output_blob());
        @ </blockquote>
      }
    }
  }else{
    int i, j, n;

    style_header("Help");

    @ <h1>Available commands:</h1>
    @ <table border="0"><tr>
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      if( '/'==*z || strncmp(z,"test",4)==0 ) continue;
      j++;
    }
    n = (j+5)/6;
    for(i=j=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
      const char *z = aCommand[i].zName;
      const char *zBoldOn  = aCommand[i].eCmdFlags&CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER?"<b>" :"";
      const char *zBoldOff = aCommand[i].eCmdFlags&CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER?"</b>":"";
      if( '/'==*z || strncmp(z,"test",4)==0 ) continue;
      if( j==0 ){
        @ <td valign="top"><ul>
      }
      @ <li><a href="%R/help?cmd=%s(z)">%s(zBoldOn)%s(z)%s(zBoldOff)</a></li>
      j++;
      if( j>=n ){
        @ </ul></td>
        j = 0;
      }
    }
    if( j>0 ){
................................................................................
/*
** WEBPAGE: test-all-help
**
** Show all help text on a single page.  Useful for proof-reading.
*/
void test_all_help_page(void){
  int i;
  style_header("All Help Text");
  for(i=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
    if( memcmp(aCommand[i].zName, "test", 4)==0 ) continue;
    @ <h2>%s(aCommand[i].zName):</h2>
    @ <blockquote>
    help_to_html(aCommand[i].zHelp, cgi_output_blob());
    @ </blockquote>
  }
................................................................................
**
** List all web pages.
*/
void cmd_test_webpage_list(void){
  int i, nCmd;
  const char *aCmd[MX_COMMAND];
  for(i=nCmd=0; i<MX_COMMAND; i++){
    if(CMDFLAG_WEBPAGE & aCommand[i].eCmdFlags){
      aCmd[nCmd++] = aCommand[i].zName;
    }
  }
  assert(nCmd && "page list is empty?");
  multi_column_list(aCmd, nCmd);
}

  };

  if( !looks_like_binary(pBlob) ) {
    return 0;   /* Plain text */
  }
  x = (const unsigned char*)blob_buffer(pBlob);
  n = blob_size(pBlob);
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aMime); i++){
    if( n>=aMime[i].size && memcmp(x, aMime[i].zPrefix, aMime[i].size)==0 ){
      return aMime[i].zMimetype;
    }
  }
  return "unknown/unknown";
}

................................................................................

/*
** Verify that all entries in the aMime[] table are in sorted order.
** Abort with a fatal error if any is out-of-order.
*/
static void mimetype_verify(void){
  int i;
  for(i=1; i<ArraySize(aMime); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(aMime[i-1].zSuffix,aMime[i].zSuffix)>=0 ){
      fossil_fatal("mimetypes out of sequence: %s before %s",
                   aMime[i-1].zSuffix, aMime[i].zSuffix);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
    if( zName[i]=='.' ) z = &zName[i+1];
  }
  len = strlen(z);
  if( len<sizeof(zSuffix)-1 ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zSuffix), zSuffix, "%s", z);
    for(i=0; zSuffix[i]; i++) zSuffix[i] = fossil_tolower(zSuffix[i]);
    first = 0;
    last = ArraySize(aMime) - 1;
    while( first<=last ){
      int c;
      i = (first+last)/2;
      c = fossil_strcmp(zSuffix, aMime[i].zSuffix);
      if( c==0 ) return aMime[i].zMimetype;
      if( c<0 ){
        last = i-1;
................................................................................
  @ suffixes and the following table to guess at the appropriate mimetype
  @ for each document.</p>
  @ <table id='mimeTable' border=1 cellpadding=0 class='mimetypetable'>
  @ <thead>
  @ <tr><th>Suffix<th>Mimetype
  @ </thead>
  @ <tbody>
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aMime); i++){
    @ <tr><td>%h(aMime[i].zSuffix)<td>%h(aMime[i].zMimetype)</tr>
  }
  @ </tbody></table>
  output_table_sorting_javascript("mimeTable","tt",1);
  style_footer();
}

................................................................................
  };

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  blob_init(&title, 0, 0);
  zDfltTitle = isUV ? "" : "Documentation";
  db_begin_transaction();
  while( rid==0 && (++nMiss)<=ArraySize(azSuffix) ){
    zName = P("name");
    if( isUV ){
      if( zName==0 ) zName = "index.wiki";
      i = 0;
    }else{
      if( zName==0 || zName[0]==0 ) zName = "tip/index.wiki";
      for(i=0; zName[i] && zName[i]!='/'; i++){}
      zCheckin = mprintf("%.*s", i, zName);
      if( fossil_strcmp(zCheckin,"ckout")==0 && g.localOpen==0 ){
        zCheckin = "tip";
      }
    }
    if( nMiss==ArraySize(azSuffix) ){
      zName = "404.md";
    }else if( zName[i]==0 ){
      assert( nMiss>=0 && nMiss<ArraySize(azSuffix) );
      zName = azSuffix[nMiss];
    }else if( !isUV ){
      zName += i;
    }
    while( zName[0]=='/' ){ zName++; }
    if( isUV ){
      g.zPath = mprintf("%s/%s", g.zPath, zName);
    }else{
      g.zPath = mprintf("%s/%s/%s", g.zPath, zCheckin, zName);
    }
    if( nMiss==0 ) zOrigName = zName;
    if( !file_is_simple_pathname(zName, 1) ){
      if( sqlite3_strglob("*/", zName)==0 ){
        assert( nMiss>=0 && nMiss<ArraySize(azSuffix) );
        zName = mprintf("%s%s", zName, azSuffix[nMiss]);
        if( !file_is_simple_pathname(zName, 1) ){
          goto doc_not_found;
        }
      }else{
        goto doc_not_found;
      }
................................................................................
    style_footer();
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/x-markdown")==0 ){
    Blob tail = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
    markdown_to_html(&filebody, &title, &tail);
    if( blob_size(&title)>0 ){
      style_header("%s", blob_str(&title));
    }else{
      style_header("%s", nMiss>=ArraySize(azSuffix)?
                        "Not Found" : zDfltTitle);
    }
    convert_href_and_output(&tail);
    style_footer();
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/plain")==0 ){
    style_header("%s", zDfltTitle);
    @ <blockquote><pre>
................................................................................
      style_footer();
    }
#endif
  }else{
    cgi_set_content_type(zMime);
    cgi_set_content(&filebody);
  }
  if( nMiss>=ArraySize(azSuffix) ) cgi_set_status(404, "Not Found");
  db_end_transaction(0);
  return;

  /* Jump here when unable to locate the document */
doc_not_found:
  db_end_transaction(0);
  if( isUV && P("name")==0 ){

  };

  if( !looks_like_binary(pBlob) ) {
    return 0;   /* Plain text */
  }
  x = (const unsigned char*)blob_buffer(pBlob);
  n = blob_size(pBlob);
  for(i=0; i<count(aMime); i++){
    if( n>=aMime[i].size && memcmp(x, aMime[i].zPrefix, aMime[i].size)==0 ){
      return aMime[i].zMimetype;
    }
  }
  return "unknown/unknown";
}

................................................................................

/*
** Verify that all entries in the aMime[] table are in sorted order.
** Abort with a fatal error if any is out-of-order.
*/
static void mimetype_verify(void){
  int i;
  for(i=1; i<count(aMime); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(aMime[i-1].zSuffix,aMime[i].zSuffix)>=0 ){
      fossil_fatal("mimetypes out of sequence: %s before %s",
                   aMime[i-1].zSuffix, aMime[i].zSuffix);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
    if( zName[i]=='.' ) z = &zName[i+1];
  }
  len = strlen(z);
  if( len<sizeof(zSuffix)-1 ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zSuffix), zSuffix, "%s", z);
    for(i=0; zSuffix[i]; i++) zSuffix[i] = fossil_tolower(zSuffix[i]);
    first = 0;
    last = count(aMime) - 1;
    while( first<=last ){
      int c;
      i = (first+last)/2;
      c = fossil_strcmp(zSuffix, aMime[i].zSuffix);
      if( c==0 ) return aMime[i].zMimetype;
      if( c<0 ){
        last = i-1;
................................................................................
  @ suffixes and the following table to guess at the appropriate mimetype
  @ for each document.</p>
  @ <table id='mimeTable' border=1 cellpadding=0 class='mimetypetable'>
  @ <thead>
  @ <tr><th>Suffix<th>Mimetype
  @ </thead>
  @ <tbody>
  for(i=0; i<count(aMime); i++){
    @ <tr><td>%h(aMime[i].zSuffix)<td>%h(aMime[i].zMimetype)</tr>
  }
  @ </tbody></table>
  output_table_sorting_javascript("mimeTable","tt",1);
  style_footer();
}

................................................................................
  };

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  blob_init(&title, 0, 0);
  zDfltTitle = isUV ? "" : "Documentation";
  db_begin_transaction();
  while( rid==0 && (++nMiss)<=count(azSuffix) ){
    zName = P("name");
    if( isUV ){
      if( zName==0 ) zName = "index.wiki";
      i = 0;
    }else{
      if( zName==0 || zName[0]==0 ) zName = "tip/index.wiki";
      for(i=0; zName[i] && zName[i]!='/'; i++){}
      zCheckin = mprintf("%.*s", i, zName);
      if( fossil_strcmp(zCheckin,"ckout")==0 && g.localOpen==0 ){
        zCheckin = "tip";
      }
    }
    if( nMiss==count(azSuffix) ){
      zName = "404.md";
    }else if( zName[i]==0 ){
      assert( nMiss>=0 && nMiss<count(azSuffix) );
      zName = azSuffix[nMiss];
    }else if( !isUV ){
      zName += i;
    }
    while( zName[0]=='/' ){ zName++; }
    if( isUV ){
      g.zPath = mprintf("%s/%s", g.zPath, zName);
    }else{
      g.zPath = mprintf("%s/%s/%s", g.zPath, zCheckin, zName);
    }
    if( nMiss==0 ) zOrigName = zName;
    if( !file_is_simple_pathname(zName, 1) ){
      if( sqlite3_strglob("*/", zName)==0 ){
        assert( nMiss>=0 && nMiss<count(azSuffix) );
        zName = mprintf("%s%s", zName, azSuffix[nMiss]);
        if( !file_is_simple_pathname(zName, 1) ){
          goto doc_not_found;
        }
      }else{
        goto doc_not_found;
      }
................................................................................
    style_footer();
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/x-markdown")==0 ){
    Blob tail = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
    markdown_to_html(&filebody, &title, &tail);
    if( blob_size(&title)>0 ){
      style_header("%s", blob_str(&title));
    }else{
      style_header("%s", nMiss>=count(azSuffix)?
                        "Not Found" : zDfltTitle);
    }
    convert_href_and_output(&tail);
    style_footer();
  }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/plain")==0 ){
    style_header("%s", zDfltTitle);
    @ <blockquote><pre>
................................................................................
      style_footer();
    }
#endif
  }else{
    cgi_set_content_type(zMime);
    cgi_set_content(&filebody);
  }
  if( nMiss>=count(azSuffix) ) cgi_set_status(404, "Not Found");
  db_end_transaction(0);
  return;

  /* Jump here when unable to locate the document */
doc_not_found:
  db_end_transaction(0);
  if( isUV && P("name")==0 ){

    }
  }else{
    blob_appendf(&title, "Tech-note %S", zId);
    tail = fullbody;
  }
  style_header("%s", blob_str(&title));
  if( g.perm.WrWiki && g.perm.Write && nextRid==0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Edit", 0, "%R/technoteedit?name=%!S", zId);
    if( g.perm.Attach ){
      style_submenu_element("Attach", "Add an attachment",
           "%R/attachadd?technote=%!S&from=%R/technote/%!S",
           zId, zId);
    }
  }
  zETime = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.17g)", pTNote->rEventDate);
  style_submenu_element("Context", 0, "%R/timeline?c=%.20s", zId);
  if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    if( verboseFlag ){
      style_submenu_element("Plain", 0,
                            "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&mimetype=text/plain",
                            zId, zUuid);
      if( nextRid ){
        char *zNext;
        zNext = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nextRid);
        style_submenu_element("Next", 0,"%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&v",
                              zId, zNext);
        free(zNext);
      }
      if( prevRid ){
        char *zPrev;
        zPrev = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", prevRid);
        style_submenu_element("Prev", 0, "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&v",
                              zId, zPrev);
        free(zPrev);
      }
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Detail", 0, "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&v",
                            zId, zUuid);
    }
  }

  if( verboseFlag && g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    int i;
    const char *zClr = 0;

    }
  }else{
    blob_appendf(&title, "Tech-note %S", zId);
    tail = fullbody;
  }
  style_header("%s", blob_str(&title));
  if( g.perm.WrWiki && g.perm.Write && nextRid==0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Edit", "%R/technoteedit?name=%!S", zId);
    if( g.perm.Attach ){
      style_submenu_element("Attach",
           "%R/attachadd?technote=%!S&from=%R/technote/%!S", zId, zId);

    }
  }
  zETime = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.17g)", pTNote->rEventDate);
  style_submenu_element("Context", "%R/timeline?c=%.20s", zId);
  if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    if( verboseFlag ){
      style_submenu_element("Plain",
                            "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&mimetype=text/plain",
                            zId, zUuid);
      if( nextRid ){
        char *zNext;
        zNext = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nextRid);
        style_submenu_element("Next", "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&v",
                              zId, zNext);
        free(zNext);
      }
      if( prevRid ){
        char *zPrev;
        zPrev = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", prevRid);
        style_submenu_element("Prev", "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&v",
                              zId, zPrev);
        free(zPrev);
      }
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Detail", "%R/technote?name=%!S&aid=%s&v",
                            zId, zUuid);
    }
  }

  if( verboseFlag && g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    int i;
    const char *zClr = 0;

  );
}

/*
** create_mark()
**   Create a new (mark,rid,uuid) entry for the given rid in the 'xmark' table,
**   and return that information as a struct mark_t in *mark.




**   This function returns -1 in the case where 'rid' does not exist, otherwise
**   it returns 0.
**   mark->name is dynamically allocated and is owned by the caller upon return.
*/
int create_mark(int rid, struct mark_t *mark){
  char sid[13];
  char *zUuid = rid_to_uuid(rid);
  if(!zUuid){
    fossil_trace("Undefined rid=%d\n", rid);
    return -1;
  }
  mark->rid = rid;
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(sid), sid, ":%d", COMMITMARK(rid));

  mark->name = fossil_strdup(sid);
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mark->uuid), mark->uuid, "%s", zUuid);
  free(zUuid);
  insert_commit_xref(mark->rid, mark->name, mark->uuid);
  return 0;
}

/*
** mark_name_from_rid()
**   Find the mark associated with the given rid.  Mark names always start
**   with ':', and are pulled from the 'xmark' temporary table.



**   This function returns NULL if the rid does not exist in the 'xmark' table.
**   Otherwise, it returns the name of the mark, which is dynamically allocated
**   and is owned by the caller of this function.
*/
char * mark_name_from_rid(int rid){
  char *zMark = db_text(0, "SELECT tname FROM xmark WHERE trid=%d", rid);
  if(zMark==NULL){
    struct mark_t mark;
    if(create_mark(rid, &mark)==0){
      zMark = mark.name;
    }else{
      return NULL;
    }
  }
  return zMark;
}
................................................................................
**   This function returns -1 in the case that the line is blank, malformed, or
**   the rid/uuid named in 'line' does not match what is in the repository
**   database.  Otherwise, 0 is returned.
**   mark->name is dynamically allocated, and owned by the caller.
*/
int parse_mark(char *line, struct mark_t *mark){
  char *cur_tok;

  cur_tok = strtok(line, " \t");
  if(!cur_tok||strlen(cur_tok)<2){
    return -1;
  }
  mark->rid = atoi(&cur_tok[1]);
  if(cur_tok[0]!='c'){

    /* This is probably a blob mark */
    mark->name = NULL;
    return 0;
  }

  cur_tok = strtok(NULL, " \t");
  if(!cur_tok){
    /* This mark was generated by an older version of Fossil and doesn't
    ** include the mark name and uuid.  create_mark() will name the new mark
    ** exactly as it was when exported to git, so that we should have a
    ** valid mapping from git sha1<->mark name<->fossil sha1. */







    return create_mark(mark->rid, mark);
  }else{
    mark->name = fossil_strdup(cur_tok);
  }

  cur_tok = strtok(NULL, "\n");
  if(!cur_tok||strlen(cur_tok)!=40){
    free(mark->name);
    fossil_trace("Invalid SHA-1 in marks file: %s\n", cur_tok);
    return -1;
  }else{
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mark->uuid), mark->uuid, "%s", cur_tok);
  }

  /* make sure that rid corresponds to UUID */
  if(fast_uuid_to_rid(mark->uuid)!=mark->rid){
    free(mark->name);
    fossil_trace("Non-existent SHA-1 in marks file: %s\n", mark->uuid);
    return -1;
  }

  /* insert a cross-ref into the 'xmark' table */
  insert_commit_xref(mark->rid, mark->name, mark->uuid);
................................................................................
}

/*
** import_marks()
**   Import the marks specified in file 'f' into the 'xmark' table.
**   If 'blobs' is non-null, insert all blob marks into it.
**   If 'vers' is non-null, insert all commit marks into it.



**   Each line in the file must be at most 100 characters in length.  This
**   seems like a reasonable maximum for a 40-character uuid, and 1-13
**   character rid.
**   The function returns -1 if any of the lines in file 'f' are malformed,
**   or the rid/uuid information doesn't match what is in the repository
**   database.  Otherwise, 0 is returned.
*/
int import_marks(FILE* f, Bag *blobs, Bag *vers){
  char line[101];
  while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), f)){
    struct mark_t mark;
    if(strlen(line)==100&&line[99]!='\n'){
      /* line too long */
      return -1;
    }
    if( parse_mark(line, &mark)<0 ){
      return -1;
    }else if( line[0]=='b' ){
      /* Don't import blob marks into 'xmark' table--git doesn't use them,
      ** so they need to be left free for git to reuse. */
      if(blobs!=NULL){
        bag_insert(blobs, mark.rid);
      }

    }else if( vers!=NULL ){
      bag_insert(vers, mark.rid);







    }
    free(mark.name);
  }
  return 0;
}


















/*
**  If 'blobs' is non-null, it must point to a Bag of blob rids to be
**  written to disk.  Blob rids are written as 'b<rid>'.
**  If 'vers' is non-null, it must point to a Bag of commit rids to be
**  written to disk.  Commit rids are written as 'c<rid> :<mark> <uuid>'.
**  All commit (mark,rid,uuid) tuples are stored in 'xmark' table.
**  This function does not fail, but may produce errors if a uuid cannot
**  be found for an rid in 'vers'.
*/
void export_marks(FILE* f, Bag *blobs, Bag *vers){
  int rid;

  if( blobs!=NULL ){
    rid = bag_first(blobs);
    if(rid!=0){
      do{
        fprintf(f, "b%d\n", rid);

      }while((rid = bag_next(blobs, rid))!=0);
    }
  }
  if( vers!=NULL ){
    rid = bag_first(vers);
    if( rid!=0 ){
      do{
        char *zUuid = rid_to_uuid(rid);
        char *zMark;
        if(zUuid==NULL){
          fossil_trace("No uuid matching rid=%d when exporting marks\n", rid);
          continue;
        }
        zMark = mark_name_from_rid(rid);
        fprintf(f, "c%d %s %s\n", rid, zMark, zUuid);
        free(zMark);
        free(zUuid);
      }while( (rid = bag_next(vers, rid))!=0 );
    }
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: export
................................................................................
**
** See also: import
*/
void export_cmd(void){
  Stmt q, q2, q3;
  int i;
  Bag blobs, vers;

  const char *markfile_in;
  const char *markfile_out;

  bag_init(&blobs);
  bag_init(&vers);

  find_option("git", 0, 0);   /* Ignore the --git option for now */
................................................................................
    FILE *f;
    int rid;

    f = fossil_fopen(markfile_in, "r");
    if( f==0 ){
      fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for reading", markfile_in);
    }
    if(import_marks(f, &blobs, &vers)<0){
      fossil_fatal("error importing marks from file: %s\n", markfile_in);
    }
    db_prepare(&qb, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO oldblob VALUES (:rid)");
    db_prepare(&qc, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO oldcommit VALUES (:rid)");
    rid = bag_first(&blobs);
    if(rid!=0){
      do{
        db_bind_int(&qb, ":rid", rid);
        db_step(&qb);
        db_reset(&qb);
      }while((rid = bag_next(&blobs, rid))!=0);
    }
    rid = bag_first(&vers);
    if(rid!=0){
      do{
        db_bind_int(&qc, ":rid", rid);
        db_step(&qc);
        db_reset(&qc);
      }while((rid = bag_next(&vers, rid))!=0);
    }
    db_finalize(&qb);
................................................................................
  db_prepare(&q2, "INSERT INTO oldblob VALUES (:rid)");
  db_prepare(&q3, "SELECT rid FROM newblob WHERE srcid= (:srcid)");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int rid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    Blob content;

    while( !bag_find(&blobs, rid) ){

      content_get(rid, &content);
      db_bind_int(&q2, ":rid", rid);
      db_step(&q2);
      db_reset(&q2);
      printf("blob\nmark :%d\ndata %d\n", BLOBMARK(rid), blob_size(&content));


      bag_insert(&blobs, rid);
      fwrite(blob_buffer(&content), 1, blob_size(&content), stdout);
      printf("\n");
      blob_reset(&content);

      db_bind_int(&q3, ":srcid", rid);
      if( db_step(&q3) != SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
    db_step(&q2);
    db_reset(&q2);
    if( zBranch==0 ) zBranch = "trunk";
    zBr = mprintf("%s", zBranch);
    for(i=0; zBr[i]; i++){
      if( !fossil_isalnum(zBr[i]) ) zBr[i] = '_';
    }
    zMark = mark_name_from_rid(ckinId);
    printf("commit refs/heads/%s\nmark %s\n", zBr, zMark);
    free(zMark);
    free(zBr);
    printf("committer");
    print_person(zUser);
    printf(" %s +0000\n", zSecondsSince1970);
    if( zComment==0 ) zComment = "null comment";
................................................................................
      "SELECT pid FROM plink"
      " WHERE cid=%d AND isprim"
      "   AND pid IN (SELECT objid FROM event)",
      ckinId
    );
    if( db_step(&q3) == SQLITE_ROW ){
      int pid = db_column_int(&q3, 0);
      zMark = mark_name_from_rid(pid);
      printf("from %s\n", zMark);
      free(zMark);
      db_prepare(&q4,
        "SELECT pid FROM plink"
        " WHERE cid=%d AND NOT isprim"
        "   AND NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM phantom WHERE rid=pid)"
        " ORDER BY pid",
        ckinId);
      while( db_step(&q4)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        zMark = mark_name_from_rid(db_column_int(&q4, 0));
        printf("merge %s\n", zMark);
        free(zMark);
      }
      db_finalize(&q4);
    }else{
      printf("deleteall\n");
    }
................................................................................
      " WHERE mlink.mid=%d",
      ckinId
    );
    while( db_step(&q4)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q4,0);
      int zNew = db_column_int(&q4,1);
      int mPerm = db_column_int(&q4,2);
      if( zNew==0)
        printf("D %s\n", zName);
      else if( bag_find(&blobs, zNew) ) {
        const char *zPerm;

        switch( mPerm ){
          case PERM_LNK:  zPerm = "120000";   break;
          case PERM_EXE:  zPerm = "100755";   break;
          default:        zPerm = "100644";   break;
        }
        printf("M %s :%d %s\n", zPerm, BLOBMARK(zNew), zName);

      }
    }
    db_finalize(&q4);
    db_finalize(&q3);
    printf("\n");
  }
  db_finalize(&q2);
................................................................................
     "  FROM tagxref JOIN tag USING(tagid)"
     " WHERE tagtype=1 AND tagname GLOB 'sym-*'"
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zTagname = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    char *zEncoded = 0;
    int rid = db_column_int(&q, 1);

    const char *zSecSince1970 = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    int i;
    if( rid==0 || !bag_find(&vers, rid) ) continue;
    zTagname += 4;
    zEncoded = mprintf("%s", zTagname);
    for(i=0; zEncoded[i]; i++){
      if( !fossil_isalnum(zEncoded[i]) ) zEncoded[i] = '_';
    }
    printf("tag %s\n", zEncoded);
    printf("from :%d\n", COMMITMARK(rid));

    printf("tagger <tagger> %s +0000\n", zSecSince1970);
    printf("data 0\n");
    fossil_free(zEncoded);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  if( markfile_out!=0 ){
    FILE *f;
    f = fossil_fopen(markfile_out, "w");
    if( f == 0 ){
      fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for writing", markfile_out);
    }
    export_marks(f, &blobs, &vers);
    if( ferror(f)!=0 || fclose(f)!=0 ) {
      fossil_fatal("error while writing %s", markfile_out);
    }
  }
  bag_clear(&blobs);
  bag_clear(&vers);
}

  );
}

/*
** create_mark()
**   Create a new (mark,rid,uuid) entry for the given rid in the 'xmark' table,
**   and return that information as a struct mark_t in *mark.
**   *unused_mark is a value representing a mark that is free for use--that is,
**   it does not appear in the marks file, and has not been used during this
**   export run.  Specifically, it is the supremum of the set of used marks
**   plus one.
**   This function returns -1 in the case where 'rid' does not exist, otherwise
**   it returns 0.
**   mark->name is dynamically allocated and is owned by the caller upon return.
*/
int create_mark(int rid, struct mark_t *mark, unsigned int *unused_mark){
  char sid[13];
  char *zUuid = rid_to_uuid(rid);
  if( !zUuid ){
    fossil_trace("Undefined rid=%d\n", rid);
    return -1;
  }
  mark->rid = rid;
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(sid), sid, ":%d", *unused_mark);
  *unused_mark += 1;
  mark->name = fossil_strdup(sid);
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mark->uuid), mark->uuid, "%s", zUuid);
  free(zUuid);
  insert_commit_xref(mark->rid, mark->name, mark->uuid);
  return 0;
}

/*
** mark_name_from_rid()
**   Find the mark associated with the given rid.  Mark names always start
**   with ':', and are pulled from the 'xmark' temporary table.
**   If the given rid doesn't have a mark associated with it yet, one is
**   created with a value of *unused_mark.
**   *unused_mark functions exactly as in create_mark().
**   This function returns NULL if the rid does not have an associated UUID,
**   (i.e. is not valid).  Otherwise, it returns the name of the mark, which is
**   dynamically allocated and is owned by the caller of this function.
*/
char * mark_name_from_rid(int rid, unsigned int *unused_mark){
  char *zMark = db_text(0, "SELECT tname FROM xmark WHERE trid=%d", rid);
  if( zMark==NULL ){
    struct mark_t mark;
    if( create_mark(rid, &mark, unused_mark)==0 ){
      zMark = mark.name;
    }else{
      return NULL;
    }
  }
  return zMark;
}
................................................................................
**   This function returns -1 in the case that the line is blank, malformed, or
**   the rid/uuid named in 'line' does not match what is in the repository
**   database.  Otherwise, 0 is returned.
**   mark->name is dynamically allocated, and owned by the caller.
*/
int parse_mark(char *line, struct mark_t *mark){
  char *cur_tok;
  char type_;
  cur_tok = strtok(line, " \t");
  if( !cur_tok || strlen(cur_tok)<2 ){
    return -1;
  }
  mark->rid = atoi(&cur_tok[1]);
  type_ = cur_tok[0];
  if( type_!='c' && type_!='b' ){
    /* This is probably a blob mark */
    mark->name = NULL;
    return 0;
  }

  cur_tok = strtok(NULL, " \t");
  if( !cur_tok ){
    /* This mark was generated by an older version of Fossil and doesn't
    ** include the mark name and uuid.  create_mark() will name the new mark
    ** exactly as it was when exported to git, so that we should have a
    ** valid mapping from git sha1<->mark name<->fossil sha1. */
    unsigned int mid;
    if( type_=='c' ){
      mid = COMMITMARK(mark->rid);
    }
    else{
      mid = BLOBMARK(mark->rid);
    }
    return create_mark(mark->rid, mark, &mid);
  }else{
    mark->name = fossil_strdup(cur_tok);
  }

  cur_tok = strtok(NULL, "\n");
  if( !cur_tok || strlen(cur_tok)!=40 ){
    free(mark->name);
    fossil_trace("Invalid SHA-1 in marks file: %s\n", cur_tok);
    return -1;
  }else{
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mark->uuid), mark->uuid, "%s", cur_tok);
  }

  /* make sure that rid corresponds to UUID */
  if( fast_uuid_to_rid(mark->uuid)!=mark->rid ){
    free(mark->name);
    fossil_trace("Non-existent SHA-1 in marks file: %s\n", mark->uuid);
    return -1;
  }

  /* insert a cross-ref into the 'xmark' table */
  insert_commit_xref(mark->rid, mark->name, mark->uuid);
................................................................................
}

/*
** import_marks()
**   Import the marks specified in file 'f' into the 'xmark' table.
**   If 'blobs' is non-null, insert all blob marks into it.
**   If 'vers' is non-null, insert all commit marks into it.
**   If 'unused_marks' is non-null, upon return of this function, all values
**   x >= *unused_marks are free to use as marks, i.e. they do not clash with
**   any marks appearing in the marks file.
**   Each line in the file must be at most 100 characters in length.  This
**   seems like a reasonable maximum for a 40-character uuid, and 1-13
**   character rid.
**   The function returns -1 if any of the lines in file 'f' are malformed,
**   or the rid/uuid information doesn't match what is in the repository
**   database.  Otherwise, 0 is returned.
*/
int import_marks(FILE* f, Bag *blobs, Bag *vers, unsigned int *unused_mark){
  char line[101];
  while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), f)){
    struct mark_t mark;
    if( strlen(line)==100 && line[99]!='\n' ){
      /* line too long */
      return -1;
    }
    if( parse_mark(line, &mark)<0 ){
      return -1;
    }else if( line[0]=='b' ){


      if( blobs!=NULL ){
        bag_insert(blobs, mark.rid);
      }
    }else{
      if( vers!=NULL ){
        bag_insert(vers, mark.rid);
      }
    }
    if( unused_mark!=NULL ){
      unsigned int mid = atoi(mark.name + 1);
      if( mid>=*unused_mark ){
	*unused_mark = mid + 1;
      }
    }
    free(mark.name);
  }
  return 0;
}

void export_mark(FILE* f, int rid, char obj_type)
{
  unsigned int z = 0;
  char *zUuid = rid_to_uuid(rid);
  char *zMark;
  if( zUuid==NULL ){
    fossil_trace("No uuid matching rid=%d when exporting marks\n", rid);
    return;
  }
  /* Since rid is already in the 'xmark' table, the value of z won't be
  ** used, but pass in a valid pointer just to be safe. */
  zMark = mark_name_from_rid(rid, &z);
  fprintf(f, "%c%d %s %s\n", obj_type, rid, zMark, zUuid);
  free(zMark);
  free(zUuid);
}

/*
**  If 'blobs' is non-null, it must point to a Bag of blob rids to be
**  written to disk.  Blob rids are written as 'b<rid>'.
**  If 'vers' is non-null, it must point to a Bag of commit rids to be
**  written to disk.  Commit rids are written as 'c<rid> :<mark> <uuid>'.
**  All commit (mark,rid,uuid) tuples are stored in 'xmark' table.
**  This function does not fail, but may produce errors if a uuid cannot
**  be found for an rid in 'vers'.
*/
void export_marks(FILE* f, Bag *blobs, Bag *vers){
  int rid;

  if( blobs!=NULL ){
    rid = bag_first(blobs);
    if( rid!=0 ){
      do{

        export_mark(f, rid, 'b');
      }while( (rid = bag_next(blobs, rid))!=0 );
    }
  }
  if( vers!=NULL ){
    rid = bag_first(vers);
    if( rid!=0 ){
      do{
        export_mark(f, rid, 'c');









      }while( (rid = bag_next(vers, rid))!=0 );
    }
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: export
................................................................................
**
** See also: import
*/
void export_cmd(void){
  Stmt q, q2, q3;
  int i;
  Bag blobs, vers;
  unsigned int unused_mark = 1;
  const char *markfile_in;
  const char *markfile_out;

  bag_init(&blobs);
  bag_init(&vers);

  find_option("git", 0, 0);   /* Ignore the --git option for now */
................................................................................
    FILE *f;
    int rid;

    f = fossil_fopen(markfile_in, "r");
    if( f==0 ){
      fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for reading", markfile_in);
    }
    if( import_marks(f, &blobs, &vers, &unused_mark)<0 ){
      fossil_fatal("error importing marks from file: %s", markfile_in);
    }
    db_prepare(&qb, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO oldblob VALUES (:rid)");
    db_prepare(&qc, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO oldcommit VALUES (:rid)");
    rid = bag_first(&blobs);
    if( rid!=0 ){
      do{
        db_bind_int(&qb, ":rid", rid);
        db_step(&qb);
        db_reset(&qb);
      }while((rid = bag_next(&blobs, rid))!=0);
    }
    rid = bag_first(&vers);
    if( rid!=0 ){
      do{
        db_bind_int(&qc, ":rid", rid);
        db_step(&qc);
        db_reset(&qc);
      }while((rid = bag_next(&vers, rid))!=0);
    }
    db_finalize(&qb);
................................................................................
  db_prepare(&q2, "INSERT INTO oldblob VALUES (:rid)");
  db_prepare(&q3, "SELECT rid FROM newblob WHERE srcid= (:srcid)");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int rid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    Blob content;

    while( !bag_find(&blobs, rid) ){
      char *zMark;
      content_get(rid, &content);
      db_bind_int(&q2, ":rid", rid);
      db_step(&q2);
      db_reset(&q2);
      zMark = mark_name_from_rid(rid, &unused_mark);
      printf("blob\nmark %s\ndata %d\n", zMark, blob_size(&content));
      free(zMark);
      bag_insert(&blobs, rid);
      fwrite(blob_buffer(&content), 1, blob_size(&content), stdout);
      printf("\n");
      blob_reset(&content);

      db_bind_int(&q3, ":srcid", rid);
      if( db_step(&q3) != SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
    db_step(&q2);
    db_reset(&q2);
    if( zBranch==0 ) zBranch = "trunk";
    zBr = mprintf("%s", zBranch);
    for(i=0; zBr[i]; i++){
      if( !fossil_isalnum(zBr[i]) ) zBr[i] = '_';
    }
    zMark = mark_name_from_rid(ckinId, &unused_mark);
    printf("commit refs/heads/%s\nmark %s\n", zBr, zMark);
    free(zMark);
    free(zBr);
    printf("committer");
    print_person(zUser);
    printf(" %s +0000\n", zSecondsSince1970);
    if( zComment==0 ) zComment = "null comment";
................................................................................
      "SELECT pid FROM plink"
      " WHERE cid=%d AND isprim"
      "   AND pid IN (SELECT objid FROM event)",
      ckinId
    );
    if( db_step(&q3) == SQLITE_ROW ){
      int pid = db_column_int(&q3, 0);
      zMark = mark_name_from_rid(pid, &unused_mark);
      printf("from %s\n", zMark);
      free(zMark);
      db_prepare(&q4,
        "SELECT pid FROM plink"
        " WHERE cid=%d AND NOT isprim"
        "   AND NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM phantom WHERE rid=pid)"
        " ORDER BY pid",
        ckinId);
      while( db_step(&q4)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        zMark = mark_name_from_rid(db_column_int(&q4, 0), &unused_mark);
        printf("merge %s\n", zMark);
        free(zMark);
      }
      db_finalize(&q4);
    }else{
      printf("deleteall\n");
    }
................................................................................
      " WHERE mlink.mid=%d",
      ckinId
    );
    while( db_step(&q4)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q4,0);
      int zNew = db_column_int(&q4,1);
      int mPerm = db_column_int(&q4,2);
      if( zNew==0 ){
        printf("D %s\n", zName);
      }else if( bag_find(&blobs, zNew) ){
        const char *zPerm;
        zMark = mark_name_from_rid(zNew, &unused_mark);
        switch( mPerm ){
          case PERM_LNK:  zPerm = "120000";   break;
          case PERM_EXE:  zPerm = "100755";   break;
          default:        zPerm = "100644";   break;
        }
        printf("M %s %s %s\n", zPerm, zMark, zName);
        free(zMark);
      }
    }
    db_finalize(&q4);
    db_finalize(&q3);
    printf("\n");
  }
  db_finalize(&q2);
................................................................................
     "  FROM tagxref JOIN tag USING(tagid)"
     " WHERE tagtype=1 AND tagname GLOB 'sym-*'"
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zTagname = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    char *zEncoded = 0;
    int rid = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    char *zMark = mark_name_from_rid(rid, &unused_mark);
    const char *zSecSince1970 = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    int i;
    if( rid==0 || !bag_find(&vers, rid) ) continue;
    zTagname += 4;
    zEncoded = mprintf("%s", zTagname);
    for(i=0; zEncoded[i]; i++){
      if( !fossil_isalnum(zEncoded[i]) ) zEncoded[i] = '_';
    }
    printf("tag %s\n", zEncoded);
    printf("from %s\n", zMark);
    free(zMark);
    printf("tagger <tagger> %s +0000\n", zSecSince1970);
    printf("data 0\n");
    fossil_free(zEncoded);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  if( markfile_out!=0 ){
    FILE *f;
    f = fossil_fopen(markfile_out, "w");
    if( f == 0 ){
      fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for writing", markfile_out);
    }
    export_marks(f, &blobs, &vers);
    if( ferror(f)!=0 || fclose(f)!=0 ){
      fossil_fatal("error while writing %s", markfile_out);
    }
  }
  bag_clear(&blobs);
  bag_clear(&vers);
}

*/
void file_getcwd(char *zBuf, int nBuf){
#ifdef _WIN32
  win32_getcwd(zBuf, nBuf);
#else
  if( getcwd(zBuf, nBuf-1)==0 ){
    if( errno==ERANGE ){
      fossil_fatal("pwd too big: max %d\n", nBuf-1);
    }else{
      fossil_fatal("cannot find current working directory; %s",
                   strerror(errno));
    }
  }
#endif
}
................................................................................
  }

  azDirs[1] = fossil_getenv("TEMP");
  azDirs[2] = fossil_getenv("TMP");
#endif


  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
    if( !file_isdir(azDirs[i]) ) continue;
    zDir = azDirs[i];
    break;
  }

  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
................................................................................
** path element.
*/
const char *file_is_win_reserved(const char *zPath){
  static const char *azRes[] = { "CON", "PRN", "AUX", "NUL", "COM", "LPT" };
  static char zReturn[5];
  int i;
  while( zPath[0] ){
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azRes); i++){
      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zPath, azRes[i], 3)==0
       && ((i>=4 && fossil_isdigit(zPath[3])
                 && (zPath[4]=='/' || zPath[4]=='.' || zPath[4]==0))
          || (i<4 && (zPath[3]=='/' || zPath[3]=='.' || zPath[3]==0)))
      ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(5,zReturn,"%.*s", i>=4 ? 4 : 3, zPath);
        return zReturn;

*/
void file_getcwd(char *zBuf, int nBuf){
#ifdef _WIN32
  win32_getcwd(zBuf, nBuf);
#else
  if( getcwd(zBuf, nBuf-1)==0 ){
    if( errno==ERANGE ){
      fossil_fatal("pwd too big: max %d", nBuf-1);
    }else{
      fossil_fatal("cannot find current working directory; %s",
                   strerror(errno));
    }
  }
#endif
}
................................................................................
  }

  azDirs[1] = fossil_getenv("TEMP");
  azDirs[2] = fossil_getenv("TMP");
#endif


  for(i=0; i<count(azDirs); i++){
    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
    if( !file_isdir(azDirs[i]) ) continue;
    zDir = azDirs[i];
    break;
  }

  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
................................................................................
** path element.
*/
const char *file_is_win_reserved(const char *zPath){
  static const char *azRes[] = { "CON", "PRN", "AUX", "NUL", "COM", "LPT" };
  static char zReturn[5];
  int i;
  while( zPath[0] ){
    for(i=0; i<count(azRes); i++){
      if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zPath, azRes[i], 3)==0
       && ((i>=4 && fossil_isdigit(zPath[3])
                 && (zPath[4]=='/' || zPath[4]=='.' || zPath[4]==0))
          || (i<4 && (zPath[3]=='/' || zPath[3]=='.' || zPath[3]==0)))
      ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(5,zReturn,"%.*s", i>=4 ? 4 : 3, zPath);
        return zReturn;

  fnid = db_int(0, "SELECT fnid FROM filename WHERE name=%Q", zFilename);
  if( fnid==0 ){
    @ No such file: %h(zFilename)
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("MLink Table", "mtab", "%R/mlink?name=%t", zFilename);
  }
  if( baseCheckin ){
    compute_direct_ancestors(baseCheckin);
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "name", zFilename);
  blob_zero(&sql);
  blob_append_sql(&sql,
................................................................................
    char zTime[10];
    int nParent = 0;
    int aParent[GR_MAX_RAIL];

    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":fid", frid);
    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":mid", fmid);
    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":fnid", fnid);
    while( db_step(&qparent)==SQLITE_ROW && nParent<ArraySize(aParent) ){
      aParent[nParent] = db_column_int(&qparent, 0);
      nParent++;
    }
    db_reset(&qparent);
    if( zBr==0 ) zBr = "trunk";
    if( uBg ){
      zBgClr = hash_color(zUser);

  fnid = db_int(0, "SELECT fnid FROM filename WHERE name=%Q", zFilename);
  if( fnid==0 ){
    @ No such file: %h(zFilename)
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("MLink Table", "%R/mlink?name=%t", zFilename);
  }
  if( baseCheckin ){
    compute_direct_ancestors(baseCheckin);
  }
  url_add_parameter(&url, "name", zFilename);
  blob_zero(&sql);
  blob_append_sql(&sql,
................................................................................
    char zTime[10];
    int nParent = 0;
    int aParent[GR_MAX_RAIL];

    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":fid", frid);
    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":mid", fmid);
    db_bind_int(&qparent, ":fnid", fnid);
    while( db_step(&qparent)==SQLITE_ROW && nParent<count(aParent) ){
      aParent[nParent] = db_column_int(&qparent, 0);
      nParent++;
    }
    db_reset(&qparent);
    if( zBr==0 ) zBr = "trunk";
    if( uBg ){
      zBgClr = hash_color(zUser);

**
** The "fossil shell" command is intended for use with SEE-enabled fossil.
** It allows multiple commands to be issued without having to reenter the
** crypto phasephrase for each command.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "fshell.h"

#include <ctype.h>

#ifndef _WIN32
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#endif

................................................................................
#else
  int nArg;
  int mxArg = 0;
  int n, i;
  char **azArg = 0;
  int fDebug;
  pid_t childPid;
  char zLine[10000];
  fDebug = find_option("debug", 0, 0)!=0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(OPEN_ANY_SCHEMA|OPEN_OK_NOT_FOUND, 0);
  db_close(0);
  sqlite3_shutdown();
  while( printf("fossil> "),fflush(stdout),fgets(zLine, sizeof(zLine), stdin) ){



    /* Parse the line of input */
    n = (int)strlen(zLine);
    for(i=0, nArg=1; i<n; i++){
      while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
      if( i>=n ) break;
      if( nArg>=mxArg ){
        mxArg = nArg+10;

**
** The "fossil shell" command is intended for use with SEE-enabled fossil.
** It allows multiple commands to be issued without having to reenter the
** crypto phasephrase for each command.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "fshell.h"
#include "linenoise.h"
#include <ctype.h>

#ifndef _WIN32
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#endif

................................................................................
#else
  int nArg;
  int mxArg = 0;
  int n, i;
  char **azArg = 0;
  int fDebug;
  pid_t childPid;
  char *zLine = 0;
  fDebug = find_option("debug", 0, 0)!=0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(OPEN_ANY_SCHEMA|OPEN_OK_NOT_FOUND, 0);
  db_close(0);
  sqlite3_shutdown();
  while( (free(zLine), zLine = linenoise("fossil> ")) ){
    /* Remember shell history within the current session */
    linenoiseHistoryAdd(zLine);

    /* Parse the line of input */
    n = (int)strlen(zLine);
    for(i=0, nArg=1; i<n; i++){
      while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
      if( i>=n ) break;
      if( nArg>=mxArg ){
        mxArg = nArg+10;

** This module implements the userspace side of a Fuse Filesystem that
** contains all check-ins for a fossil repository.
**
** This module is a mostly a no-op unless compiled with -DFOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS.
** The FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS should be omitted on systems that lack support for
** the Fuse Filesystem, of course.
*/

#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "fusefs.h"
#ifdef FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS

#define FUSE_USE_VERSION 26
#include <fuse.h>

/*
** Global state information about the archive
*/
................................................................................
  fusefs_load_rid(rid, fusefs.az[1]);
  if( fusefs.pMan==0 ) return -ENOENT;
  filler(buf, ".", NULL, 0);
  filler(buf, "..", NULL, 0);
  manifest_file_rewind(fusefs.pMan);
  if( n==2 ){
    while( (pFile = manifest_file_next(fusefs.pMan, 0))!=0 ){
      if( nPrev>0 && strncmp(pFile->zName, zPrev, nPrev)==0 ) continue;

      zPrev = pFile->zName;
      for(nPrev=0; zPrev[nPrev] && zPrev[nPrev]!='/'; nPrev++){}
      z = mprintf("%.*s", nPrev, zPrev);
      filler(buf, z, NULL, 0);
      fossil_free(z);
      cnt++;
    }
................................................................................
}

static struct fuse_operations fusefs_methods = {
  .getattr = fusefs_getattr,
  .readdir = fusefs_readdir,
  .read    = fusefs_read,
};
#endif /* FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS */

/*
** COMMAND: fusefs
**
** Usage: %fossil fusefs [--debug] DIRECTORY
**
** This command uses the Fuse Filesystem (FuseFS) to mount a directory
................................................................................
** appropriate support libraries.
**
** After stopping the "fossil fusefs" command, it might also be necessary
** to run "fusermount -u DIRECTORY" to reset the FuseFS before using it
** again.
*/
void fusefs_cmd(void){
#ifndef FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS
  fossil_fatal("this build of fossil does not support the fuse filesystem");
#else
  char *zMountPoint;
  char *azNewArgv[5];
  int doDebug = find_option("debug","d",0)!=0;

  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  verify_all_options();
  blob_init(&fusefs.content, 0, 0);
................................................................................
  azNewArgv[2] = "-s";
  azNewArgv[3] = zMountPoint;
  azNewArgv[4] = 0;
  g.localOpen = 0;   /* Prevent tags like "current" and "prev" */
  fuse_main(4, azNewArgv, &fusefs_methods, NULL);
  fusefs_reset();
  fusefs_clear_path();
#endif
}

** This module implements the userspace side of a Fuse Filesystem that
** contains all check-ins for a fossil repository.
**
** This module is a mostly a no-op unless compiled with -DFOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS.
** The FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS should be omitted on systems that lack support for
** the Fuse Filesystem, of course.
*/
#ifdef FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS
#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "fusefs.h"


#define FUSE_USE_VERSION 26
#include <fuse.h>

/*
** Global state information about the archive
*/
................................................................................
  fusefs_load_rid(rid, fusefs.az[1]);
  if( fusefs.pMan==0 ) return -ENOENT;
  filler(buf, ".", NULL, 0);
  filler(buf, "..", NULL, 0);
  manifest_file_rewind(fusefs.pMan);
  if( n==2 ){
    while( (pFile = manifest_file_next(fusefs.pMan, 0))!=0 ){
      if( nPrev>0 && strncmp(pFile->zName, zPrev, nPrev)==0
                  && pFile->zName[nPrev]=='/' ) continue;
      zPrev = pFile->zName;
      for(nPrev=0; zPrev[nPrev] && zPrev[nPrev]!='/'; nPrev++){}
      z = mprintf("%.*s", nPrev, zPrev);
      filler(buf, z, NULL, 0);
      fossil_free(z);
      cnt++;
    }
................................................................................
}

static struct fuse_operations fusefs_methods = {
  .getattr = fusefs_getattr,
  .readdir = fusefs_readdir,
  .read    = fusefs_read,
};


/*
** COMMAND: fusefs
**
** Usage: %fossil fusefs [--debug] DIRECTORY
**
** This command uses the Fuse Filesystem (FuseFS) to mount a directory
................................................................................
** appropriate support libraries.
**
** After stopping the "fossil fusefs" command, it might also be necessary
** to run "fusermount -u DIRECTORY" to reset the FuseFS before using it
** again.
*/
void fusefs_cmd(void){



  char *zMountPoint;
  char *azNewArgv[5];
  int doDebug = find_option("debug","d",0)!=0;

  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  verify_all_options();
  blob_init(&fusefs.content, 0, 0);
................................................................................
  azNewArgv[2] = "-s";
  azNewArgv[3] = zMountPoint;
  azNewArgv[4] = 0;
  g.localOpen = 0;   /* Prevent tags like "current" and "prev" */
  fuse_main(4, azNewArgv, &fusefs_methods, NULL);
  fusefs_reset();
  fusefs_clear_path();

}
#endif /* FOSSIL_HAVE_FUSEFS */

*/
static void assignChildrenToRail(GraphRow *pBottom){
  int iRail = pBottom->iRail;
  GraphRow *pCurrent;
  GraphRow *pPrior;
  u64 mask = ((u64)1)<<iRail;

  pBottom->iRail = iRail;
  pBottom->railInUse |= mask;
  pPrior = pBottom;
  for(pCurrent=pBottom->pChild; pCurrent; pCurrent=pCurrent->pChild){
    assert( pPrior->idx > pCurrent->idx );
    assert( pCurrent->iRail<0 );
    pCurrent->iRail = iRail;
    pCurrent->railInUse |= mask;
................................................................................


/*
** Compute the complete graph
*/
void graph_finish(GraphContext *p, int omitDescenders){
  GraphRow *pRow, *pDesc, *pDup, *pLoop, *pParent;
  int i;
  u64 mask;
  int hasDup = 0;      /* True if one or more isDup entries */
  const char *zTrunk;



  if( p==0 || p->pFirst==0 || p->nErr ) return;
  p->nErr = 1;   /* Assume an error until proven otherwise */

  /* Initialize all rows */
  p->nHash = p->nRow*2 + 1;
  p->apHash = safeMalloc( sizeof(p->apHash[0])*p->nHash );
................................................................................
    if( (pDup = hashFind(p, pRow->rid))!=0 ){
      hasDup = 1;
      pDup->isDup = 1;
    }
    hashInsert(p, pRow, 1);
  }
  p->mxRail = -1;


  /* Purge merge-parents that are out-of-graph if descenders are not
  ** drawn.
  **
  ** Each node has one primary parent and zero or more "merge" parents.
  ** A merge parent is a prior check-in from which changes were merged into
  ** the current check-in.  If a merge parent is not in the visible section
................................................................................
        }else{
          pRow->iRail = ++p->mxRail;
        }
        if( p->mxRail>=GR_MAX_RAIL ) return;
        mask = BIT(pRow->iRail);
        if( !omitDescenders ){
          pRow->bDescender = pRow->nParent>0;



          for(pLoop=pRow; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext){
            pLoop->railInUse |= mask;
          }
        }
        assignChildrenToRail(pRow);
      }
    }
................................................................................
  */
  for(pRow=p->pFirst; pRow; pRow=pRow->pNext){
    for(i=1; i<pRow->nParent; i++){
      int parentRid = pRow->aParent[i];
      pDesc = hashFind(p, parentRid);
      if( pDesc==0 ){
        /* Merge from a node that is off-screen */








        int iMrail = findFreeRail(p, pRow->idx, p->nRow, 0);
        if( p->mxRail>=GR_MAX_RAIL ) return;


        mask = BIT(iMrail);
        pRow->mergeIn[iMrail] = 1;
        pRow->mergeDown |= mask;
        for(pLoop=pRow->pNext; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext){
          pLoop->railInUse |= mask;
        }
      }else{

*/
static void assignChildrenToRail(GraphRow *pBottom){
  int iRail = pBottom->iRail;
  GraphRow *pCurrent;
  GraphRow *pPrior;
  u64 mask = ((u64)1)<<iRail;


  pBottom->railInUse |= mask;
  pPrior = pBottom;
  for(pCurrent=pBottom->pChild; pCurrent; pCurrent=pCurrent->pChild){
    assert( pPrior->idx > pCurrent->idx );
    assert( pCurrent->iRail<0 );
    pCurrent->iRail = iRail;
    pCurrent->railInUse |= mask;
................................................................................


/*
** Compute the complete graph
*/
void graph_finish(GraphContext *p, int omitDescenders){
  GraphRow *pRow, *pDesc, *pDup, *pLoop, *pParent;
  int i, j;
  u64 mask;
  int hasDup = 0;      /* True if one or more isDup entries */
  const char *zTrunk;
  int railRid[GR_MAX_RAIL]; /* Maps rails to rids for lines
                               that enter from bottom of screen */

  if( p==0 || p->pFirst==0 || p->nErr ) return;
  p->nErr = 1;   /* Assume an error until proven otherwise */

  /* Initialize all rows */
  p->nHash = p->nRow*2 + 1;
  p->apHash = safeMalloc( sizeof(p->apHash[0])*p->nHash );
................................................................................
    if( (pDup = hashFind(p, pRow->rid))!=0 ){
      hasDup = 1;
      pDup->isDup = 1;
    }
    hashInsert(p, pRow, 1);
  }
  p->mxRail = -1;
  memset(railRid, 0, sizeof(railRid));

  /* Purge merge-parents that are out-of-graph if descenders are not
  ** drawn.
  **
  ** Each node has one primary parent and zero or more "merge" parents.
  ** A merge parent is a prior check-in from which changes were merged into
  ** the current check-in.  If a merge parent is not in the visible section
................................................................................
        }else{
          pRow->iRail = ++p->mxRail;
        }
        if( p->mxRail>=GR_MAX_RAIL ) return;
        mask = BIT(pRow->iRail);
        if( !omitDescenders ){
          pRow->bDescender = pRow->nParent>0;
          if( pRow->bDescender ){
            railRid[pRow->iRail] = pRow->aParent[0];
          }
          for(pLoop=pRow; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext){
            pLoop->railInUse |= mask;
          }
        }
        assignChildrenToRail(pRow);
      }
    }
................................................................................
  */
  for(pRow=p->pFirst; pRow; pRow=pRow->pNext){
    for(i=1; i<pRow->nParent; i++){
      int parentRid = pRow->aParent[i];
      pDesc = hashFind(p, parentRid);
      if( pDesc==0 ){
        /* Merge from a node that is off-screen */
        int iMrail = -1;
        for(j=0; j<GR_MAX_RAIL; j++){
          if( railRid[j]==parentRid ){
            iMrail = j;
            break;
          }
        }
        if( iMrail==-1 ){
          iMrail = findFreeRail(p, pRow->idx, p->nRow, 0);
          if( p->mxRail>=GR_MAX_RAIL ) return;
          railRid[iMrail] = parentRid;
        }
        mask = BIT(iMrail);
        pRow->mergeIn[iMrail] = 1;
        pRow->mergeDown |= mask;
        for(pLoop=pRow->pNext; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext){
          pLoop->railInUse |= mask;
        }
      }else{

** This file implements a singleton.  A single client socket may be active
** at a time.  State information is stored in static variables.  The identity
** of the server is held in global variables that are set by url_parse().
**
** Low-level sockets are abstracted out into this module because they
** are handled different on Unix and windows.
*/



#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1  /* IPv6 won't compile on Solaris without this */
#endif
#include "config.h"
#include "http_socket.h"
#if defined(_WIN32)
#  if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
#    define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0501
#  endif
#  include <winsock2.h>
#  include <ws2tcpip.h>
#else
#  include <netinet/in.h>
#  include <arpa/inet.h>
#  include <sys/socket.h>
#  include <netdb.h>

** This file implements a singleton.  A single client socket may be active
** at a time.  State information is stored in static variables.  The identity
** of the server is held in global variables that are set by url_parse().
**
** Low-level sockets are abstracted out into this module because they
** are handled different on Unix and windows.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32)
# define _WIN32_WINNT 0x501
#endif
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1  /* IPv6 won't compile on Solaris without this */
#endif
#include "config.h"
#include "http_socket.h"
#if defined(_WIN32)



#  include <winsock2.h>
#  include <ws2tcpip.h>
#else
#  include <netinet/in.h>
#  include <arpa/inet.h>
#  include <sys/socket.h>
#  include <netdb.h>

    int format; /* 1=git, 2=svn, 3=any */
  } renOpts[] = {
    {"rename-branch", &gimport.zBranchPre,   "", &gimport.zBranchSuf, "", 3},
    {"rename-tag"   , &gimport.zTagPre   ,   "", &gimport.zTagSuf   , "", 3},
    {"rename-rev"   , &gsvn.zRevPre, "svn-rev-", &gsvn.zRevSuf      , "", 2},
  }, *renOpt = renOpts;
  int i;
  for( i = 0; i < sizeof(renOpts) / sizeof(*renOpts); ++i, ++renOpt ){
    if( 1 << svnFlag & renOpt->format ){
      const char *zArgument = find_option(renOpt->zOpt, 0, 1);
      if( zArgument ){
         const char *sep = strchr(zArgument, '%');
         if( !sep ){
           fossil_fatal("missing '%%' in argument to --%s", renOpt->zOpt);
         }else if( strchr(sep + 1, '%') ){
................................................................................
    ** contains the text of an artifact that will add a tag to a check-in.
    ** The git-fast-export file format might specify the same tag multiple
    ** times but only the last tag should be used.  And we do not know which
    ** occurrence of the tag is the last until the import finishes.
    */
    db_multi_exec(
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE xmark(tname TEXT UNIQUE, trid INT, tuuid TEXT);"

       "CREATE TEMP TABLE xbranch(tname TEXT UNIQUE, brnm TEXT);"
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE xtag(tname TEXT UNIQUE, tcontent TEXT);"
    );

    if( markfile_in ){
      FILE *f = fossil_fopen(markfile_in, "r");
      if( !f ){
        fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for reading\n", markfile_in);
      }
      if(import_marks(f, &blobs, NULL)<0){
        fossil_fatal("error importing marks from file: %s\n", markfile_in);
      }
      fclose(f);
    }

    manifest_crosslink_begin();
    git_fast_import(pIn);
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT tcontent FROM xtag");
................................................................................
      Stmt q_marks;
      FILE *f;
      db_prepare(&q_marks, "SELECT DISTINCT trid FROM xmark");
      while( db_step(&q_marks)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        rid = db_column_int(&q_marks, 0);
        if( db_int(0, "SELECT count(objid) FROM event"
                      " WHERE objid=%d AND type='ci'", rid)==0 ){
          if( bag_find(&blobs, rid)==0 ){
            bag_insert(&blobs, rid);
          }
        }else{
          bag_insert(&vers, rid);
        }
      }
      db_finalize(&q_marks);
      f = fossil_fopen(markfile_out, "w");
      if( !f ){
        fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for writing\n", markfile_out);
      }
      export_marks(f, &blobs, &vers);
      fclose(f);
      bag_clear(&blobs);
      bag_clear(&vers);
    }
    manifest_crosslink_end(MC_NONE);

    int format; /* 1=git, 2=svn, 3=any */
  } renOpts[] = {
    {"rename-branch", &gimport.zBranchPre,   "", &gimport.zBranchSuf, "", 3},
    {"rename-tag"   , &gimport.zTagPre   ,   "", &gimport.zTagSuf   , "", 3},
    {"rename-rev"   , &gsvn.zRevPre, "svn-rev-", &gsvn.zRevSuf      , "", 2},
  }, *renOpt = renOpts;
  int i;
  for( i = 0; i < count(renOpts); ++i, ++renOpt ){
    if( 1 << svnFlag & renOpt->format ){
      const char *zArgument = find_option(renOpt->zOpt, 0, 1);
      if( zArgument ){
         const char *sep = strchr(zArgument, '%');
         if( !sep ){
           fossil_fatal("missing '%%' in argument to --%s", renOpt->zOpt);
         }else if( strchr(sep + 1, '%') ){
................................................................................
    ** contains the text of an artifact that will add a tag to a check-in.
    ** The git-fast-export file format might specify the same tag multiple
    ** times but only the last tag should be used.  And we do not know which
    ** occurrence of the tag is the last until the import finishes.
    */
    db_multi_exec(
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE xmark(tname TEXT UNIQUE, trid INT, tuuid TEXT);"
       "CREATE INDEX temp.i_xmark ON xmark(trid);"
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE xbranch(tname TEXT UNIQUE, brnm TEXT);"
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE xtag(tname TEXT UNIQUE, tcontent TEXT);"
    );

    if( markfile_in ){
      FILE *f = fossil_fopen(markfile_in, "r");
      if( !f ){
        fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for reading", markfile_in);
      }
      if( import_marks(f, &blobs, NULL, NULL)<0 ){
        fossil_fatal("error importing marks from file: %s", markfile_in);
      }
      fclose(f);
    }

    manifest_crosslink_begin();
    git_fast_import(pIn);
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT tcontent FROM xtag");
................................................................................
      Stmt q_marks;
      FILE *f;
      db_prepare(&q_marks, "SELECT DISTINCT trid FROM xmark");
      while( db_step(&q_marks)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        rid = db_column_int(&q_marks, 0);
        if( db_int(0, "SELECT count(objid) FROM event"
                      " WHERE objid=%d AND type='ci'", rid)==0 ){
          /* Blob marks exported by git aren't saved between runs, so they need
          ** to be left free for git to re-use in the future.
          */
        }else{
          bag_insert(&vers, rid);
        }
      }
      db_finalize(&q_marks);
      f = fossil_fopen(markfile_out, "w");
      if( !f ){
        fossil_fatal("cannot open %s for writing", markfile_out);
      }
      export_marks(f, &blobs, &vers);
      fclose(f);
      bag_clear(&blobs);
      bag_clear(&vers);
    }
    manifest_crosslink_end(MC_NONE);

    }
    fossil_print("check-ins:    %d\n",
             db_int(-1, "SELECT count(*) FROM event WHERE type='ci' /*scan*/"));
  }else{
    int rid;
    rid = name_to_rid(g.argv[2]);
    if( rid==0 ){
      fossil_fatal("no such object: %s\n", g.argv[2]);
    }
    show_common_info(rid, "uuid:", 1, 1);
  }
}

/*
** Show information about all tags on a given check-in.
................................................................................
    if( strcmp(zModAction,"approve")==0 ){
      moderation_approve(rid);
    }
  }
  style_header("Update of \"%h\"", pWiki->zWikiTitle);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.17g)", pWiki->rDate);
  style_submenu_element("Raw", "Raw", "artifact/%s", zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("History", "History", "whistory?name=%t",
                        pWiki->zWikiTitle);
  style_submenu_element("Page", "Page", "wiki?name=%t",
                        pWiki->zWikiTitle);
  login_anonymous_available();
  @ <div class="section">Overview</div>
  @ <p><table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Artifact&nbsp;ID:</th>
  @ <td>%z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))%s(zUuid)</a>
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
    @ (%d(rid))
................................................................................
  zFrom = P("from");
  zTo = P("to");
  if(zGlob && !*zGlob){
    zGlob = NULL;
  }
  diffFlags = construct_diff_flags(verboseFlag, sideBySide);
  zW = (diffFlags&DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)?"&w":"";
  style_submenu_element("Path","path",
                        "%R/timeline?me=%T&you=%T", zFrom, zTo);
  if( sideBySide || verboseFlag ){
    style_submenu_element("Hide Diff", "hidediff",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=0%s%T%s",
                          zFrom, zTo,
                          zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  }
  if( !sideBySide ){
    style_submenu_element("Side-by-Side Diff", "sbsdiff",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=1%s%T%s",
                          zFrom, zTo,
                          zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  }
  if( sideBySide || !verboseFlag ) {
    style_submenu_element("Unified Diff", "udiff",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=0&v%s%T%s",
                          zFrom, zTo,
                          zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Invert", "invert",
                        "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T%s", zTo, zFrom,
                        sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                        zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  if( zGlob ){
    style_submenu_element("Clear glob", "clearglob",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s", zFrom, zTo,
                          sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"", zW);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Patch", "patch",
                          "%R/vpatch?from=%T&to=%T%s", zFrom, zTo, zW);
  }
  if( sideBySide || verboseFlag ){
    if( *zW ){
      style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Differences", "whitespace",
                            "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T", zFrom, zTo,
                            sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                            zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "");
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace", "ignorews",
                            "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T&w", zFrom, zTo,
                            sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                            zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "");
    }
  }
  style_header("Check-in Differences");
  if( P("nohdr")==0 ){
................................................................................
  zV1 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v1);
  zV2 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v2);
  diffFlags = construct_diff_flags(1, sideBySide) | DIFF_HTML;

  style_header("Diff");
  zW = (diffFlags&DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)?"&w":"";
  if( *zW ){
    style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Changes", "Show Whitespace Changes",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=%d",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), sideBySide);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace", "Ignore Whitespace",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=%d&w",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), sideBySide);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Patch", "Patch", "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&patch",
                        g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"));
  if( !sideBySide ){
    style_submenu_element("Side-by-Side Diff", "sbsdiff",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=1%s",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), zW);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Unified Diff", "udiff",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=0%s",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), zW);
  }

  if( P("smhdr")!=0 ){
    @ <h2>Differences From Artifact
    @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zV1))[%S(zV1)]</a> To
................................................................................
  rid = name_to_rid_www("name");
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( rid==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    const char *zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid=%Q", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun","Unshun","%s/shun?accept=%s&sub=1#delshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun","Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }
  }
  style_header("Hex Artifact Content");
  zUuid = db_text("?","SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid) (%d(rid)):</h2>
  }else{
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid):</h2>
  }
  blob_zero(&downloadName);
  if( P("verbose")!=0 ) objdescFlags |= OBJDESC_DETAIL;
  object_description(rid, objdescFlags, &downloadName);
  style_submenu_element("Download", "Download",
        "%s/raw/%T?name=%s", g.zTop, blob_str(&downloadName), zUuid);
  @ <hr />
  content_get(rid, &content);
  @ <blockquote><pre>
  hexdump(&content);
  @ </pre></blockquote>
  style_footer();
}
................................................................................
    cgi_redirectf("%R/raw/%T?name=%s", blob_str(&downloadName),
          db_text("?", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid));
    /*NOTREACHED*/
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    const char *zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid=%Q", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun","Unshun","%s/shun?accept=%s&sub=1#accshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun","Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }
  }
  style_header("%s", descOnly ? "Artifact Description" : "Artifact Content");
  zUuid = db_text("?", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid) (%d(rid)):</h2>
  }else{
................................................................................
      const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q,0);
      const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q,1);
      const char *zIp = db_column_text(&q,2);
      @ <p>Received on %s(zDate) from %h(zUser) at %h(zIp).</p>
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Download", "Download",
          "%R/raw/%T?name=%s", blob_str(&downloadName), zUuid);
  if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM mlink WHERE fid=%d", rid) ){
    style_submenu_element("Check-ins Using", "Check-ins Using",
          "%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%s",zUuid);
  }
  asText = P("txt")!=0;
  zMime = mimetype_from_name(blob_str(&downloadName));
  if( zMime ){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/html")==0 ){
      if( asText ){
        style_submenu_element("Html", "Html",
                              "%s/artifact/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }else{
        renderAsHtml = 1;
        style_submenu_element("Text", "Text",
                              "%s/artifact/%s?txt=1", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }
    }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/x-fossil-wiki")==0
           || fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/x-markdown")==0 ){
      if( asText ){
        style_submenu_element("Wiki", "Wiki",
                              "%s/artifact/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }else{
        renderAsWiki = 1;
        style_submenu_element("Text", "Text",
                              "%s/artifact/%s?txt=1", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }
    }
  }
  if( (objType & (OBJTYPE_WIKI|OBJTYPE_TICKET))!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Parsed", "Parsed", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }
  if( descOnly ){
    style_submenu_element("Content", "Content", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Line Numbers", "Line Numbers",
                          "%R/artifact/%s%s",zUuid,
                          ((zLn&&*zLn) ? "" : "?txt=1&ln=0"));
    @ <hr />
    content_get(rid, &content);
    if( renderAsWiki ){
      wiki_render_by_mimetype(&content, zMime);
    }else if( renderAsHtml ){
      @ <iframe src="%R/raw/%T(blob_str(&downloadName))?name=%s(zUuid)"
      @   width="100%%" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0"
      @   sandbox="allow-same-origin"
      @   onload="this.height=this.contentDocument.documentElement.scrollHeight;">
      @ </iframe>
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Hex","Hex", "%s/hexdump?name=%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&content, 0);
      zMime = mimetype_from_content(&content);
      @ <blockquote>
      if( zMime==0 ){
        const char *z;
        z = blob_str(&content);
        if( zLn ){
................................................................................
          @ <pre>
          @ %h(z)
          @ </pre>
        }
      }else if( strncmp(zMime, "image/", 6)==0 ){
        @ <i>(file is %d(blob_size(&content)) bytes of image data)</i><br />
        @ <img src="%R/raw/%s(zUuid)?m=%s(zMime)" />
        style_submenu_element("Image", "Image",
                              "%R/raw/%s?m=%s", zUuid, zMime);
      }else{
        @ <i>(file is %d(blob_size(&content)) bytes of binary data)</i>
      }
      @ </blockquote>
    }
  }
  style_footer();
................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.RdTkt ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdTkt); return; }
  rid = name_to_rid_www("name");
  if( rid==0 ){ fossil_redirect_home(); }
  zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid=%Q", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun","Unshun", "%s/shun?accept=%s&sub=1#accshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun","Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }
  }
  pTktChng = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_TICKET, 0);
  if( pTktChng==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.12f)", pTktChng->rDate);
  memcpy(zTktName, pTktChng->zTicketUuid, UUID_SIZE+1);
  if( g.perm.ModTkt && (zModAction = P("modaction"))!=0 ){
................................................................................
      moderation_approve(rid);
    }
  }
  zTktTitle = db_table_has_column("repository", "ticket", "title" )
      ? db_text("(No title)", "SELECT title FROM ticket WHERE tkt_uuid=%Q", zTktName)
      : 0;
  style_header("Ticket Change Details");
  style_submenu_element("Raw", "Raw", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("History", "History", "%R/tkthistory/%s", zTktName);
  style_submenu_element("Page", "Page", "%R/tktview/%t", zTktName);
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "Timeline", "%R/tkttimeline/%t", zTktName);
  if( P("plaintext") ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "Formatted", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "Plaintext",
                          "%R/info/%s?plaintext", zUuid);
  }

  @ <div class="section">Overview</div>
  @ <p><table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Artifact&nbsp;ID:</th>
  @ <td>%z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))%s(zUuid)</a>
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
................................................................................
     { "#d69b80", 0 },
     { "#d1d680", 0 },
     { "#91d680", 0 },


     { "custom",  "##" },
  };
  int nColor = sizeof(aColor)/sizeof(aColor[0])-1;
  int stdClrFound = 0;
  int i;

  if( zIdPropagate ){
    @ <div><label>
    if( fPropagate ){
      @ <input type="checkbox" name="%s(zIdPropagate)" checked="checked" />

    }
    fossil_print("check-ins:    %d\n",
             db_int(-1, "SELECT count(*) FROM event WHERE type='ci' /*scan*/"));
  }else{
    int rid;
    rid = name_to_rid(g.argv[2]);
    if( rid==0 ){
      fossil_fatal("no such object: %s", g.argv[2]);
    }
    show_common_info(rid, "uuid:", 1, 1);
  }
}

/*
** Show information about all tags on a given check-in.
................................................................................
    if( strcmp(zModAction,"approve")==0 ){
      moderation_approve(rid);
    }
  }
  style_header("Update of \"%h\"", pWiki->zWikiTitle);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.17g)", pWiki->rDate);
  style_submenu_element("Raw", "artifact/%s", zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("History", "whistory?name=%t", pWiki->zWikiTitle);

  style_submenu_element("Page", "wiki?name=%t", pWiki->zWikiTitle);

  login_anonymous_available();
  @ <div class="section">Overview</div>
  @ <p><table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Artifact&nbsp;ID:</th>
  @ <td>%z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))%s(zUuid)</a>
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
    @ (%d(rid))
................................................................................
  zFrom = P("from");
  zTo = P("to");
  if(zGlob && !*zGlob){
    zGlob = NULL;
  }
  diffFlags = construct_diff_flags(verboseFlag, sideBySide);
  zW = (diffFlags&DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)?"&w":"";

  style_submenu_element("Path", "%R/timeline?me=%T&you=%T", zFrom, zTo);
  if( sideBySide || verboseFlag ){

    style_submenu_element("Hide Diff", "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=0%s%T%s",
                          zFrom, zTo,
                          zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  }
  if( !sideBySide ){
    style_submenu_element("Side-by-Side Diff",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=1%s%T%s",
                          zFrom, zTo,
                          zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  }
  if( sideBySide || !verboseFlag ) {
    style_submenu_element("Unified Diff",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=0&v%s%T%s",
                          zFrom, zTo,
                          zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Invert",
                        "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T%s", zTo, zFrom,
                        sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                        zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "", zW);
  if( zGlob ){
    style_submenu_element("Clear glob",
                          "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s", zFrom, zTo,
                          sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"", zW);
  }else{

    style_submenu_element("Patch", "%R/vpatch?from=%T&to=%T%s", zFrom, zTo, zW);
  }
  if( sideBySide || verboseFlag ){
    if( *zW ){
      style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Differences",
                            "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T", zFrom, zTo,
                            sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                            zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "");
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace",
                            "%R/vdiff?from=%T&to=%T&sbs=%d%s%s%T&w", zFrom, zTo,
                            sideBySide, (verboseFlag && !sideBySide)?"&v":"",
                            zGlob ? "&glob=" : "", zGlob ? zGlob : "");
    }
  }
  style_header("Check-in Differences");
  if( P("nohdr")==0 ){
................................................................................
  zV1 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v1);
  zV2 = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", v2);
  diffFlags = construct_diff_flags(1, sideBySide) | DIFF_HTML;

  style_header("Diff");
  zW = (diffFlags&DIFF_IGNORE_ALLWS)?"&w":"";
  if( *zW ){
    style_submenu_element("Show Whitespace Changes",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=%d",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), sideBySide);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Ignore Whitespace",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=%d&w",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), sideBySide);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Patch", "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&patch",
                        g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"));
  if( !sideBySide ){
    style_submenu_element("Side-by-Side Diff",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=1%s",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), zW);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Unified Diff",
                          "%s/fdiff?v1=%T&v2=%T&sbs=0%s",
                          g.zTop, P("v1"), P("v2"), zW);
  }

  if( P("smhdr")!=0 ){
    @ <h2>Differences From Artifact
    @ %z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zV1))[%S(zV1)]</a> To
................................................................................
  rid = name_to_rid_www("name");
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  if( rid==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    const char *zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid=%Q", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun", "%s/shun?accept=%s&sub=1#delshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun", g.zTop, zUuid);

    }
  }
  style_header("Hex Artifact Content");
  zUuid = db_text("?","SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid) (%d(rid)):</h2>
  }else{
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid):</h2>
  }
  blob_zero(&downloadName);
  if( P("verbose")!=0 ) objdescFlags |= OBJDESC_DETAIL;
  object_description(rid, objdescFlags, &downloadName);
  style_submenu_element("Download", "%s/raw/%T?name=%s",
        g.zTop, blob_str(&downloadName), zUuid);
  @ <hr />
  content_get(rid, &content);
  @ <blockquote><pre>
  hexdump(&content);
  @ </pre></blockquote>
  style_footer();
}
................................................................................
    cgi_redirectf("%R/raw/%T?name=%s", blob_str(&downloadName),
          db_text("?", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid));
    /*NOTREACHED*/
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    const char *zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid=%Q", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun", "%s/shun?accept=%s&sub=1#accshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun", g.zTop, zUuid);

    }
  }
  style_header("%s", descOnly ? "Artifact Description" : "Artifact Content");
  zUuid = db_text("?", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid) (%d(rid)):</h2>
  }else{
................................................................................
      const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q,0);
      const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q,1);
      const char *zIp = db_column_text(&q,2);
      @ <p>Received on %s(zDate) from %h(zUser) at %h(zIp).</p>
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Download", "%R/raw/%T?name=%s",
          blob_str(&downloadName), zUuid);
  if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM mlink WHERE fid=%d", rid) ){
    style_submenu_element("Check-ins Using", "%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%s", zUuid);

  }
  asText = P("txt")!=0;
  zMime = mimetype_from_name(blob_str(&downloadName));
  if( zMime ){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/html")==0 ){
      if( asText ){

        style_submenu_element("Html", "%s/artifact/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }else{
        renderAsHtml = 1;

        style_submenu_element("Text", "%s/artifact/%s?txt=1", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }
    }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/x-fossil-wiki")==0
           || fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/x-markdown")==0 ){
      if( asText ){

        style_submenu_element("Wiki", "%s/artifact/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }else{
        renderAsWiki = 1;

        style_submenu_element("Text", "%s/artifact/%s?txt=1", g.zTop, zUuid);
      }
    }
  }
  if( (objType & (OBJTYPE_WIKI|OBJTYPE_TICKET))!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Parsed", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }
  if( descOnly ){
    style_submenu_element("Content", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Line Numbers", "%R/artifact/%s%s", zUuid,

                          ((zLn&&*zLn) ? "" : "?txt=1&ln=0"));
    @ <hr />
    content_get(rid, &content);
    if( renderAsWiki ){
      wiki_render_by_mimetype(&content, zMime);
    }else if( renderAsHtml ){
      @ <iframe src="%R/raw/%T(blob_str(&downloadName))?name=%s(zUuid)"
      @   width="100%%" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0"
      @   sandbox="allow-same-origin"
      @   onload="this.height=this.contentDocument.documentElement.scrollHeight;">
      @ </iframe>
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Hex", "%s/hexdump?name=%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
      blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&content, 0);
      zMime = mimetype_from_content(&content);
      @ <blockquote>
      if( zMime==0 ){
        const char *z;
        z = blob_str(&content);
        if( zLn ){
................................................................................
          @ <pre>
          @ %h(z)
          @ </pre>
        }
      }else if( strncmp(zMime, "image/", 6)==0 ){
        @ <i>(file is %d(blob_size(&content)) bytes of image data)</i><br />
        @ <img src="%R/raw/%s(zUuid)?m=%s(zMime)" />

        style_submenu_element("Image", "%R/raw/%s?m=%s", zUuid, zMime);
      }else{
        @ <i>(file is %d(blob_size(&content)) bytes of binary data)</i>
      }
      @ </blockquote>
    }
  }
  style_footer();
................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.RdTkt ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdTkt); return; }
  rid = name_to_rid_www("name");
  if( rid==0 ){ fossil_redirect_home(); }
  zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE uuid=%Q", zUuid) ){
      style_submenu_element("Unshun", "%s/shun?accept=%s&sub=1#accshun",
            g.zTop, zUuid);
    }else{
      style_submenu_element("Shun", "%s/shun?shun=%s#addshun", g.zTop, zUuid);

    }
  }
  pTktChng = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_TICKET, 0);
  if( pTktChng==0 ) fossil_redirect_home();
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(%.12f)", pTktChng->rDate);
  memcpy(zTktName, pTktChng->zTicketUuid, UUID_SIZE+1);
  if( g.perm.ModTkt && (zModAction = P("modaction"))!=0 ){
................................................................................
      moderation_approve(rid);
    }
  }
  zTktTitle = db_table_has_column("repository", "ticket", "title" )
      ? db_text("(No title)", "SELECT title FROM ticket WHERE tkt_uuid=%Q", zTktName)
      : 0;
  style_header("Ticket Change Details");
  style_submenu_element("Raw", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("History", "%R/tkthistory/%s", zTktName);
  style_submenu_element("Page", "%R/tktview/%t", zTktName);
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "%R/tkttimeline/%t", zTktName);
  if( P("plaintext") ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "%R/info/%s?plaintext", zUuid);

  }

  @ <div class="section">Overview</div>
  @ <p><table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Artifact&nbsp;ID:</th>
  @ <td>%z(href("%R/artifact/%!S",zUuid))%s(zUuid)</a>
  if( g.perm.Setup ){
................................................................................
     { "#d69b80", 0 },
     { "#d1d680", 0 },
     { "#91d680", 0 },


     { "custom",  "##" },
  };
  int nColor = count(aColor)-1;
  int stdClrFound = 0;
  int i;

  if( zIdPropagate ){
    @ <div><label>
    if( fPropagate ){
      @ <input type="checkbox" name="%s(zIdPropagate)" checked="checked" />

  brid = content_put(&branch);
  if( brid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("Problem committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s\n", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  if( zNewRid ){
    *zNewRid = brid;
  }

  brid = content_put(&branch);
  if( brid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("Problem committing manifest: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  if( zNewRid ){
    *zNewRid = brid;
  }

                      json_new_int((cson_int_t)(zBody?strlen(zBody):0)));
    }else{
      if( contentFormat>0 ){/*HTML-ize it*/
        Blob content = empty_blob;
        Blob raw = empty_blob;
        zFormat = "html";
        if(zBody && *zBody){



          blob_append(&raw,zBody,-1);

          wiki_convert(&raw,&content,0);














          len = (unsigned int)blob_size(&content);
        }
        cson_object_set(pay,"size",json_new_int((cson_int_t)len));
        cson_object_set(pay,"content",
                        cson_value_new_string(blob_buffer(&content),len));
        blob_reset(&content);
        blob_reset(&raw);

                      json_new_int((cson_int_t)(zBody?strlen(zBody):0)));
    }else{
      if( contentFormat>0 ){/*HTML-ize it*/
        Blob content = empty_blob;
        Blob raw = empty_blob;
        zFormat = "html";
        if(zBody && *zBody){
          const char *zMimetype = pWiki->zMimetype;
          if( zMimetype==0 ) zMimetype = "text/plain";
          zMimetype = wiki_filter_mimetypes(zMimetype);
          blob_append(&raw,zBody,-1);
          if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/x-fossil-wiki")==0 ){
            wiki_convert(&raw,&content,0);
          }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/x-markdown")==0 ){
            markdown_to_html(&raw,0,&content);
          }else if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/plain")==0 ){
            htmlize_to_blob(&content,blob_str(&raw),blob_size(&raw));
          }else{
            json_set_err( FSL_JSON_E_UNKNOWN,
                          "Unsupported MIME type '%s' for wiki page '%s'.",
                          zMimetype, pWiki->zWikiTitle );
            blob_reset(&content);
            blob_reset(&raw);
            cson_free_object(pay);
            manifest_destroy(pWiki);
            return NULL;
          }
          len = (unsigned int)blob_size(&content);
        }
        cson_object_set(pay,"size",json_new_int((cson_int_t)len));
        cson_object_set(pay,"content",
                        cson_value_new_string(blob_buffer(&content),len));
        blob_reset(&content);
        blob_reset(&raw);

 *    Sequence: ESC [ 2 J
 *    Effect: clear the whole screen
 *
 */

#include <termios.h>
#include <unistd.h>

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "linenoise.h"


#define LINENOISE_DEFAULT_HISTORY_MAX_LEN 100
#define LINENOISE_MAX_LINE 4096
static const char *unsupported_term[] = {"dumb","cons25","emacs",NULL};
static linenoiseCompletionCallback *completionCallback = NULL;

static struct termios orig_termios; /* In order to restore at exit.*/
................................................................................
        } \
        fprintf(lndebug_fp, ", " fmt, arg1); \
        fflush(lndebug_fp); \
    } while (0)
#else
#define lndebug(fmt, arg1)
#endif

































/* ======================= Low level terminal handling ====================== */

/* Set if to use or not the multi line mode. */
void linenoiseSetMultiLine(int ml) {
    mlmode = ml;
}

 *    Sequence: ESC [ 2 J
 *    Effect: clear the whole screen
 *
 */

#include <termios.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "linenoise.h"
#include "sqlite3.h"

#define LINENOISE_DEFAULT_HISTORY_MAX_LEN 100
#define LINENOISE_MAX_LINE 4096
static const char *unsupported_term[] = {"dumb","cons25","emacs",NULL};
static linenoiseCompletionCallback *completionCallback = NULL;

static struct termios orig_termios; /* In order to restore at exit.*/
................................................................................
        } \
        fprintf(lndebug_fp, ", " fmt, arg1); \
        fflush(lndebug_fp); \
    } while (0)
#else
#define lndebug(fmt, arg1)
#endif

/* =========================== C89 compatibility ============================ */

/* snprintf() is not C89, but sqlite3_vsnprintf() can be adapted. */
static int linenoiseSnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) {
    va_list ap;
    int result;

    va_start(ap,format);
    result = (int)strlen(sqlite3_vsnprintf((int)size,str,format,ap));
    va_end(ap);

    return result;
}
#undef snprintf
#define snprintf linenoiseSnprintf

/* strdup() is technically not standard C89 despite being in POSIX. */
static char *linenoiseStrdup(const char *s) {
    size_t size = strlen(s)+1;
    char *result = malloc(size);

    if (result) memcpy(result,s,size);

    return result;
}
#undef strdup
#define strdup linenoiseStrdup

/* strcasecmp() is not standard C89.  SQLite offers a direct replacement. */
#undef strcasecmp
#define strcasecmp sqlite3_stricmp

/* ======================= Low level terminal handling ====================== */

/* Set if to use or not the multi line mode. */
void linenoiseSetMultiLine(int ml) {
    mlmode = ml;
}

*******************************************************************************
**
** This module codes the main() procedure that runs first when the
** program is invoked.
*/
#include "VERSION.h"
#include "config.h"



#include "main.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <stdlib.h> /* atexit() */
#if defined(_WIN32)
#  include <windows.h>
#else
#  include <errno.h> /* errno global */
#endif
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
#  include "openssl/crypto.h"
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ)
#  define MINIZ_HEADER_FILE_ONLY
................................................................................
Global g;

/*
** atexit() handler which frees up "some" of the resources
** used by fossil.
*/
static void fossil_atexit(void) {












#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL) && \
    defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
  /*
  ** If Tcl is compiled on Windows using the latest MinGW, Fossil can crash
  ** when exiting while a stubs-enabled Tcl is still loaded.  This is due to
  ** a bug in MinGW, see:
  **
................................................................................
      }else{
        db_open_repository(zRepo);
      }
    }
  }
}
































/*
** undocumented format:
**
**        fossil http INFILE OUTFILE IPADDR ?REPOSITORY?
**
** The argv==6 form (with no options) is used by the win32 server only.
**
................................................................................
**   --nojail         drop root privilege but do not enter the chroot jail
**   --nossl          signal that no SSL connections are available
**   --notfound URL   use URL as "HTTP 404, object not found" page.
**   --repolist       If REPOSITORY is directory, URL "/" lists all repos
**   --scgi           Interpret input as SCGI rather than HTTP
**   --skin LABEL     Use override skin LABEL
**   --th-trace       trace TH1 execution (for debugging purposes)


**
** See also: cgi, server, winsrv
*/
void cmd_http(void){
  const char *zIpAddr = 0;
  const char *zNotFound;
  const char *zHost;
  const char *zAltBase;
  const char *zFileGlob;
  int useSCGI;
  int noJail;
  int allowRepoList;




  Th_InitTraceLog();

  /* The winhttp module passes the --files option as --files-urlenc with
  ** the argument being URL encoded, to avoid wildcard expansion in the
  ** shell.  This option is for internal use and is undocumented.
  */
................................................................................
  if( zAltBase ) set_base_url(zAltBase);
  if( find_option("https",0,0)!=0 ){
    zIpAddr = fossil_getenv("REMOTE_HOST"); /* From stunnel */
    cgi_replace_parameter("HTTPS","on");
  }
  zHost = find_option("host", 0, 1);
  if( zHost ) cgi_replace_parameter("HTTP_HOST",zHost);












  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=2 && g.argc!=3 && g.argc!=5 && g.argc!=6 ){
    fossil_fatal("no repository specified");
  }
................................................................................
**   --nossl             signal that no SSL connections are available
**   --notfound URL      Redirect
**   -P|--port TCPPORT   listen to request on port TCPPORT
**   --th-trace          trace TH1 execution (for debugging purposes)
**   --repolist          If REPOSITORY is dir, URL "/" lists repos.
**   --scgi              Accept SCGI rather than HTTP
**   --skin LABEL        Use override skin LABEL


**
** See also: cgi, http, winsrv
*/
void cmd_webserver(void){
  int iPort, mxPort;        /* Range of TCP ports allowed */
  const char *zPort;        /* Value of the --port option */
  const char *zBrowser;     /* Name of web browser program */
................................................................................
#endif
  int allowRepoList;         /* List repositories on URL "/" */
  const char *zAltBase;      /* Argument to the --baseurl option */
  const char *zFileGlob;     /* Static content must match this */
  char *zIpAddr = 0;         /* Bind to this IP address */
  int fCreate = 0;           /* The --create flag */
  const char *zInitPage = 0; /* Start on this page.  --page option */




#if defined(_WIN32)
  const char *zStopperFile;    /* Name of file used to terminate server */
  zStopperFile = find_option("stopper", 0, 1);
#endif

  zFileGlob = find_option("files-urlenc",0,1);
................................................................................
  }else{
    /* without --https, defaults to not available. */
    g.sslNotAvailable = 1;
  }
  if( find_option("localhost", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    flags |= HTTP_SERVER_LOCALHOST;
  }












  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=2 && g.argc!=3 ) usage("?REPOSITORY?");
  if( isUiCmd ){
    flags |= HTTP_SERVER_LOCALHOST|HTTP_SERVER_REPOLIST;
................................................................................
#if !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(__HAIKU__)
    zBrowser = db_get("web-browser", 0);
    if( zBrowser==0 ){
      static const char *const azBrowserProg[] =
          { "xdg-open", "gnome-open", "firefox", "google-chrome" };
      int i;
      zBrowser = "echo";
      for(i=0; i<sizeof(azBrowserProg)/sizeof(azBrowserProg[0]); i++){
        if( binaryOnPath(azBrowserProg[i]) ){
          zBrowser = azBrowserProg[i];
          break;
        }
      }
    }
#else

*******************************************************************************
**
** This module codes the main() procedure that runs first when the
** program is invoked.
*/
#include "VERSION.h"
#include "config.h"
#if defined(_WIN32)
#  include <windows.h>
#endif
#include "main.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <stdlib.h> /* atexit() */
#if !defined(_WIN32)


#  include <errno.h> /* errno global */
#endif
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
#  include "openssl/crypto.h"
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ)
#  define MINIZ_HEADER_FILE_ONLY
................................................................................
Global g;

/*
** atexit() handler which frees up "some" of the resources
** used by fossil.
*/
static void fossil_atexit(void) {
#if USE_SEE
  /*
  ** Zero, unlock, and free the saved database encryption key now.
  */
  db_unsave_encryption_key();
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__BIONIC__)
  /*
  ** Free the secure getpass() buffer now.
  */
  freepass();
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL) && \
    defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
  /*
  ** If Tcl is compiled on Windows using the latest MinGW, Fossil can crash
  ** when exiting while a stubs-enabled Tcl is still loaded.  This is due to
  ** a bug in MinGW, see:
  **
................................................................................
      }else{
        db_open_repository(zRepo);
      }
    }
  }
}

#if defined(_WIN32) && USE_SEE
/*
** This function attempts to parse a string value in the following
** format:
**
**     "%lu:%p:%u"
**
** There are three parts, which must be delimited by colons.  The
** first part is an unsigned long integer in base-10 (decimal) format.
** The second part is a numerical representation of a native pointer,
** in the appropriate implementation defined format.  The third part
** is an unsigned integer in base-10 (decimal) format.
**
** If the specified value cannot be parsed, for any reason, a fatal
** error will be raised and the process will be terminated.
*/
void parse_pid_key_value(
  const char *zPidKey, /* The value to be parsed. */
  DWORD *pProcessId,   /* The extracted process identifier. */
  LPVOID *ppAddress,   /* The extracted pointer value. */
  SIZE_T *pnSize       /* The extracted size value. */
){
  unsigned int nSize = 0;
  if( sscanf(zPidKey, "%lu:%p:%u", pProcessId, ppAddress, &nSize)==3 ){
    *pnSize = (SIZE_T)nSize;
  }else{
    fossil_fatal("failed to parse pid key");
  }
}
#endif

/*
** undocumented format:
**
**        fossil http INFILE OUTFILE IPADDR ?REPOSITORY?
**
** The argv==6 form (with no options) is used by the win32 server only.
**
................................................................................
**   --nojail         drop root privilege but do not enter the chroot jail
**   --nossl          signal that no SSL connections are available
**   --notfound URL   use URL as "HTTP 404, object not found" page.
**   --repolist       If REPOSITORY is directory, URL "/" lists all repos
**   --scgi           Interpret input as SCGI rather than HTTP
**   --skin LABEL     Use override skin LABEL
**   --th-trace       trace TH1 execution (for debugging purposes)
**   --usepidkey      Use saved encryption key from parent process.  This is
**                    only necessary when using SEE on Windows.
**
** See also: cgi, server, winsrv
*/
void cmd_http(void){
  const char *zIpAddr = 0;
  const char *zNotFound;
  const char *zHost;
  const char *zAltBase;
  const char *zFileGlob;
  int useSCGI;
  int noJail;
  int allowRepoList;
#if defined(_WIN32) && USE_SEE
  const char *zPidKey;
#endif

  Th_InitTraceLog();

  /* The winhttp module passes the --files option as --files-urlenc with
  ** the argument being URL encoded, to avoid wildcard expansion in the
  ** shell.  This option is for internal use and is undocumented.
  */
................................................................................
  if( zAltBase ) set_base_url(zAltBase);
  if( find_option("https",0,0)!=0 ){
    zIpAddr = fossil_getenv("REMOTE_HOST"); /* From stunnel */
    cgi_replace_parameter("HTTPS","on");
  }
  zHost = find_option("host", 0, 1);
  if( zHost ) cgi_replace_parameter("HTTP_HOST",zHost);

#if defined(_WIN32) && USE_SEE
  zPidKey = find_option("usepidkey", 0, 1);
  if( zPidKey ){
    DWORD processId = 0;
    LPVOID pAddress = NULL;
    SIZE_T nSize = 0;
    parse_pid_key_value(zPidKey, &processId, &pAddress, &nSize);
    db_read_saved_encryption_key_from_process(processId, pAddress, nSize);
  }
#endif

  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=2 && g.argc!=3 && g.argc!=5 && g.argc!=6 ){
    fossil_fatal("no repository specified");
  }
................................................................................
**   --nossl             signal that no SSL connections are available
**   --notfound URL      Redirect
**   -P|--port TCPPORT   listen to request on port TCPPORT
**   --th-trace          trace TH1 execution (for debugging purposes)
**   --repolist          If REPOSITORY is dir, URL "/" lists repos.
**   --scgi              Accept SCGI rather than HTTP
**   --skin LABEL        Use override skin LABEL
**   --usepidkey         Use saved encryption key from parent process.  This is
**                       only necessary when using SEE on Windows.
**
** See also: cgi, http, winsrv
*/
void cmd_webserver(void){
  int iPort, mxPort;        /* Range of TCP ports allowed */
  const char *zPort;        /* Value of the --port option */
  const char *zBrowser;     /* Name of web browser program */
................................................................................
#endif
  int allowRepoList;         /* List repositories on URL "/" */
  const char *zAltBase;      /* Argument to the --baseurl option */
  const char *zFileGlob;     /* Static content must match this */
  char *zIpAddr = 0;         /* Bind to this IP address */
  int fCreate = 0;           /* The --create flag */
  const char *zInitPage = 0; /* Start on this page.  --page option */
#if defined(_WIN32) && USE_SEE
  const char *zPidKey;
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32)
  const char *zStopperFile;    /* Name of file used to terminate server */
  zStopperFile = find_option("stopper", 0, 1);
#endif

  zFileGlob = find_option("files-urlenc",0,1);
................................................................................
  }else{
    /* without --https, defaults to not available. */
    g.sslNotAvailable = 1;
  }
  if( find_option("localhost", 0, 0)!=0 ){
    flags |= HTTP_SERVER_LOCALHOST;
  }

#if defined(_WIN32) && USE_SEE
  zPidKey = find_option("usepidkey", 0, 1);
  if( zPidKey ){
    DWORD processId = 0;
    LPVOID pAddress = NULL;
    SIZE_T nSize = 0;
    parse_pid_key_value(zPidKey, &processId, &pAddress, &nSize);
    db_read_saved_encryption_key_from_process(processId, pAddress, nSize);
  }
#endif

  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=2 && g.argc!=3 ) usage("?REPOSITORY?");
  if( isUiCmd ){
    flags |= HTTP_SERVER_LOCALHOST|HTTP_SERVER_REPOLIST;
................................................................................
#if !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(__HAIKU__)
    zBrowser = db_get("web-browser", 0);
    if( zBrowser==0 ){
      static const char *const azBrowserProg[] =
          { "xdg-open", "gnome-open", "firefox", "google-chrome" };
      int i;
      zBrowser = "echo";
      for(i=0; i<count(azBrowserProg); i++){
        if( binaryOnPath(azBrowserProg[i]) ){
          zBrowser = azBrowserProg[i];
          break;
        }
      }
    }
#else

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This file is included by primary Makefile.
#


XTCC = $(TCC) -I. -I$(SRCDIR) -I$(OBJDIR) $(TCCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)


SRC = \
  $(SRCDIR)/add.c \
  $(SRCDIR)/allrepo.c \
  $(SRCDIR)/attach.c \
................................................................................
codecheck:	$(TRANS_SRC) $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1
	$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(TRANS_SRC)

$(OBJDIR):
	-mkdir $(OBJDIR)

$(OBJDIR)/translate:	$(SRCDIR)/translate.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/translate $(SRCDIR)/translate.c

$(OBJDIR)/makeheaders:	$(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/makeheaders $(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkindex:	$(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkindex $(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin:	$(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin $(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkversion:	$(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkversion $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c

$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1:	$(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c

# Run the test suite.
# Other flags that can be included in TESTFLAGS are:
#
#  -halt     Stop testing after the first failed test
#  -keep     Keep the temporary workspace for debugging
#  -prot     Write a detailed log of the tests to the file ./prot

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This file is included by primary Makefile.
#

XBCC = $(BCC) $(BCCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
XTCC = $(TCC) -I. -I$(SRCDIR) -I$(OBJDIR) $(TCCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)


SRC = \
  $(SRCDIR)/add.c \
  $(SRCDIR)/allrepo.c \
  $(SRCDIR)/attach.c \
................................................................................
codecheck:	$(TRANS_SRC) $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1
	$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(TRANS_SRC)

$(OBJDIR):
	-mkdir $(OBJDIR)

$(OBJDIR)/translate:	$(SRCDIR)/translate.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/translate $(SRCDIR)/translate.c

$(OBJDIR)/makeheaders:	$(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/makeheaders $(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkindex:	$(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkindex $(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin:	$(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin $(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkversion:	$(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkversion $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c

$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1:	$(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c

# Run the test suite.
# Other flags that can be included in TESTFLAGS are:
#
#  -halt     Stop testing after the first failed test
#  -keep     Keep the temporary workspace for debugging
#  -prot     Write a detailed log of the tests to the file ./prot

<head><title>The Makeheaders Program</title></head>
<body bgcolor=white>
<h1 align=center>The Makeheaders Program</h1>


<p>
This document describes <em>makeheaders</em>,
a tool that automatically generates ``<code>.h</code>''
files for a C or C++ programming project.
</p>


<h2>Table Of Contents</h2>

<ul>
................................................................................
<p>
Declarations in C include things such as the following:
<ul>
<li> Typedefs.
<li> Structure, union and enumeration declarations.
<li> Function and procedure prototypes.
<li> Preprocessor macros and #defines.
<li> ``extern'' variable declarations.
</ul>
</p>

<p>
Definitions in C, on the other hand, include these kinds of things:
<ul>
<li> Variable definitions.
................................................................................
modern software engineering.
Another way of looking at the difference is that the declaration
is the <em>interface</em> and the definition is the <em>implementation</em>.
</p>

<p>
In C programs, it has always been the tradition that declarations are
put in files with the ``<code>.h</code>'' suffix and definitions are
placed in ``<code>.c</code>'' files.
The .c files contain ``<code>#include</code>'' preprocessor statements
that cause the contents of .h files to be included as part of the
source code when the .c file is compiled.
In this way, the .h files define the interface to a subsystem and
the .c files define how the subsystem is implemented.
</p>

<a name="H0003"></a>
................................................................................
into the file of your choice.
</p>

<p>
A similar option is -H.  Like the lower-case -h option, big -H
generates a single include file on standard output.  But unlike
small -h, the big -H only emits prototypes and declarations that
have been designated as ``exportable''.
The idea is that -H will generate an include file that defines
the interface to a library.
More will be said about this in section 3.4.
</p>

<p>
Sometimes you want the base name of the .c file and the .h file to
................................................................................
If you want a particular file to be scanned by makeheaders but you
don't want makeheaders to generate a header file for that file,
then you can supply an empty header filename, like this:
<pre>
   makeheaders alpha.c beta.c gamma.c:
</pre>
In this example, makeheaders will scan the three files named
``alpha.c'',
``beta.c'' and
``gamma.c''
but because of the colon on the end of third filename
it will only generate headers for the first two files.
Unfortunately,
it is not possible to get makeheaders to process any file whose
name contains a colon.
</p>

<p>
In a large project, the length of the command line for makeheaders
can become very long.
If the operating system doesn't support long command lines
(example: DOS and Win32) you may not be able to list all of the
input files in the space available.
In that case, you can use the ``-f'' option followed
by the name of a file to cause makeheaders to read command line
options and filename from the file instead of from the command line.
For example, you might prepare a file named ``mkhdr.dat''
that contains text like this:
<pre>
  src/alpha.c:hdr/alpha.h
  src/beta.c:hdr/beta.h
  src/gamma.c:hdr/gamma.h
  ...
</pre>
................................................................................
Then invoke makeheaders as follows:
<pre>
  makeheaders -f mkhdr.dat
</pre>
</p>

<p>
The ``-local'' option causes makeheaders to
generate of prototypes for ``static'' functions and
procedures.
Such prototypes are normally omitted.
</p>

<p>
Finally, makeheaders also includes a ``-doc'' option.
This command line option prevents makeheaders from generating any
headers at all.
Instead, makeheaders will write to standard output
information about every definition and declaration that it encounters
in its scan of source files.
The information output includes the type of the definition or
declaration and any comment that preceeds the definition or
................................................................................
documentation about the program.
We'll talk more about this feature later.
</p>

<p>
If you forget what command line options are available, or forget
their exact name, you can invoke makeheaders using an unknown
command line option (like ``--help'' or ``-?'')

and it will print a summary of the available options on standard
error.
If you need to process a file whose name begins with ``-'',

you can prepend a ``./'' to its name in order to get it
accepted by the command line parser.
Or, you can insert the special option ``--'' on the command
line to cause all subsequent command line arguments to be treated as
filenames even if their names beginn with ``-''.
</p>

<a name="H0006"></a>
<h2>3.0 Preparing Source Files For Use With Makeheaders</h2>

<p>
Very little has to be done to prepare source files for use with
................................................................................
This section will describe several typical uses of makeheaders.
</p>

<a name="H0007"></a>
<h3>3.1 The Basic Setup</h3>

<p>
The simpliest way to use makeheaders is to put all definitions in
one or more .c files and all structure and type declarations in
separate .h files.
The only restriction is that you should take care to chose basenames
for your .h files that are different from the basenames for you
.c files.
Recall that if your .c file is named (for example) ``alpha.c''

makeheaders will attempt to generate a corresponding header file
named ``alpha.h''.

For that reason, you don't want to use that name for
any of the .h files you write since that will prevent makeheaders
from generating the .h file automatically.
</p>

<p>
The structure of a .c file intented for use with makeheaders is very
simple.
All you have to do is add a single ``#include'' to the top
of the file that sources the header file that makeheaders will generate.
Hence, the beginning of a source file named ``alpha.c''
might look something like this:
</p>

<pre>
   /*
    * Introductory comment...
    */
................................................................................
   /* The rest of your code... */
</pre>

<p>
Your manually generated header files require no special attention at all.
Code them as you normally would.
However, makeheaders will work better if you omit the
``#if'' statements people often put around the outside of
header files that prevent the files from being included more than once.
For example, to create a header file named ``beta.h'', many
people will habitually write the following:

<pre>
   #ifndef BETA_H
   #define BETA_H

   /* declarations for beta.h go here */

................................................................................

You can forego this cleverness with makeheaders.
Remember that the header files you write will never really be
included by any C code.
Instead, makeheaders will scan your header files to extract only
those declarations that are needed by individual .c files and then
copy those declarations to the .h files corresponding to the .c files.
Hence, the ``#if'' wrapper serves no useful purpose.
But it does make makeheaders work harder, forcing it to put
the statements

<pre>
   #if !defined(BETA_H)
   #endif
</pre>
................................................................................
manually written .h files and then automatically generate .h files
corresponding to all .c files.
</p>

<p>
Note that
the wildcard expression used in the above example,
``<code>*.[ch]</code>'',
will expand to include all .h files in the current directory, both
those entered manually be the programmer and others generated automatically
by a prior run of makeheaders.
But that is not a problem.
The makeheaders program will recognize and ignore any files it
has previously generated that show up on its input list.
</p>
................................................................................

<ul>
<p><li>
When a function is defined in any .c file, a prototype of that function
is placed in the generated .h file of every .c file that
calls the function.</p>

<P>If the ``static'' keyword of C appears at the beginning
of the function definition, the prototype is suppressed.
If you use the ``LOCAL'' keyword where you would normally
say ``static'', then a prototype is generated, but it
will only appear in the single header file that corresponds to the
source file containing the function.  For example, if the file
<code>alpha.c</code> contains the following:
<pre>
  LOCAL int testFunc(void){
    return 0;
  }
................................................................................
<pre>
  #define LOCAL static
  LOCAL int testFunc(void);
</pre>
However, no other generated header files will contain a prototype for
<code>testFunc()</code> since the function has only file scope.</p>

<p>When the ``LOCAL'' keyword is used, makeheaders will also
generate a #define for LOCAL, like this:
<pre>
   #define LOCAL static
</pre>
so that the C compiler will know what it means.</p>

<p>If you invoke makeheaders with a ``-local'' command-line
option, then it treats the ``static'' keyword like
``LOCAL'' and generates prototypes in the header file
that corresponds to the source file containing the function defintiion.</p>


<p><li>
When a global variable is defined in a .c file, an ``extern''

declaration of that variable is placed in the header of every
.c file that uses the variable.
</p>

<p><li>
When a structure, union or enumeration declaration or a
function prototype or a C++ class declaration appears in a
................................................................................
those files and are not copied.
</p>

<p><li>
When a structure, union or enumeration declaration appears in a .h
file, makeheaders will automatically
generate a typedef that allows the declaration to be referenced without
the ``struct'', ``union'' or ``enum''
qualifier.
In other words, if makeheaders sees the code:
<pre>
  struct Examp { /* ... */ };
</pre>
it will automatically generate a corresponding typedef like this:
<pre>
  typedef struct Examp Examp;
................................................................................
The .h files are suppose to contain only interface, not implementation.
C compilers will not enforce this convention, but makeheaders does.
</ul>

<p>
As a final note, we observe that automatically generated declarations
are ordered as required by the ANSI-C programming language.
If the declaration of some structure ``X'' requires a prior
declaration of another structure ``Y'', then Y will appear
first in the generated headers.
</p>

<a name="H0009"></a>
<h3>3.3 How To Avoid Having To Write Any Header Files</h3>

<p>
In my experience, large projects work better if all of the manually
................................................................................
You can instruct makeheaders to treat any part of a .c file as if
it were a .h file by enclosing that part of the .c file within:
<pre>
   #if INTERFACE
   #endif
</pre>
Thus any structure definitions that appear after the
``#if INTERFACE'' but before the corresponding
``#endif'' are eligable to be copied into the
automatically generated
.h files of other .c files.
</p>

<p>
If you use the ``#if INTERFACE'' mechanism in a .c file,
then the generated header for that .c file will contain a line
like this:
<pre>
   #define INTERFACE 0
</pre>
In other words, the C compiler will never see any of the text that
defines the interface.
................................................................................
putting the declarations in the correct ANSI-C order -- makeheaders
will do that for you automatically.
</p>

<p>
Note that you don't have to use this approach exclusively.
You can put some declarations in .h files and others within the
``#if INTERFACE'' regions of .c files.
Makeheaders treats all declarations alike, no matter where they
come from.
You should also note that a single .c file can contain as many
``#if INTERFACE'' regions as desired.
</p>

<a name="H0010"></a>
<h3>3.4 Designating Declarations For Export</h3>

<p>
In a large project, one will often construct a hierarchy of
................................................................................
(The second interface is normally a subset of the first.)
Ordinary C does not provide support for a tiered interface
like this, but makeheaders does.
</p>

<p>
Using makeheaders, it is possible to designate routines and data
structures as being for ``export''.
Exported objects are visible not only to other files within the
same library or subassembly but also to other
libraries and subassemblies in the larger program.
By default, makeheaders only makes objects visible to other members
of the same library.
</p>

................................................................................
This is not a perfect solution, but it works well in practice.
</p>

<p>
But trouble quickly arises when we attempt to devise a mechanism for
telling makeheaders which prototypes it should export and which it should
keep local.
The built-in ``static'' keyword of C works well for prohibiting
prototypes from leaving a single source file, but because C doesn't
support a linkage hierarchy, there is nothing in the C language to help us.
We'll have to invite our own keyword: ``EXPORT''
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders allows the EXPORT keyword to precede any function or
procedure definition.
The routine following the EXPORT keyword is then eligable to appear
in the header file generated using the -H command line option.
................................................................................
are visible to all files within the library, any declarations
or definitions within
<pre>
   #if EXPORT_INTERFACE
   #endif
</pre>
will become part of the exported interface.
The ``#if EXPORT_INTERFACE'' mechanism can be used in either
.c or .h files.
(The ``#if INTERFACE'' can also be used in both .h and .c files,
but since it's use in a .h file would be redundant, we haven't mentioned
it before.)
</p>

<a name="H0011"></a>
<h3>3.5 Local declarations processed by makeheaders</h3>

<p>
Structure declarations and typedefs that appear in .c files are normally
ignored by makeheaders.
Such declarations are only intended for use by the source file in which
they appear and so makeheaders doesn't need to copy them into any
generated header files.
We call such declarations ``private''.
</p>

<p>
Sometimes it is convenient to have makeheaders sort a sequence
of private declarations into the correct order for us automatically.
Or, we could have static functions and procedures for which we would like
makeheaders to generate prototypes, but the arguments to these
................................................................................
<p>
When this situation arises, enclose the private declarations
within
<pre>
  #if LOCAL_INTERFACE
  #endif
</pre>
A ``LOCAL_INTERFACE'' block works very much like the

``INTERFACE'' and ``EXPORT_INTERFACE''
blocks described above, except that makeheaders insures that the
objects declared in a LOCAL_INTERFACE are only visible to the
file containing the LOCAL_INTERFACE.
</p>

<a name="H0012"></a>
<h3>3.6 Using Makeheaders With C++ Code</h3>

<p>
You can use makeheaders to generate header files for C++ code, in
addition to C.
Makeheaders will recognize and copy both ``class'' declarations

and inline function definitions, and it knows not to try to generate
prototypes for methods.
</p>

<p>
In fact, makeheaders is smart enough to be used in projects that employ
a mixture of C and C++.
................................................................................
<p>
No special command-line options are required to use makeheaders with
C++ input.  Makeheaders will recognize that its source code is C++
by the suffix on the source code filename.  Simple ".c" or ".h" suffixes
are assumed to be ANSI-C.  Anything else, including ".cc", ".C" and
".cpp" is assumed to be C++.
The name of the header file generated by makeheaders is derived from
by the name of the source file by converting every "c" to "h" and
every "C" to "H" in the suffix of the filename.
Thus the C++ source
file ``alpha.cpp'' will induce makeheaders to
generate a header file named ``alpha.hpp''.
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders augments class definitions by inserting prototypes to
methods were appropriate.  If a method definition begins with one
of the special keywords <b>PUBLIC</b>, <b>PROTECTED</b>, or
<b>PRIVATE</b> (in upper-case to distinguish them from the regular
C++ keywords with the same meaning) then a prototype for that
method will be inserted into the class definition.  If none of
these keywords appear, then the prototype is not inserted.  For
example, in the following code, the constructor is not explicitly
declared in the class definition but makeheaders will add it there
................................................................................
</p>

<h4>3.6.1 C++ Limitations</h4>

<p>
Makeheaders does not understand more recent
C++ syntax such as templates and namespaces.
Perhaps these issued will be addressed in future revisions.
</p>

<a name="H0013"></a>
<h3>3.7 Conditional Compilation</h3>

<p>
The makeheaders program understands and tracks the conditional
compilation constructs in the source code files it scans.
Hence, if the following code appears in a source file
<pre>
  #ifdef UNIX
  #  define WORKS_WELL  1
  #else
  #  define WORKS_WELL  0
  #endif
</pre>
then the next patch of code will appear in the generated header for
every .c file that uses the WORKS_WELL constant:
<pre>
  #if defined(UNIX)
  #  define WORKS_WELL 1
................................................................................
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders does not understand the old K&amp;R style of function
and procedure definitions.
It only understands the modern ANSI-C style, and will probably
become very confused if it encounters an old K&amp;R function.
You should take care to avoid putting K&amp;R function defintions
in your code, therefore.
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders does not understand when you define more than one
global variable with the same type separated by a comma.
In other words, makeheaders does not understand this:
<pre>
................................................................................
     unrelated file in a different part of the source tree.
<li> Information is kept in only one place.  When a change occurs
     in the code, it is not necessary to make a corresponding change
     in a separate document.  Just rerun the documentation generator.
</ul>
The makeheaders program does not generate program documentation itself.
But you can use makeheaders to parse the program source code, extract
the information that is relavant to the documentation and to pass this
information to another tool to do the actual documentation preparation.
</p>

<p>
When makeheaders is run with the ``-doc'' option, it emits
no header files at all.
Instead, it does a complete dump of its internal tables to standard
outputs in a form that is easily parsed.
This output can then be used by another program (the implementation
of which is left as an exercise to the reader) that will use the
information to prepare suitable documentation.
</p>

<p>
The ``-doc'' option causes makeheaders to print information
to standard output about all of the following objects:
<ul>
<li> C++ Class declarations
<li> Structure and union declarations
<li> Enumerations
<li> Typedefs
<li> Procedure and function definitions
<li> Global variables
<li> Preprocessor macros (ex: ``#define'')
</ul>
For each of these objects, the following information is output:
<ul>
<li> The name of the object.
<li> The type of the object.  (Structure, typedef, macro, etc.)
<li> Flags to indicate if the declaration is exported (contained within
     an EXPORT_INTERFACE block) or local (contained with LOCAL_INTERFACE).
<li> A flag to indicate if the object is declared in a C++ file.
<li> The name of the file in which the object was declared.
<li> The complete text of any block comment that preceeds the declarations.
<li> If the declaration occurred inside a preprocessor conditional
     (``#if'') then the text of that conditional is provided.

<li> The complete text of a declaration for the object.
</ul>
The exact output format will not be described here.
It is simple to understand and parse and should be obvious to
anyone who inspects some sample output.
</p>

<a name="H0016"></a>
<h2>5.0 Compiling The Makeheaders Program</h2>

<p>
The source code for makeheaders is a single file of ANSI-C code,
less than 3000 lines in length.
The program makes only modest demands of the system and C library
and should compile without alteration on most ANSI C compilers
and on most operating systems.
It is known to compile using several variations of GCC for Unix
as well as Cygwin32 and MSVC 5.0 for Win32.
</p>

<head><title>The Makeheaders Program</title></head>
<body bgcolor=white>
<h1 align=center>The Makeheaders Program</h1>


<p>
This document describes <em>makeheaders</em>,
a tool that automatically generates &#8220;<code>.h</code>&#8221;
files for a C or C++ programming project.
</p>


<h2>Table Of Contents</h2>

<ul>
................................................................................
<p>
Declarations in C include things such as the following:
<ul>
<li> Typedefs.
<li> Structure, union and enumeration declarations.
<li> Function and procedure prototypes.
<li> Preprocessor macros and #defines.
<li> &#8220;<code>extern</code>&#8221; variable declarations.
</ul>
</p>

<p>
Definitions in C, on the other hand, include these kinds of things:
<ul>
<li> Variable definitions.
................................................................................
modern software engineering.
Another way of looking at the difference is that the declaration
is the <em>interface</em> and the definition is the <em>implementation</em>.
</p>

<p>
In C programs, it has always been the tradition that declarations are
put in files with the &#8220;<code>.h</code>&#8221; suffix and definitions are
placed in &#8220;<code>.c</code>&#8221; files.
The .c files contain &#8220;<code>#include</code>&#8221; preprocessor statements
that cause the contents of .h files to be included as part of the
source code when the .c file is compiled.
In this way, the .h files define the interface to a subsystem and
the .c files define how the subsystem is implemented.
</p>

<a name="H0003"></a>
................................................................................
into the file of your choice.
</p>

<p>
A similar option is -H.  Like the lower-case -h option, big -H
generates a single include file on standard output.  But unlike
small -h, the big -H only emits prototypes and declarations that
have been designated as &#8220;exportable&#8221;.
The idea is that -H will generate an include file that defines
the interface to a library.
More will be said about this in section 3.4.
</p>

<p>
Sometimes you want the base name of the .c file and the .h file to
................................................................................
If you want a particular file to be scanned by makeheaders but you
don't want makeheaders to generate a header file for that file,
then you can supply an empty header filename, like this:
<pre>
   makeheaders alpha.c beta.c gamma.c:
</pre>
In this example, makeheaders will scan the three files named
&#8220;<code>alpha.c</code>&#8221;,
&#8220;<code>beta.c</code>&#8221; and
&#8220;<code>gamma.c</code>&#8221;
but because of the colon on the end of third filename
it will only generate headers for the first two files.
Unfortunately,
it is not possible to get makeheaders to process any file whose
name contains a colon.
</p>

<p>
In a large project, the length of the command line for makeheaders
can become very long.
If the operating system doesn't support long command lines
(example: DOS and Win32) you may not be able to list all of the
input files in the space available.
In that case, you can use the &#8220;<code>-f</code>&#8221; option followed
by the name of a file to cause makeheaders to read command line
options and filename from the file instead of from the command line.
For example, you might prepare a file named &#8220;<code>mkhdr.dat</code>&#8221;
that contains text like this:
<pre>
  src/alpha.c:hdr/alpha.h
  src/beta.c:hdr/beta.h
  src/gamma.c:hdr/gamma.h
  ...
</pre>
................................................................................
Then invoke makeheaders as follows:
<pre>
  makeheaders -f mkhdr.dat
</pre>
</p>

<p>
The &#8220;<code>-local</code>&#8221; option causes makeheaders to
generate of prototypes for &#8220;<code>static</code>&#8221; functions and
procedures.
Such prototypes are normally omitted.
</p>

<p>
Finally, makeheaders also includes a &#8220;<code>-doc</code>&#8221; option.
This command line option prevents makeheaders from generating any
headers at all.
Instead, makeheaders will write to standard output
information about every definition and declaration that it encounters
in its scan of source files.
The information output includes the type of the definition or
declaration and any comment that preceeds the definition or
................................................................................
documentation about the program.
We'll talk more about this feature later.
</p>

<p>
If you forget what command line options are available, or forget
their exact name, you can invoke makeheaders using an unknown
command line option (like &#8220;<code>--help</code>&#8221; or
&#8220;<code>-?</code>&#8221;)
and it will print a summary of the available options on standard
error.
If you need to process a file whose name begins with
&#8220;<code>-</code>&#8221;,
you can prepend a &#8220;<code>./</code>&#8221; to its name in order to get it
accepted by the command line parser.
Or, you can insert the special option &#8220;<code>--</code>&#8221; on the
command line to cause all subsequent command line arguments to be treated as
filenames even if their names begin with &#8220;<code>-</code>&#8221;.
</p>

<a name="H0006"></a>
<h2>3.0 Preparing Source Files For Use With Makeheaders</h2>

<p>
Very little has to be done to prepare source files for use with
................................................................................
This section will describe several typical uses of makeheaders.
</p>

<a name="H0007"></a>
<h3>3.1 The Basic Setup</h3>

<p>
The simplest way to use makeheaders is to put all definitions in
one or more .c files and all structure and type declarations in
separate .h files.
The only restriction is that you should take care to chose basenames
for your .h files that are different from the basenames for your
.c files.
Recall that if your .c file is named (for example)
&#8220;<code>alpha.c</code>&#8221;
makeheaders will attempt to generate a corresponding header file

named &#8220;<code>alpha.h</code>&#8221;.
For that reason, you don't want to use that name for
any of the .h files you write since that will prevent makeheaders
from generating the .h file automatically.
</p>

<p>
The structure of a .c file intented for use with makeheaders is very
simple.
All you have to do is add a single &#8220;<code>#include</code>&#8221; to the
top of the file that sources the header file that makeheaders will generate.
Hence, the beginning of a source file named &#8220;<code>alpha.c</code>&#8221;
might look something like this:
</p>

<pre>
   /*
    * Introductory comment...
    */
................................................................................
   /* The rest of your code... */
</pre>

<p>
Your manually generated header files require no special attention at all.
Code them as you normally would.
However, makeheaders will work better if you omit the
&#8220;<code>#if</code>&#8221; statements people often put around the outside of
header files that prevent the files from being included more than once.
For example, to create a header file named &#8220;<code>beta.h</code>&#8221;,
many people will habitually write the following:

<pre>
   #ifndef BETA_H
   #define BETA_H

   /* declarations for beta.h go here */

................................................................................

You can forego this cleverness with makeheaders.
Remember that the header files you write will never really be
included by any C code.
Instead, makeheaders will scan your header files to extract only
those declarations that are needed by individual .c files and then
copy those declarations to the .h files corresponding to the .c files.
Hence, the &#8220;<code>#if</code>&#8221; wrapper serves no useful purpose.
But it does make makeheaders work harder, forcing it to put
the statements

<pre>
   #if !defined(BETA_H)
   #endif
</pre>
................................................................................
manually written .h files and then automatically generate .h files
corresponding to all .c files.
</p>

<p>
Note that
the wildcard expression used in the above example,
&#8220;<code>*.[ch]</code>&#8221;,
will expand to include all .h files in the current directory, both
those entered manually be the programmer and others generated automatically
by a prior run of makeheaders.
But that is not a problem.
The makeheaders program will recognize and ignore any files it
has previously generated that show up on its input list.
</p>
................................................................................

<ul>
<p><li>
When a function is defined in any .c file, a prototype of that function
is placed in the generated .h file of every .c file that
calls the function.</p>

<P>If the &#8220;<code>static</code>&#8221; keyword of C appears at the
beginning of the function definition, the prototype is suppressed.
If you use the &#8220;<code>LOCAL</code>&#8221; keyword where you would normally
say &#8220;<code>static</code>&#8221;, then a prototype is generated, but it
will only appear in the single header file that corresponds to the
source file containing the function.  For example, if the file
<code>alpha.c</code> contains the following:
<pre>
  LOCAL int testFunc(void){
    return 0;
  }
................................................................................
<pre>
  #define LOCAL static
  LOCAL int testFunc(void);
</pre>
However, no other generated header files will contain a prototype for
<code>testFunc()</code> since the function has only file scope.</p>

<p>When the &#8220;<code>LOCAL</code>&#8221; keyword is used, makeheaders will
also generate a #define for LOCAL, like this:
<pre>
   #define LOCAL static
</pre>
so that the C compiler will know what it means.</p>

<p>If you invoke makeheaders with a &#8220;<code>-local</code>&#8221;
command-line option, then it treats the &#8220;<code>static</code>&#8221;
keyword like &#8220;<code>LOCAL</code>&#8221; and generates prototypes in the
header file that corresponds to the source file containing the function
definition.</p>

<p><li>
When a global variable is defined in a .c file, an
&#8220;<code>extern</code>&#8221;
declaration of that variable is placed in the header of every
.c file that uses the variable.
</p>

<p><li>
When a structure, union or enumeration declaration or a
function prototype or a C++ class declaration appears in a
................................................................................
those files and are not copied.
</p>

<p><li>
When a structure, union or enumeration declaration appears in a .h
file, makeheaders will automatically
generate a typedef that allows the declaration to be referenced without
the &#8220;<code>struct</code>&#8221;, &#8220;<code>union</code>&#8221; or
&#8220;<code>enum</code>&#8221; qualifier.
In other words, if makeheaders sees the code:
<pre>
  struct Examp { /* ... */ };
</pre>
it will automatically generate a corresponding typedef like this:
<pre>
  typedef struct Examp Examp;
................................................................................
The .h files are suppose to contain only interface, not implementation.
C compilers will not enforce this convention, but makeheaders does.
</ul>

<p>
As a final note, we observe that automatically generated declarations
are ordered as required by the ANSI-C programming language.
If the declaration of some structure &#8220;<code>X</code>&#8221; requires a
prior declaration of another structure &#8220;<code>Y</code>&#8221;, then Y will
appear first in the generated headers.
</p>

<a name="H0009"></a>
<h3>3.3 How To Avoid Having To Write Any Header Files</h3>

<p>
In my experience, large projects work better if all of the manually
................................................................................
You can instruct makeheaders to treat any part of a .c file as if
it were a .h file by enclosing that part of the .c file within:
<pre>
   #if INTERFACE
   #endif
</pre>
Thus any structure definitions that appear after the
&#8220;<code>#if INTERFACE</code>&#8221; but before the corresponding
&#8220;<code>#endif</code>&#8221; are eligable to be copied into the
automatically generated
.h files of other .c files.
</p>

<p>
If you use the &#8220;<code>#if INTERFACE</code>&#8221; mechanism in a .c file,
then the generated header for that .c file will contain a line
like this:
<pre>
   #define INTERFACE 0
</pre>
In other words, the C compiler will never see any of the text that
defines the interface.
................................................................................
putting the declarations in the correct ANSI-C order -- makeheaders
will do that for you automatically.
</p>

<p>
Note that you don't have to use this approach exclusively.
You can put some declarations in .h files and others within the
&#8220;<code>#if INTERFACE</code>&#8221; regions of .c files.
Makeheaders treats all declarations alike, no matter where they
come from.
You should also note that a single .c file can contain as many
&#8220;<code>#if INTERFACE</code>&#8221; regions as desired.
</p>

<a name="H0010"></a>
<h3>3.4 Designating Declarations For Export</h3>

<p>
In a large project, one will often construct a hierarchy of
................................................................................
(The second interface is normally a subset of the first.)
Ordinary C does not provide support for a tiered interface
like this, but makeheaders does.
</p>

<p>
Using makeheaders, it is possible to designate routines and data
structures as being for &#8220;<code>export</code>&#8221;.
Exported objects are visible not only to other files within the
same library or subassembly but also to other
libraries and subassemblies in the larger program.
By default, makeheaders only makes objects visible to other members
of the same library.
</p>

................................................................................
This is not a perfect solution, but it works well in practice.
</p>

<p>
But trouble quickly arises when we attempt to devise a mechanism for
telling makeheaders which prototypes it should export and which it should
keep local.
The built-in &#8220;<code>static</code>&#8221; keyword of C works well for
prohibiting prototypes from leaving a single source file, but because C doesn't
support a linkage hierarchy, there is nothing in the C language to help us.
We'll have to invite our own keyword: &#8220;<code>EXPORT</code>&#8221;
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders allows the EXPORT keyword to precede any function or
procedure definition.
The routine following the EXPORT keyword is then eligable to appear
in the header file generated using the -H command line option.
................................................................................
are visible to all files within the library, any declarations
or definitions within
<pre>
   #if EXPORT_INTERFACE
   #endif
</pre>
will become part of the exported interface.
The &#8220;<code>#if EXPORT_INTERFACE</code>&#8221; mechanism can be used in
either .c or .h files.
(The &#8220;<code>#if INTERFACE</code>&#8221; can also be used in both .h and
.c files, but since it's use in a .h file would be redundant, we haven't
mentioned it before.)
</p>

<a name="H0011"></a>
<h3>3.5 Local declarations processed by makeheaders</h3>

<p>
Structure declarations and typedefs that appear in .c files are normally
ignored by makeheaders.
Such declarations are only intended for use by the source file in which
they appear and so makeheaders doesn't need to copy them into any
generated header files.
We call such declarations &#8220;<code>private</code>&#8221;.
</p>

<p>
Sometimes it is convenient to have makeheaders sort a sequence
of private declarations into the correct order for us automatically.
Or, we could have static functions and procedures for which we would like
makeheaders to generate prototypes, but the arguments to these
................................................................................
<p>
When this situation arises, enclose the private declarations
within
<pre>
  #if LOCAL_INTERFACE
  #endif
</pre>
A &#8220;<code>LOCAL_INTERFACE</code>&#8221; block works very much like the
&#8220;<code>INTERFACE</code>&#8221; and
&#8220;<code>EXPORT_INTERFACE</code>&#8221;
blocks described above, except that makeheaders insures that the
objects declared in a LOCAL_INTERFACE are only visible to the
file containing the LOCAL_INTERFACE.
</p>

<a name="H0012"></a>
<h3>3.6 Using Makeheaders With C++ Code</h3>

<p>
You can use makeheaders to generate header files for C++ code, in
addition to C.
Makeheaders will recognize and copy both &#8220;<code>class</code>&#8221;
declarations
and inline function definitions, and it knows not to try to generate
prototypes for methods.
</p>

<p>
In fact, makeheaders is smart enough to be used in projects that employ
a mixture of C and C++.
................................................................................
<p>
No special command-line options are required to use makeheaders with
C++ input.  Makeheaders will recognize that its source code is C++
by the suffix on the source code filename.  Simple ".c" or ".h" suffixes
are assumed to be ANSI-C.  Anything else, including ".cc", ".C" and
".cpp" is assumed to be C++.
The name of the header file generated by makeheaders is derived from
the name of the source file by converting every "c" to "h" and
every "C" to "H" in the suffix of the filename.
Thus the C++ source
file &#8220;<code>alpha.cpp</code>&#8221; will induce makeheaders to
generate a header file named &#8220;<code>alpha.hpp</code>&#8221;.
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders augments class definitions by inserting prototypes to
methods where appropriate.  If a method definition begins with one
of the special keywords <b>PUBLIC</b>, <b>PROTECTED</b>, or
<b>PRIVATE</b> (in upper-case to distinguish them from the regular
C++ keywords with the same meaning) then a prototype for that
method will be inserted into the class definition.  If none of
these keywords appear, then the prototype is not inserted.  For
example, in the following code, the constructor is not explicitly
declared in the class definition but makeheaders will add it there
................................................................................
</p>

<h4>3.6.1 C++ Limitations</h4>

<p>
Makeheaders does not understand more recent
C++ syntax such as templates and namespaces.
Perhaps these issues will be addressed in future revisions.
</p>

<a name="H0013"></a>
<h3>3.7 Conditional Compilation</h3>

<p>
The makeheaders program understands and tracks the conditional
compilation constructs in the source code files it scans.
Hence, if the following code appears in a source file
<pre>
  #ifdef UNIX
  #  define WORKS_WELL 1
  #else
  #  define WORKS_WELL 0
  #endif
</pre>
then the next patch of code will appear in the generated header for
every .c file that uses the WORKS_WELL constant:
<pre>
  #if defined(UNIX)
  #  define WORKS_WELL 1
................................................................................
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders does not understand the old K&amp;R style of function
and procedure definitions.
It only understands the modern ANSI-C style, and will probably
become very confused if it encounters an old K&amp;R function.
Therefore you should take care to avoid putting K&amp;R function definitions
in your code.
</p>

<p>
Makeheaders does not understand when you define more than one
global variable with the same type separated by a comma.
In other words, makeheaders does not understand this:
<pre>
................................................................................
     unrelated file in a different part of the source tree.
<li> Information is kept in only one place.  When a change occurs
     in the code, it is not necessary to make a corresponding change
     in a separate document.  Just rerun the documentation generator.
</ul>
The makeheaders program does not generate program documentation itself.
But you can use makeheaders to parse the program source code, extract
the information that is relevant to the documentation and to pass this
information to another tool to do the actual documentation preparation.
</p>

<p>
When makeheaders is run with the &#8220;<code>-doc</code>&#8221; option, it
emits no header files at all.
Instead, it does a complete dump of its internal tables to standard
output in a form that is easily parsed.
This output can then be used by another program (the implementation
of which is left as an exercise to the reader) that will use the
information to prepare suitable documentation.
</p>

<p>
The &#8220;<code>-doc</code>&#8221; option causes makeheaders to print
information to standard output about all of the following objects:
<ul>
<li> C++ class declarations
<li> Structure and union declarations
<li> Enumerations
<li> Typedefs
<li> Procedure and function definitions
<li> Global variables
<li> Preprocessor macros (ex: &#8220;<code>#define</code>&#8221;)
</ul>
For each of these objects, the following information is output:
<ul>
<li> The name of the object.
<li> The type of the object.  (Structure, typedef, macro, etc.)
<li> Flags to indicate if the declaration is exported (contained within
     an EXPORT_INTERFACE block) or local (contained with LOCAL_INTERFACE).
<li> A flag to indicate if the object is declared in a C++ file.
<li> The name of the file in which the object was declared.
<li> The complete text of any block comment that preceeds the declarations.
<li> If the declaration occurred inside a preprocessor conditional
     (&#8220;<code>#if</code>&#8221;) then the text of that conditional is
     provided.
<li> The complete text of a declaration for the object.
</ul>
The exact output format will not be described here.
It is simple to understand and parse and should be obvious to
anyone who inspects some sample output.
</p>

<a name="H0016"></a>
<h2>5.0 Compiling The Makeheaders Program</h2>

<p>
The source code for makeheaders is a single file of ANSI-C code,
approximately 3000 lines in length.
The program makes only modest demands of the system and C library
and should compile without alteration on most ANSI C compilers
and on most operating systems.
It is known to compile using several variations of GCC for Unix
as well as Cygwin32 and MSVC 5.0 for Win32.
</p>

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This file is included by primary Makefile.
#


XTCC = $(TCC) -I. -I$(SRCDIR) -I$(OBJDIR) $(TCCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)

}
writeln -nonewline "SRC ="
foreach s [lsort $src] {
  writeln -nonewline " \\\n  \$(SRCDIR)/$s.c"
}
................................................................................
codecheck:	$(TRANS_SRC) $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1
	$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(TRANS_SRC)

$(OBJDIR):
	-mkdir $(OBJDIR)

$(OBJDIR)/translate:	$(SRCDIR)/translate.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/translate $(SRCDIR)/translate.c

$(OBJDIR)/makeheaders:	$(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/makeheaders $(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkindex:	$(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkindex $(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin:	$(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin $(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkversion:	$(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkversion $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c

$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1:	$(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c
	$(BCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c

# Run the test suite.
# Other flags that can be included in TESTFLAGS are:
#
#  -halt     Stop testing after the first failed test
#  -keep     Keep the temporary workspace for debugging
#  -prot     Write a detailed log of the tests to the file ./prot
................................................................................
#### Include a configuration file that can override any one of these settings.
#
-include config.w32

# STOP HERE
# You should not need to change anything below this line
#--------------------------------------------------------

XTCC = $(TCC) $(CFLAGS) -I. -I$(SRCDIR)
}
writeln -nonewline "SRC ="
foreach s [lsort $src] {
  writeln -nonewline " \\\n  \$(SRCDIR)/$s.c"
}
writeln "\n"
................................................................................
ifdef USE_WINDOWS
	$(MKDIR) $(subst /,\,$(OBJDIR))
else
	$(MKDIR) $(OBJDIR)
endif

$(TRANSLATE):	$(SRCDIR)/translate.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/translate.c

$(MAKEHEADERS):	$(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c

$(MKINDEX):	$(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c

$(MKBUILTIN):	$(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c

$(MKVERSION): $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c

$(CODECHECK1):	$(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c

# WARNING. DANGER. Running the test suite modifies the repository the
# build is done from, i.e. the checkout belongs to. Do not sync/push
# the repository after running the tests.
test:	$(OBJDIR) $(APPNAME)
	$(TCLSH) $(SRCDIR)/../test/tester.tcl $(APPNAME)

................................................................................
writeln "\t+echo fossil >> \$@"
writeln "\t+echo \$(LIBS) >> \$@"
writeln "\t+echo. >> \$@"
writeln "\t+echo fossil >> \$@"

writeln {
translate$E: $(SRCDIR)\translate.c
	$(BCC) -o$@ $**

makeheaders$E: $(SRCDIR)\makeheaders.c
	$(BCC) -o$@ $**

mkindex$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkindex.c
	$(BCC) -o$@ $**

mkbuiltin$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkbuiltin.c
	$(BCC) -o$@ $**

mkversion$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkversion.c
	$(BCC) -o$@ $**

codecheck1$E: $(SRCDIR)\codecheck1.c
	$(BCC) -o$@ $**

$(OBJDIR)\shell$O : $(SRCDIR)\shell.c
	$(TCC) -o$@ -c $(SHELL_OPTIONS) $(SQLITE_OPTIONS) $(SHELL_CFLAGS) $**

$(OBJDIR)\sqlite3$O : $(SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
	$(TCC) -o$@ -c $(SQLITE_OPTIONS) $(SQLITE_CFLAGS) $**

................................................................................
writeln "!endif"
writeln "\techo \$(LIBS) $redir \$@"
writeln {
$(OX):
	@-mkdir $@

translate$E: $(SRCDIR)\translate.c
	$(BCC) $**

makeheaders$E: $(SRCDIR)\makeheaders.c
	$(BCC) $**

mkindex$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkindex.c
	$(BCC) $**

mkbuiltin$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkbuiltin.c
	$(BCC) $**

mkversion$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkversion.c
	$(BCC) $**

codecheck1$E: $(SRCDIR)\codecheck1.c
	$(BCC) $**

!if $(USE_SEE)!=0
SQLITE3_SHELL_SRC = $(SRCDIR)\shell-see.c
!else
SQLITE3_SHELL_SRC = $(SRCDIR)\shell.c
!endif

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This file is included by primary Makefile.
#

XBCC = $(BCC) $(BCCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
XTCC = $(TCC) -I. -I$(SRCDIR) -I$(OBJDIR) $(TCCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)

}
writeln -nonewline "SRC ="
foreach s [lsort $src] {
  writeln -nonewline " \\\n  \$(SRCDIR)/$s.c"
}
................................................................................
codecheck:	$(TRANS_SRC) $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1
	$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(TRANS_SRC)

$(OBJDIR):
	-mkdir $(OBJDIR)

$(OBJDIR)/translate:	$(SRCDIR)/translate.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/translate $(SRCDIR)/translate.c

$(OBJDIR)/makeheaders:	$(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/makeheaders $(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkindex:	$(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkindex $(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin:	$(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkbuiltin $(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c

$(OBJDIR)/mkversion:	$(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/mkversion $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c

$(OBJDIR)/codecheck1:	$(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c
	$(XBCC) -o $(OBJDIR)/codecheck1 $(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c

# Run the test suite.
# Other flags that can be included in TESTFLAGS are:
#
#  -halt     Stop testing after the first failed test
#  -keep     Keep the temporary workspace for debugging
#  -prot     Write a detailed log of the tests to the file ./prot
................................................................................
#### Include a configuration file that can override any one of these settings.
#
-include config.w32

# STOP HERE
# You should not need to change anything below this line
#--------------------------------------------------------
XBCC = $(BCC) $(CFLAGS)
XTCC = $(TCC) $(CFLAGS) -I. -I$(SRCDIR)
}
writeln -nonewline "SRC ="
foreach s [lsort $src] {
  writeln -nonewline " \\\n  \$(SRCDIR)/$s.c"
}
writeln "\n"
................................................................................
ifdef USE_WINDOWS
	$(MKDIR) $(subst /,\,$(OBJDIR))
else
	$(MKDIR) $(OBJDIR)
endif

$(TRANSLATE):	$(SRCDIR)/translate.c
	$(XBCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/translate.c

$(MAKEHEADERS):	$(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c
	$(XBCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/makeheaders.c

$(MKINDEX):	$(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c
	$(XBCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/mkindex.c

$(MKBUILTIN):	$(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c
	$(XBCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/mkbuiltin.c

$(MKVERSION): $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c
	$(XBCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/mkversion.c

$(CODECHECK1):	$(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c
	$(XBCC) -o $@ $(SRCDIR)/codecheck1.c

# WARNING. DANGER. Running the test suite modifies the repository the
# build is done from, i.e. the checkout belongs to. Do not sync/push
# the repository after running the tests.
test:	$(OBJDIR) $(APPNAME)
	$(TCLSH) $(SRCDIR)/../test/tester.tcl $(APPNAME)

................................................................................
writeln "\t+echo fossil >> \$@"
writeln "\t+echo \$(LIBS) >> \$@"
writeln "\t+echo. >> \$@"
writeln "\t+echo fossil >> \$@"

writeln {
translate$E: $(SRCDIR)\translate.c
	$(XBCC) -o$@ $**

makeheaders$E: $(SRCDIR)\makeheaders.c
	$(XBCC) -o$@ $**

mkindex$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkindex.c
	$(XBCC) -o$@ $**

mkbuiltin$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkbuiltin.c
	$(XBCC) -o$@ $**

mkversion$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkversion.c
	$(XBCC) -o$@ $**

codecheck1$E: $(SRCDIR)\codecheck1.c
	$(XBCC) -o$@ $**

$(OBJDIR)\shell$O : $(SRCDIR)\shell.c
	$(TCC) -o$@ -c $(SHELL_OPTIONS) $(SQLITE_OPTIONS) $(SHELL_CFLAGS) $**

$(OBJDIR)\sqlite3$O : $(SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
	$(TCC) -o$@ -c $(SQLITE_OPTIONS) $(SQLITE_CFLAGS) $**

................................................................................
writeln "!endif"
writeln "\techo \$(LIBS) $redir \$@"
writeln {
$(OX):
	@-mkdir $@

translate$E: $(SRCDIR)\translate.c
	$(XBCC) $**

makeheaders$E: $(SRCDIR)\makeheaders.c
	$(XBCC) $**

mkindex$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkindex.c
	$(XBCC) $**

mkbuiltin$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkbuiltin.c
	$(XBCC) $**

mkversion$E: $(SRCDIR)\mkversion.c
	$(XBCC) $**

codecheck1$E: $(SRCDIR)\codecheck1.c
	$(XBCC) $**

!if $(USE_SEE)!=0
SQLITE3_SHELL_SRC = $(SRCDIR)\shell-see.c
!else
SQLITE3_SHELL_SRC = $(SRCDIR)\shell.c
!endif

  if( i>=size ) return 0;

  /* binary search of the tag */
  key.text = data;
  key.size = i;
  return bsearch(&key,
                 block_tags,
                 (sizeof block_tags)/(sizeof block_tags[0]),
                 sizeof block_tags[0],
                 cmp_html_tag);
}


/* new_work_buffer -- get a new working buffer from the stack or create one */
static struct Blob *new_work_buffer(struct render *rndr){

  if( i>=size ) return 0;

  /* binary search of the tag */
  key.text = data;
  key.size = i;
  return bsearch(&key,
                 block_tags,
                 count(block_tags),
                 sizeof block_tags[0],
                 cmp_html_tag);
}


/* new_work_buffer -- get a new working buffer from the stack or create one */
static struct Blob *new_work_buffer(struct render *rndr){

  int i, j;
  int len = (int)strlen(mergeMarker[0]);
  const char *z = blob_buffer(p);
  int n = blob_size(p) - len + 1;
  assert( len==(int)strlen(mergeMarker[1]) );
  assert( len==(int)strlen(mergeMarker[2]) );
  assert( len==(int)strlen(mergeMarker[3]) );
  assert( sizeof(mergeMarker)/sizeof(mergeMarker[0])==4 );
  for(i=0; i<n; ){
    for(j=0; j<4; j++){
      if( memcmp(&z[i], mergeMarker[j], len)==0 ) return 1;
    }
    while( i<n && z[i]!='\n' ){ i++; }
    while( i<n && z[i]=='\n' ){ i++; }
  }
................................................................................
  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=6 ){
    usage("PIVOT V1 V2 MERGED");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&pivot, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&v1, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[3]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&v2, g.argv[4])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_merge(&pivot, &v1, &v2, &merged);
  if( blob_write_to_file(&merged, g.argv[5])<blob_size(&merged) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&pivot);
  blob_reset(&v1);
  blob_reset(&v2);
  blob_reset(&merged);
}

  int i, j;
  int len = (int)strlen(mergeMarker[0]);
  const char *z = blob_buffer(p);
  int n = blob_size(p) - len + 1;
  assert( len==(int)strlen(mergeMarker[1]) );
  assert( len==(int)strlen(mergeMarker[2]) );
  assert( len==(int)strlen(mergeMarker[3]) );
  assert( count(mergeMarker)==4 );
  for(i=0; i<n; ){
    for(j=0; j<4; j++){
      if( memcmp(&z[i], mergeMarker[j], len)==0 ) return 1;
    }
    while( i<n && z[i]!='\n' ){ i++; }
    while( i<n && z[i]=='\n' ){ i++; }
  }
................................................................................
  /* We should be done with options.. */
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=6 ){
    usage("PIVOT V1 V2 MERGED");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&pivot, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&v1, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[3]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&v2, g.argv[4])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_merge(&pivot, &v1, &v2, &merged);
  if( blob_write_to_file(&merged, g.argv[5])<blob_size(&merged) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&pivot);
  blob_reset(&v1);
  blob_reset(&v2);
  blob_reset(&merged);
}

      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER;
    }else{
      /* Otherwise, this is a first-tier command */
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER;
    }
  }

  /* Processing additional flags that might following the command name */
  while( zLine[i+j]!=0 ){
    i += j;
    while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
    if( zLine[i]==0 ) break;
    for(j=0; zLine[i+j] && !fossil_isspace(zLine[i+j]); j++){}
    if( j==8 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "1st-tier", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER|CMDFLAG_TEST);
................................................................................
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_TEST;
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: unknown option: '%.*s'\n",
              zFile, nLine, j, &zLine[i]);
      nErr++;
    }
  }
 
  nUsed++;
}

/*
** Check to see if the current line is an #if and if it is, add it to
** the zIf[] string.  If the current line is an #endif or #else or #elif
** then cancel the current zIf[] string.

      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER;
    }else{
      /* Otherwise, this is a first-tier command */
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_1ST_TIER;
    }
  }

  /* Process additional flags that might follow the command name */
  while( zLine[i+j]!=0 ){
    i += j;
    while( fossil_isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
    if( zLine[i]==0 ) break;
    for(j=0; zLine[i+j] && !fossil_isspace(zLine[i+j]); j++){}
    if( j==8 && strncmp(&zLine[i], "1st-tier", j)==0 ){
      aEntry[nUsed].eType &= ~(CMDFLAG_2ND_TIER|CMDFLAG_TEST);
................................................................................
      aEntry[nUsed].eType |= CMDFLAG_TEST;
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: unknown option: '%.*s'\n",
              zFile, nLine, j, &zLine[i]);
      nErr++;
    }
  }

  nUsed++;
}

/*
** Check to see if the current line is an #if and if it is, add it to
** the zIf[] string.  If the current line is an #endif or #else or #elif
** then cancel the current zIf[] string.

    }
    for(z=vx; z[0]=='0'; z++){}
    printf("#define RELEASE_VERSION_NUMBER %s\n", z);
    memset(vx,0,sizeof(vx));
    strcpy(vx,b);
    d = 0;
    for(z=vx; z[0]; z++){




      if( z[0]!='.' ) continue;
      if ( d<3 ){
        z[0] = ',';
        d++;
      }else{
        z[0] = '\0';
        break;

    }
    for(z=vx; z[0]=='0'; z++){}
    printf("#define RELEASE_VERSION_NUMBER %s\n", z);
    memset(vx,0,sizeof(vx));
    strcpy(vx,b);
    d = 0;
    for(z=vx; z[0]; z++){
      if( z[0]=='-' ){
        z[0] = 0;
        break;
      }
      if( z[0]!='.' ) continue;
      if ( d<3 ){
        z[0] = ',';
        d++;
      }else{
        z[0] = '\0';
        break;

     "modreq",     "attachRid",
     "mlink",      "mid",
     "mlink",      "fid",
     "tagxref",    "srcid",
     "tagxref",    "rid",
  };
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aTabField)/sizeof(aTabField[0]); i+=2){
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM \"%w\" WHERE \"%w\"=%d",
                  aTabField[i], aTabField[i+1], rid) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*

     "modreq",     "attachRid",
     "mlink",      "mid",
     "mlink",      "fid",
     "tagxref",    "srcid",
     "tagxref",    "rid",
  };
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<count(aTabField); i+=2){
    if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM \"%w\" WHERE \"%w\"=%d",
                  aTabField[i], aTabField[i+1], rid) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*

  int mx = db_int(0, "SELECT max(rid) FROM blob");
  int unpubOnly = PB("unpub");
  char *zRange;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("List Of Artifacts");
  style_submenu_element("250 Largest", 0, "bigbloblist");
  if( !unpubOnly && mx>n && P("s")==0 ){
    int i;
    @ <p>Select a range of artifacts to view:</p>
    @ <ul>
    for(i=1; i<=mx; i+=n){
      @ <li> %z(href("%R/bloblist?s=%d&n=%d",i,n))
      @ %d(i)..%d(i+n-1<mx?i+n-1:mx)</a>
    }
    @ </ul>
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( !unpubOnly && mx>n ){
    style_submenu_element("Index", "Index", "bloblist");
  }
  if( unpubOnly ){
    zRange = mprintf("IN private");
  }else{
    zRange = mprintf("BETWEEN %d AND %d", s, s+n-1);
  }
  describe_artifacts(zRange);
................................................................................
    }
    for(j=0; j<aCollide[i].cnt && j<MAX_COLLIDE; j++){
      char *zId = aCollide[i].azHit[j];
      if( zId==0 ) continue;
      @ %z(href("%R/whatis/%s",zId))%h(zId)</a>
    }
  }
  for(i=4; i<ArraySize(aCollide); i++){
    for(j=0; j<aCollide[i].cnt && j<MAX_COLLIDE; j++){
      fossil_free(aCollide[i].azHit[j]);
    }
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
**
** Show the number of hash collisions for hash prefixes of various lengths.
*/
void hash_collisions_webpage(void){
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("SHA1 Prefix Collisions");
  style_submenu_element("Activity Reports", 0, "reports");
  style_submenu_element("Stats", 0, "stat");
  @ <h1>Hash Prefix Collisions on Check-ins</h1>
  collision_report("SELECT (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=objid)"
                   "  FROM event WHERE event.type='ci'"
                   " ORDER BY 1");
  @ <h1>Hash Prefix Collisions on All Artifacts</h1>
  collision_report("SELECT uuid FROM blob ORDER BY 1");
  style_footer();
}

  int mx = db_int(0, "SELECT max(rid) FROM blob");
  int unpubOnly = PB("unpub");
  char *zRange;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("List Of Artifacts");
  style_submenu_element("250 Largest", "bigbloblist");
  if( !unpubOnly && mx>n && P("s")==0 ){
    int i;
    @ <p>Select a range of artifacts to view:</p>
    @ <ul>
    for(i=1; i<=mx; i+=n){
      @ <li> %z(href("%R/bloblist?s=%d&n=%d",i,n))
      @ %d(i)..%d(i+n-1<mx?i+n-1:mx)</a>
    }
    @ </ul>
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( !unpubOnly && mx>n ){
    style_submenu_element("Index", "bloblist");
  }
  if( unpubOnly ){
    zRange = mprintf("IN private");
  }else{
    zRange = mprintf("BETWEEN %d AND %d", s, s+n-1);
  }
  describe_artifacts(zRange);
................................................................................
    }
    for(j=0; j<aCollide[i].cnt && j<MAX_COLLIDE; j++){
      char *zId = aCollide[i].azHit[j];
      if( zId==0 ) continue;
      @ %z(href("%R/whatis/%s",zId))%h(zId)</a>
    }
  }
  for(i=4; i<count(aCollide); i++){
    for(j=0; j<aCollide[i].cnt && j<MAX_COLLIDE; j++){
      fossil_free(aCollide[i].azHit[j]);
    }
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
**
** Show the number of hash collisions for hash prefixes of various lengths.
*/
void hash_collisions_webpage(void){
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("SHA1 Prefix Collisions");
  style_submenu_element("Activity Reports", "reports");
  style_submenu_element("Stats", "stat");
  @ <h1>Hash Prefix Collisions on Check-ins</h1>
  collision_report("SELECT (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=objid)"
                   "  FROM event WHERE event.type='ci'"
                   " ORDER BY 1");
  @ <h1>Hash Prefix Collisions on All Artifacts</h1>
  collision_report("SELECT uuid FROM blob ORDER BY 1");
  style_footer();
}

  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
  {  '/',  0, 0, etPATH,       0,  0 },
};
#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))

/*
** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
**
** Example:
................................................................................
static int stdoutAtBOL = 1;

/*
** Write to standard output or standard error.
**
** On windows, transform the output into the current terminal encoding
** if the output is going to the screen.  If output is redirected into



** a file, no translation occurs.  No translation ever occurs on unix.
*/
void fossil_puts(const char *z, int toStdErr){

  int n = (int)strlen(z);
  if( n==0 ) return;

  if( toStdErr==0 ) stdoutAtBOL = (z[n-1]=='\n');
#if defined(_WIN32)
  if( fossil_utf8_to_console(z, n, toStdErr) >= 0 ){
    return;
  }


#endif
  assert( toStdErr==0 || toStdErr==1 );
  fwrite(z, 1, n, toStdErr ? stderr : stdout);
  fflush(toStdErr ? stderr : stdout);




}

/*
** Force the standard output cursor to move to the beginning
** of a line, if it is not there already.
*/
int fossil_force_newline(void){
................................................................................
  fprintf(out, "------------- %04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d UTC ------------\n",
          pNow->tm_year+1900, pNow->tm_mon+1, pNow->tm_mday+1,
          pNow->tm_hour, pNow->tm_min, pNow->tm_sec);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  vfprintf(out, zFormat, ap);
  fprintf(out, "\n");
  va_end(ap);
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azEnv)/sizeof(azEnv[0]); i++){
    char *p;
    if( (p = fossil_getenv(azEnv[i]))!=0 ){
      fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", azEnv[i], p);
      fossil_path_free(p);
    }else if( (z = P(azEnv[i]))!=0 ){
      fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", azEnv[i], z);
    }

  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
  {  '/',  0, 0, etPATH,       0,  0 },
};
#define etNINFO count(fmtinfo)

/*
** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
**
** Example:
................................................................................
static int stdoutAtBOL = 1;

/*
** Write to standard output or standard error.
**
** On windows, transform the output into the current terminal encoding
** if the output is going to the screen.  If output is redirected into
** a file, no translation occurs. Switch output mode to binary to
** properly process line-endings, make sure to switch the mode back to
** text when done.
** No translation ever occurs on unix.
*/
void fossil_puts(const char *z, int toStdErr){
  FILE* out = (toStdErr ? stderr : stdout);
  int n = (int)strlen(z);
  if( n==0 ) return;
  assert( toStdErr==0 || toStdErr==1 );
  if( toStdErr==0 ) stdoutAtBOL = (z[n-1]=='\n');
#if defined(_WIN32)
  if( fossil_utf8_to_console(z, n, toStdErr) >= 0 ){
    return;
  }
  fflush(out);
  _setmode(_fileno(out), _O_BINARY);
#endif

  fwrite(z, 1, n, out);

#if defined(_WIN32)
  fflush(out);
  _setmode(_fileno(out), _O_TEXT);
#endif
}

/*
** Force the standard output cursor to move to the beginning
** of a line, if it is not there already.
*/
int fossil_force_newline(void){
................................................................................
  fprintf(out, "------------- %04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d UTC ------------\n",
          pNow->tm_year+1900, pNow->tm_mon+1, pNow->tm_mday+1,
          pNow->tm_hour, pNow->tm_min, pNow->tm_sec);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  vfprintf(out, zFormat, ap);
  fprintf(out, "\n");
  va_end(ap);
  for(i=0; i<count(azEnv); i++){
    char *p;
    if( (p = fossil_getenv(azEnv[i]))!=0 ){
      fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", azEnv[i], p);
      fossil_path_free(p);
    }else if( (z = P(azEnv[i]))!=0 ){
      fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", azEnv[i], z);
    }

         strncmp((const char*)zIn+in.i, (const char*)pRe->zInit, pRe->nInit)!=0)
    ){
      in.i++;
    }
    if( in.i+pRe->nInit>in.mx ) return 0;
  }

  if( pRe->nState<=(sizeof(aSpace)/(sizeof(aSpace[0])*2)) ){
    pToFree = 0;
    aStateSet[0].aState = aSpace;
  }else{
    pToFree = fossil_malloc( sizeof(ReStateNumber)*2*pRe->nState );
    if( pToFree==0 ) return -1;
    aStateSet[0].aState = pToFree;
  }

         strncmp((const char*)zIn+in.i, (const char*)pRe->zInit, pRe->nInit)!=0)
    ){
      in.i++;
    }
    if( in.i+pRe->nInit>in.mx ) return 0;
  }

  if( pRe->nState<=count(aSpace)*2 ){
    pToFree = 0;
    aStateSet[0].aState = aSpace;
  }else{
    pToFree = fossil_malloc( sizeof(ReStateNumber)*2*pRe->nState );
    if( pToFree==0 ) return -1;
    aStateSet[0].aState = pToFree;
  }

         "tagxref",
         "unversioned",
      };
      int i;
      if( fossil_strncmp(zArg1, "fx_", 3)==0 ){
        break;
      }
      for(i=0; i<sizeof(azAllowed)/sizeof(azAllowed[0]); i++){
        if( fossil_stricmp(zArg1, azAllowed[i])==0 ) break;
      }
      if( i>=sizeof(azAllowed)/sizeof(azAllowed[0]) ){
        *(char**)pError = mprintf("access to table \"%s\" is restricted",zArg1);
        rc = SQLITE_DENY;
      }else if( !g.perm.RdAddr && strncmp(zArg2, "private_", 8)==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_IGNORE;
      }
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    if( P("copy") ){
      rn = 0;
      zTitle = mprintf("Copy Of %s", zTitle);
      zOwner = g.zLogin;
    }
  }
  if( zOwner==0 ) zOwner = g.zLogin;
  style_submenu_element("Cancel", "Cancel", "reportlist");
  if( rn>0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Delete", "Delete", "rptedit?rn=%d&del1=1", rn);
  }
  style_header("%s", rn>0 ? "Edit Report Format":"Create New Report Format");
  if( zErr ){
    @ <blockquote class="reportError">%h(zErr)</blockquote>
  }
  @ <form action="rptedit" method="post"><div>
  @ <input type="hidden" name="rn" value="%d(rn)" />
................................................................................
          pState->wikiFlags = WIKI_NOBADLINKS;
          pState->zWikiStart = "";
          pState->zWikiEnd = "";
          if( P("plaintext") ){
            pState->wikiFlags |= WIKI_LINKSONLY;
            pState->zWikiStart = "<pre class='verbatim'>";
            pState->zWikiEnd = "</pre>";
            style_submenu_element("Formatted", "Formatted",
                                  "%R/rptview?rn=%d", pState->rn);
          }else{
            style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "Plaintext",
                                  "%R/rptview?rn=%d&plaintext", pState->rn);
          }
        }else{
          pState->nCol++;
        }
      }
    }

................................................................................
  }

  count = 0;
  if( !tabs ){
    struct GenerateHTML sState = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };

    db_multi_exec("PRAGMA empty_result_callbacks=ON");
    style_submenu_element("Raw", "Raw",
      "rptview?tablist=1&%h", PD("QUERY_STRING",""));
    if( g.perm.Admin
       || (g.perm.TktFmt && g.zLogin && fossil_strcmp(g.zLogin,zOwner)==0) ){
      style_submenu_element("Edit", "Edit", "rptedit?rn=%d", rn);
    }
    if( g.perm.TktFmt ){
      style_submenu_element("SQL", "SQL", "rptsql?rn=%d",rn);
    }
    if( g.perm.NewTkt ){
      style_submenu_element("New Ticket", "Create a new ticket",
        "%s/tktnew", g.zTop);
    }
    style_header("%s", zTitle);
    output_color_key(zClrKey, 1,
        "border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"3\" cellspacing=\"0\" class=\"report\"");
    @ <table border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" class="report"
    @  id="reportTable">
    sState.rn = rn;

         "tagxref",
         "unversioned",
      };
      int i;
      if( fossil_strncmp(zArg1, "fx_", 3)==0 ){
        break;
      }
      for(i=0; i<count(azAllowed); i++){
        if( fossil_stricmp(zArg1, azAllowed[i])==0 ) break;
      }
      if( i>=count(azAllowed) ){
        *(char**)pError = mprintf("access to table \"%s\" is restricted",zArg1);
        rc = SQLITE_DENY;
      }else if( !g.perm.RdAddr && strncmp(zArg2, "private_", 8)==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_IGNORE;
      }
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    if( P("copy") ){
      rn = 0;
      zTitle = mprintf("Copy Of %s", zTitle);
      zOwner = g.zLogin;
    }
  }
  if( zOwner==0 ) zOwner = g.zLogin;
  style_submenu_element("Cancel", "reportlist");
  if( rn>0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Delete", "rptedit?rn=%d&del1=1", rn);
  }
  style_header("%s", rn>0 ? "Edit Report Format":"Create New Report Format");
  if( zErr ){
    @ <blockquote class="reportError">%h(zErr)</blockquote>
  }
  @ <form action="rptedit" method="post"><div>
  @ <input type="hidden" name="rn" value="%d(rn)" />
................................................................................
          pState->wikiFlags = WIKI_NOBADLINKS;
          pState->zWikiStart = "";
          pState->zWikiEnd = "";
          if( P("plaintext") ){
            pState->wikiFlags |= WIKI_LINKSONLY;
            pState->zWikiStart = "<pre class='verbatim'>";
            pState->zWikiEnd = "</pre>";

            style_submenu_element("Formatted", "%R/rptview?rn=%d", pState->rn);
          }else{
            style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "%R/rptview?rn=%d&plaintext",
                                  pState->rn);
          }
        }else{
          pState->nCol++;
        }
      }
    }

................................................................................
  }

  count = 0;
  if( !tabs ){
    struct GenerateHTML sState = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };

    db_multi_exec("PRAGMA empty_result_callbacks=ON");

    style_submenu_element("Raw", "rptview?tablist=1&%h", PD("QUERY_STRING",""));
    if( g.perm.Admin
       || (g.perm.TktFmt && g.zLogin && fossil_strcmp(g.zLogin,zOwner)==0) ){
      style_submenu_element("Edit", "rptedit?rn=%d", rn);
    }
    if( g.perm.TktFmt ){
      style_submenu_element("SQL", "rptsql?rn=%d",rn);
    }
    if( g.perm.NewTkt ){
      style_submenu_element("New Ticket", "%s/tktnew", g.zTop);

    }
    style_header("%s", zTitle);
    output_color_key(zClrKey, 1,
        "border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"3\" cellspacing=\"0\" class=\"report\"");
    @ <table border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" class="report"
    @  id="reportTable">
    sState.rn = rn;

  if( zFreeProjectName != 0 ){
    free( zFreeProjectName );
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: rss
**
** Usage: %fossil rss ?OPTIONS?
**
** The CLI variant of the /timeline.rss page, this produces an RSS
** feed of the timeline to stdout. Options:
**
** -type|y FLAG

  if( zFreeProjectName != 0 ){
    free( zFreeProjectName );
  }
}

/*
** COMMAND: rss*
**
** Usage: %fossil rss ?OPTIONS?
**
** The CLI variant of the /timeline.rss page, this produces an RSS
** feed of the timeline to stdout. Options:
**
** -type|y FLAG

  }
}

/*     search_match(TEXT, TEXT, ....)
**
** Using the full-scan search engine created by the most recent call
** to search_init(), match the input the TEXT arguments.
** Remember the results global full-scan search object. 
** Return non-zero on a match and zero on a miss.
*/
static void search_match_sqlfunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *azDoc[5];
  int nDoc;
  int rc;
  for(nDoc=0; nDoc<ArraySize(azDoc) && nDoc<argc; nDoc++){
    azDoc[nDoc] = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[nDoc]);
    if( azDoc[nDoc]==0 ) azDoc[nDoc] = "";
  }
  rc = search_match(&gSearch, nDoc, azDoc);
  sqlite3_result_int(context, rc);
}

................................................................................
     { SRCH_TKT,    "search-tkt"  },
     { SRCH_WIKI,   "search-wiki" },
  };
  int i;
  if( g.perm.Read==0 )   srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_CKIN|SRCH_DOC);
  if( g.perm.RdTkt==0 )  srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_TKT);
  if( g.perm.RdWiki==0 ) srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_WIKI);
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSetng); i++){
    unsigned int m = aSetng[i].m;
    if( (srchFlags & m)==0 ) continue;
    if( ((knownGood|knownBad) & m)!=0 ) continue;
    if( db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zKey,0) ){
      knownGood |= m;
    }else{
      knownBad |= m;
................................................................................
    static const struct { unsigned m; char c; } aMask[] = {
       { SRCH_CKIN,  'c' },
       { SRCH_DOC,   'd' },
       { SRCH_TKT,   't' },
       { SRCH_WIKI,  'w' },
    };
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aMask); i++){
      if( srchFlags & aMask[i].m ){
        blob_appendf(&sql, "%sftsdocs.type='%c'", zSep, aMask[i].c);
        zSep = " OR ";
      }
    }
    blob_append(&sql,")",1);
  }
................................................................................
       { "t",    "Tickets",    SRCH_TKT  },
       { "w",    "Wiki",       SRCH_WIKI },
    };
    const char *zY = PD("y","all");
    unsigned newFlags = srchFlags;
    int i;
    @ <select size='1' name='y'>
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aY); i++){
      if( (aY[i].m & srchFlags)==0 ) continue;
      cgi_printf("<option value='%s'", aY[i].z);
      if( fossil_strcmp(zY,aY[i].z)==0 ){
        newFlags &= aY[i].m;
        cgi_printf(" selected");
      }
      cgi_printf(">%s</option>\n", aY[i].zNm);
................................................................................
  int i, j, n;
  int iCmd = 0;
  int iAction = 0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  if( g.argc>2 ){
    zSubCmd = g.argv[2];
    n = (int)strlen(zSubCmd);
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCmd); i++){
      if( fossil_strncmp(aCmd[i].z, zSubCmd, n)==0 ) break;
    }
    if( i>=ArraySize(aCmd) ){
      Blob all;
      blob_init(&all,0,0);
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCmd); i++) blob_appendf(&all, " %s", aCmd[i].z);
      fossil_fatal("unknown \"%s\" - should be on of:%s",
                   zSubCmd, blob_str(&all));
      return;
    }
    iCmd = aCmd[i].iCmd;
  }
  g.perm.Read = 1;
................................................................................
  db_begin_transaction();

  /* Adjust search settings */
  if( iCmd==3 || iCmd==4 ){
    const char *zCtrl;
    if( g.argc<4 ) usage(mprintf("%s STRING",zSubCmd));
    zCtrl = g.argv[3];
    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aSetng); j++){
      if( strchr(zCtrl, aSetng[j].zSw[0])!=0 ){
        db_set_int(aSetng[j].zSetting, iCmd-3, 0);
      }
    }
  }
  if( iCmd==5 ){
    if( g.argc<4 ) usage("porter ON/OFF");
................................................................................
    search_drop_index();
  }
  if( iAction>=2 ){
    search_rebuild_index();
  }

  /* Always show the status before ending */
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSetng); i++){
    fossil_print("%-16s %s\n", aSetng[i].zName,
       db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zSetting,0) ? "on" : "off");
  }
  fossil_print("%-16s %s\n", "Porter stemmer:",
       db_get_boolean("search-stemmer",0) ? "on" : "off");
  if( search_index_exists() ){
    fossil_print("%-16s enabled\n", "full-text index:");

  }
}

/*     search_match(TEXT, TEXT, ....)
**
** Using the full-scan search engine created by the most recent call
** to search_init(), match the input the TEXT arguments.
** Remember the results global full-scan search object.
** Return non-zero on a match and zero on a miss.
*/
static void search_match_sqlfunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *azDoc[5];
  int nDoc;
  int rc;
  for(nDoc=0; nDoc<count(azDoc) && nDoc<argc; nDoc++){
    azDoc[nDoc] = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[nDoc]);
    if( azDoc[nDoc]==0 ) azDoc[nDoc] = "";
  }
  rc = search_match(&gSearch, nDoc, azDoc);
  sqlite3_result_int(context, rc);
}

................................................................................
     { SRCH_TKT,    "search-tkt"  },
     { SRCH_WIKI,   "search-wiki" },
  };
  int i;
  if( g.perm.Read==0 )   srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_CKIN|SRCH_DOC);
  if( g.perm.RdTkt==0 )  srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_TKT);
  if( g.perm.RdWiki==0 ) srchFlags &= ~(SRCH_WIKI);
  for(i=0; i<count(aSetng); i++){
    unsigned int m = aSetng[i].m;
    if( (srchFlags & m)==0 ) continue;
    if( ((knownGood|knownBad) & m)!=0 ) continue;
    if( db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zKey,0) ){
      knownGood |= m;
    }else{
      knownBad |= m;
................................................................................
    static const struct { unsigned m; char c; } aMask[] = {
       { SRCH_CKIN,  'c' },
       { SRCH_DOC,   'd' },
       { SRCH_TKT,   't' },
       { SRCH_WIKI,  'w' },
    };
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<count(aMask); i++){
      if( srchFlags & aMask[i].m ){
        blob_appendf(&sql, "%sftsdocs.type='%c'", zSep, aMask[i].c);
        zSep = " OR ";
      }
    }
    blob_append(&sql,")",1);
  }
................................................................................
       { "t",    "Tickets",    SRCH_TKT  },
       { "w",    "Wiki",       SRCH_WIKI },
    };
    const char *zY = PD("y","all");
    unsigned newFlags = srchFlags;
    int i;
    @ <select size='1' name='y'>
    for(i=0; i<count(aY); i++){
      if( (aY[i].m & srchFlags)==0 ) continue;
      cgi_printf("<option value='%s'", aY[i].z);
      if( fossil_strcmp(zY,aY[i].z)==0 ){
        newFlags &= aY[i].m;
        cgi_printf(" selected");
      }
      cgi_printf(">%s</option>\n", aY[i].zNm);
................................................................................
  int i, j, n;
  int iCmd = 0;
  int iAction = 0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  if( g.argc>2 ){
    zSubCmd = g.argv[2];
    n = (int)strlen(zSubCmd);
    for(i=0; i<count(aCmd); i++){
      if( fossil_strncmp(aCmd[i].z, zSubCmd, n)==0 ) break;
    }
    if( i>=count(aCmd) ){
      Blob all;
      blob_init(&all,0,0);
      for(i=0; i<count(aCmd); i++) blob_appendf(&all, " %s", aCmd[i].z);
      fossil_fatal("unknown \"%s\" - should be on of:%s",
                   zSubCmd, blob_str(&all));
      return;
    }
    iCmd = aCmd[i].iCmd;
  }
  g.perm.Read = 1;
................................................................................
  db_begin_transaction();

  /* Adjust search settings */
  if( iCmd==3 || iCmd==4 ){
    const char *zCtrl;
    if( g.argc<4 ) usage(mprintf("%s STRING",zSubCmd));
    zCtrl = g.argv[3];
    for(j=0; j<count(aSetng); j++){
      if( strchr(zCtrl, aSetng[j].zSw[0])!=0 ){
        db_set_int(aSetng[j].zSetting, iCmd-3, 0);
      }
    }
  }
  if( iCmd==5 ){
    if( g.argc<4 ) usage("porter ON/OFF");
................................................................................
    search_drop_index();
  }
  if( iAction>=2 ){
    search_rebuild_index();
  }

  /* Always show the status before ending */
  for(i=0; i<count(aSetng); i++){
    fossil_print("%-16s %s\n", aSetng[i].zName,
       db_get_boolean(aSetng[i].zSetting,0) ? "on" : "off");
  }
  fossil_print("%-16s %s\n", "Porter stemmer:",
       db_get_boolean("search-stemmer",0) ? "on" : "off");
  if( search_index_exists() ){
    fossil_print("%-16s enabled\n", "full-text index:");

**
** Implementation of the Setup page
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <assert.h>
#include "setup.h"

#if INTERFACE
#define ArraySize(x) (sizeof(x)/sizeof(x[0]))
#endif

/*
** Output a single entry for a menu generated using an HTML table.
** If zLink is not NULL or an empty string, then it is the page that
** the menu entry will hyperlink to.  If zLink is NULL or "", then
** the menu entry has no hyperlink - it is disabled.
*/
void setup_menu_entry(
................................................................................

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }

  style_submenu_element("Add", "Add User", "setup_uedit");
  style_submenu_element("Log", "Access Log", "access_log");
  style_submenu_element("Help", "Help", "setup_ulist_notes");
  style_header("User List");
  @ <table border=1 cellpadding=2 cellspacing=0 class='userTable'>
  @ <thead><tr>
  @   <th>UID <th>Category
  @   <th>Capabilities (<a href='%R/setup_ucap_list'>key</a>)
  @   <th>Info <th>Last Change</tr></thead>
  @ <tbody>
................................................................................
           "<span class=\"ueditInheritNobody\"><sub>[N]</sub></span>";
    }
    free(z2);
  }

  /* Begin generating the page
  */
  style_submenu_element("Cancel", "Cancel", "setup_ulist");
  if( uid ){
    style_header("Edit User %h", zLogin);
  }else{
    style_header("Add A New User");
  }
  @ <div class="ueditCapBox">
  @ <form action="%s(g.zPath)" method="post"><div>
................................................................................
      login_verify_csrf_secret();
      db_set(zVar, iQ ? "1" : "0", 0);
      admin_log("Set option [%q] to [%q].",
                zVar, iQ ? "on" : "off");
      iVal = iQ;
    }
  }
  @ <input type="checkbox" name="%s(zQParm)"
  if( iVal ){
    @ checked="checked"
  }
  if( disabled ){
    @ disabled="disabled"
  }
  @ /> <b>%s(zLabel)</b>
}

/*
** Generate an entry box for an attribute.
*/
void entry_attribute(
  const char *zLabel,   /* The text label on the entry box */
................................................................................
    @ %s(zTmDiff) hours behind UTC.</p>
  }else{
    @ %s(zTmDiff) hours ahead of UTC.</p>
  }

  @ <hr />
  multiple_choice_attribute("Per-Item Time Format", "timeline-date-format",
            "tdf", "0", ArraySize(azTimeFormats)/2, azTimeFormats);
  @ <p>If the "HH:MM" or "HH:MM:SS" format is selected, then the date is shown
  @ in a separate box (using CSS class "timelineDate") whenever the date changes.
  @ With the "YYYY-MM-DD&nbsp;HH:MM" and "YYMMDD ..." formats, the complete date
  @ and time is shown on every timeline entry (using the CSS class "timelineTime").</p>

  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Show version differences by default",
................................................................................
  @ </td></tr></table>
  @ </div></form>
  @ <p>Settings marked with (v) are 'versionable' and will be overridden
  @ by the contents of files named <tt>.fossil-settings/PROPERTY</tt>
  @ in the check-out root.
  @ If such a file is present, the corresponding field above is not
  @ editable.</p><hr /><p>
  @ These settings work the same as the 
  @ <a href='%R/help?cmd=settings'>fossil set</a> command.
  db_end_transaction(0);
  style_footer();
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: setup_config

**
** Implementation of the Setup page
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <assert.h>
#include "setup.h"





/*
** Output a single entry for a menu generated using an HTML table.
** If zLink is not NULL or an empty string, then it is the page that
** the menu entry will hyperlink to.  If zLink is NULL or "", then
** the menu entry has no hyperlink - it is disabled.
*/
void setup_menu_entry(
................................................................................

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }

  style_submenu_element("Add", "setup_uedit");
  style_submenu_element("Log", "access_log");
  style_submenu_element("Help", "setup_ulist_notes");
  style_header("User List");
  @ <table border=1 cellpadding=2 cellspacing=0 class='userTable'>
  @ <thead><tr>
  @   <th>UID <th>Category
  @   <th>Capabilities (<a href='%R/setup_ucap_list'>key</a>)
  @   <th>Info <th>Last Change</tr></thead>
  @ <tbody>
................................................................................
           "<span class=\"ueditInheritNobody\"><sub>[N]</sub></span>";
    }
    free(z2);
  }

  /* Begin generating the page
  */
  style_submenu_element("Cancel", "setup_ulist");
  if( uid ){
    style_header("Edit User %h", zLogin);
  }else{
    style_header("Add A New User");
  }
  @ <div class="ueditCapBox">
  @ <form action="%s(g.zPath)" method="post"><div>
................................................................................
      login_verify_csrf_secret();
      db_set(zVar, iQ ? "1" : "0", 0);
      admin_log("Set option [%q] to [%q].",
                zVar, iQ ? "on" : "off");
      iVal = iQ;
    }
  }
  @ <label><input type="checkbox" name="%s(zQParm)"
  if( iVal ){
    @ checked="checked"
  }
  if( disabled ){
    @ disabled="disabled"
  }
  @ /> <b>%s(zLabel)</b></label>
}

/*
** Generate an entry box for an attribute.
*/
void entry_attribute(
  const char *zLabel,   /* The text label on the entry box */
................................................................................
    @ %s(zTmDiff) hours behind UTC.</p>
  }else{
    @ %s(zTmDiff) hours ahead of UTC.</p>
  }

  @ <hr />
  multiple_choice_attribute("Per-Item Time Format", "timeline-date-format",
            "tdf", "0", count(azTimeFormats)/2, azTimeFormats);
  @ <p>If the "HH:MM" or "HH:MM:SS" format is selected, then the date is shown
  @ in a separate box (using CSS class "timelineDate") whenever the date changes.
  @ With the "YYYY-MM-DD&nbsp;HH:MM" and "YYMMDD ..." formats, the complete date
  @ and time is shown on every timeline entry (using the CSS class "timelineTime").</p>

  @ <hr />
  onoff_attribute("Show version differences by default",
................................................................................
  @ </td></tr></table>
  @ </div></form>
  @ <p>Settings marked with (v) are 'versionable' and will be overridden
  @ by the contents of files named <tt>.fossil-settings/PROPERTY</tt>
  @ in the check-out root.
  @ If such a file is present, the corresponding field above is not
  @ editable.</p><hr /><p>
  @ These settings work the same as the
  @ <a href='%R/help?cmd=settings'>fossil set</a> command.
  db_end_transaction(0);
  style_footer();
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: setup_config

*/
#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
#define MODE_Html     4  /* Generate an XHTML table */
#define MODE_Insert   5  /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */

#define MODE_Tcl      6  /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */
#define MODE_Csv      7  /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */
#define MODE_Explain  8  /* Like MODE_Column, but do not truncate data */
#define MODE_Ascii    9  /* Use ASCII unit and record separators (0x1F/0x1E) */
#define MODE_Pretty  10  /* Pretty-print schemas */

static const char *modeDescr[] = {
  "line",
  "column",
  "list",
  "semi",
  "html",
  "insert",

  "tcl",
  "csv",
  "explain",
  "ascii",
  "prettyprint",
};

................................................................................
          output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1);
        }
        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
      }
      setTextMode(p->out, 1);
      break;
    }

    case MODE_Insert: {
      p->cnt++;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;

      utf8_printf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s",p->zDestTable);
      if( p->showHeader ){
        raw_printf(p->out,"(");
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
          char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
          utf8_printf(p->out, "%s%s", zSep, azCol[i]);
        }
        raw_printf(p->out,")");
      }
      raw_printf(p->out," VALUES(");

      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
        if( (azArg[i]==0) || (aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_NULL) ){
          utf8_printf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep);
        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){
          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
................................................................................
        }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){
          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
        }else{
          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
        }
      }
      raw_printf(p->out,");\n");
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Ascii: {
      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
          if( i>0 ) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
................................................................................
  "                         ascii    Columns/rows delimited by 0x1F and 0x1E\n"
  "                         csv      Comma-separated values\n"
  "                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)\n"
  "                         html     HTML <table> code\n"
  "                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE\n"
  "                         line     One value per line\n"
  "                         list     Values delimited by .separator strings\n"

  "                         tabs     Tab-separated values\n"
  "                         tcl      TCL list elements\n"
  ".nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values\n"
  ".once FILENAME         Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME\n"
  ".open ?--new? ?FILE?   Close existing database and reopen FILE\n"
  "                         The --new starts with an empty file\n"
  ".output ?FILENAME?     Send output to FILENAME or stdout\n"
................................................................................
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf);
    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Tab);
    }else if( c2=='i' && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Insert;
      set_table_name(p, nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : "table");


    }else if( c2=='a' && strncmp(azArg[1],"ascii",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Ascii;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Unit);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Record);
    }else {
      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: mode should be one of: "
         "ascii column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n");

*/
#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
#define MODE_Html     4  /* Generate an XHTML table */
#define MODE_Insert   5  /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */
#define MODE_Quote    6  /* Quote values as for SQL */
#define MODE_Tcl      7  /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */
#define MODE_Csv      8  /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */
#define MODE_Explain  9  /* Like MODE_Column, but do not truncate data */
#define MODE_Ascii   10  /* Use ASCII unit and record separators (0x1F/0x1E) */
#define MODE_Pretty  11  /* Pretty-print schemas */

static const char *modeDescr[] = {
  "line",
  "column",
  "list",
  "semi",
  "html",
  "insert",
  "quote",
  "tcl",
  "csv",
  "explain",
  "ascii",
  "prettyprint",
};

................................................................................
          output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1);
        }
        utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->rowSeparator);
      }
      setTextMode(p->out, 1);
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Quote:
    case MODE_Insert: {
      p->cnt++;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      if( p->cMode==MODE_Insert ){
        utf8_printf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s",p->zDestTable);
        if( p->showHeader ){
          raw_printf(p->out,"(");
          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
            char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
            utf8_printf(p->out, "%s%s", zSep, azCol[i]);
          }
          raw_printf(p->out,")");
        }
        raw_printf(p->out," VALUES(");
      }
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
        if( (azArg[i]==0) || (aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_NULL) ){
          utf8_printf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep);
        }else if( aiType && aiType[i]==SQLITE_TEXT ){
          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
................................................................................
        }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){
          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
        }else{
          if( zSep[0] ) utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
        }
      }
      raw_printf(p->out,p->cMode==MODE_Quote?"\n":");\n");
      break;
    }
    case MODE_Ascii: {
      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
          if( i>0 ) utf8_printf(p->out, "%s", p->colSeparator);
          utf8_printf(p->out,"%s",azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
................................................................................
  "                         ascii    Columns/rows delimited by 0x1F and 0x1E\n"
  "                         csv      Comma-separated values\n"
  "                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)\n"
  "                         html     HTML <table> code\n"
  "                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE\n"
  "                         line     One value per line\n"
  "                         list     Values delimited by .separator strings\n"
  "                         quote    Escape answers as for SQL\n"
  "                         tabs     Tab-separated values\n"
  "                         tcl      TCL list elements\n"
  ".nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values\n"
  ".once FILENAME         Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME\n"
  ".open ?--new? ?FILE?   Close existing database and reopen FILE\n"
  "                         The --new starts with an empty file\n"
  ".output ?FILENAME?     Send output to FILENAME or stdout\n"
................................................................................
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_CrLf);
    }else if( c2=='t' && strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_List;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Tab);
    }else if( c2=='i' && strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Insert;
      set_table_name(p, nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : "table");
    }else if( c2=='q' && strncmp(azArg[1],"quote",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Quote;
    }else if( c2=='a' && strncmp(azArg[1],"ascii",n2)==0 ){
      p->mode = MODE_Ascii;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->colSeparator), p->colSeparator, SEP_Unit);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->rowSeparator), p->rowSeparator, SEP_Record);
    }else {
      raw_printf(stderr, "Error: mode should be one of: "
         "ascii column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n");

    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  style_header("Artifact Receipts");
  if( showAll ){
    ofst = 0;
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "rcvfromlist?all=1");
  }
  if( ofst>0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Newer", "Newer", "rcvfromlist?ofst=%d",
                           ofst>30 ? ofst-30 : 0);
  }
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidUsed(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO rcvidUsed(x) SELECT rcvid FROM blob;"
  );
  if( db_table_exists("repository","unversioned") ){
................................................................................
  cnt = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int rcvid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    const char *zIpAddr = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    if( cnt==30 && !showAll ){
      style_submenu_element("Older", "Older",
         "rcvfromlist?ofst=%d", ofst+30);
    }else{
      cnt++;
      @ <tr>
      if( db_column_int(&q,4) ){
        @ <td style="padding-right: 15px;text-align: right;">
        @ <a href="rcvfrom?rcvid=%d(rcvid)">%d(rcvid)</a></td>
      }else{
................................................................................
    return;
  }
  style_header("Artifact Receipt %d", rcvid);
  if( db_exists(
    "SELECT 1 FROM blob WHERE rcvid=%d AND"
    " NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE shun.uuid=blob.uuid)", rcvid)
  ){
    style_submenu_element("Shun All", "Shun All",
                          "shun?shun&rcvid=%d#addshun", rcvid);
  }
  if( db_exists(
    "SELECT 1 FROM blob WHERE rcvid=%d AND"
    " EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE shun.uuid=blob.uuid)", rcvid)
  ){
    style_submenu_element("Unshun All", "Unshun All",
                          "shun?accept&rcvid=%d#delshun", rcvid);
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT login, datetime(rcvfrom.mtime), rcvfrom.ipaddr"
    "  FROM rcvfrom LEFT JOIN user USING(uid)"
    " WHERE rcvid=%d",
    rcvid
  );

    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  style_header("Artifact Receipts");
  if( showAll ){
    ofst = 0;
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "rcvfromlist?all=1");
  }
  if( ofst>0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Newer", "rcvfromlist?ofst=%d",
                           ofst>30 ? ofst-30 : 0);
  }
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE rcvidUsed(x INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO rcvidUsed(x) SELECT rcvid FROM blob;"
  );
  if( db_table_exists("repository","unversioned") ){
................................................................................
  cnt = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int rcvid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    const char *zIpAddr = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    if( cnt==30 && !showAll ){

      style_submenu_element("Older", "rcvfromlist?ofst=%d", ofst+30);
    }else{
      cnt++;
      @ <tr>
      if( db_column_int(&q,4) ){
        @ <td style="padding-right: 15px;text-align: right;">
        @ <a href="rcvfrom?rcvid=%d(rcvid)">%d(rcvid)</a></td>
      }else{
................................................................................
    return;
  }
  style_header("Artifact Receipt %d", rcvid);
  if( db_exists(
    "SELECT 1 FROM blob WHERE rcvid=%d AND"
    " NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE shun.uuid=blob.uuid)", rcvid)
  ){

    style_submenu_element("Shun All", "shun?shun&rcvid=%d#addshun", rcvid);
  }
  if( db_exists(
    "SELECT 1 FROM blob WHERE rcvid=%d AND"
    " EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM shun WHERE shun.uuid=blob.uuid)", rcvid)
  ){

    style_submenu_element("Unshun All", "shun?accept&rcvid=%d#delshun", rcvid);
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT login, datetime(rcvfrom.mtime), rcvfrom.ipaddr"
    "  FROM rcvfrom LEFT JOIN user USING(uid)"
    " WHERE rcvid=%d",
    rcvid
  );

char *skin_use_alternative(const char *zName){
  int i;
  Blob err = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
  if( strchr(zName, '/')!=0 ){
    zAltSkinDir = fossil_strdup(zName);
    return 0;
  }
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zLabel, zName)==0 ){
      pAltSkin = &aBuiltinSkin[i];
      return 0;
    }
  }
  blob_appendf(&err, "available skins: %s", aBuiltinSkin[0].zLabel);
  for(i=1; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    blob_append(&err, " ", 1);
    blob_append(&err, aBuiltinSkin[i].zLabel, -1);
  }
  return blob_str(&err);
}

/*
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to a SkinDetail element.  Return 0 if not found.
*/
static struct SkinDetail *skin_detail_find(const char *zName){
  int lwr = 0;
  int upr = ArraySize(aSkinDetail);
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    int mid = (upr+lwr)/2;
    int c = fossil_strcmp(aSkinDetail[mid].zName, zName);
    if( c==0 ) return &aSkinDetail[mid];
    if( c<0 ){
      lwr = mid+1;
    }else{
................................................................................

/*
** Return true if there exists a skin name "zSkinName".
*/
static int skinExists(const char *zSkinName){
  int i;
  if( zSkinName==0 ) return 0;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBuiltinSkin)/sizeof(aBuiltinSkin[0]); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zSkinName, aBuiltinSkin[i].zDesc)==0 ) return 1;
  }
  return db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM config WHERE name='skin:%q'", zSkinName);
}

/*
** Construct and return an string of SQL statements that represents
................................................................................
static char *getSkin(const char *zName){
  const char *z;
  char *zLabel;
  static const char *azType[] = { "css", "header", "footer", "details" };
  int i;
  Blob val;
  blob_zero(&val);
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azType)/sizeof(azType[0]); i++){
    if( zName ){
      zLabel = mprintf("skins/%s/%s.txt", zName, azType[i]);
      z = builtin_text(zLabel);
      fossil_free(zLabel);
    }else{
      z = db_get(azType[i], 0);
      if( z==0 ){
................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  db_begin_transaction();
  zCurrent = getSkin(0);
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBuiltinSkin)/sizeof(aBuiltinSkin[0]); i++){
    aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL = getSkin(aBuiltinSkin[i].zLabel);
  }

  /* Process requests to delete a user-defined skin */
  if( P("del1") && (zName = skinVarName(P("sn"), 1))!=0 ){
    style_header("Confirm Custom Skin Delete");
    @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_skin" method="post"><div>
................................................................................
  /* The user pressed one of the "Install" buttons. */
  if( P("load") && (z = P("sn"))!=0 && z[0] ){
    int seen = 0;

    /* Check to see if the current skin is already saved.  If it is, there
    ** is no need to create a backup */
    zCurrent = getSkin(0);
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBuiltinSkin)/sizeof(aBuiltinSkin[0]); i++){
      if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL, zCurrent)==0 ){
        seen = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    if( !seen ){
      seen = db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM config WHERE name GLOB 'skin:*'"
................................................................................
          "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime) VALUES("
          "  strftime('skin:Backup On %%Y-%%m-%%d %%H:%%M:%%S'),"
          "  %Q,now())", zCurrent
        );
      }
    }
    seen = 0;
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBuiltinSkin)/sizeof(aBuiltinSkin[0]); i++){
      if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zDesc, z)==0 ){
        seen = 1;
        zCurrent = aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL;
        db_multi_exec("%s", zCurrent/*safe-for-%s*/);
        break;
      }
    }
................................................................................
    @ "%h(pAltSkin->zLabel)".  You can change the skin configuration
    @ below, but the changes will not take effect until the Fossil server
    @ is restarted without the override.</p>
    @
  }
  @ <h2>Available Skins:</h2>
  @ <table border="0">
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBuiltinSkin)/sizeof(aBuiltinSkin[0]); i++){
    z = aBuiltinSkin[i].zDesc;
    @ <tr><td>%d(i+1).<td>%h(z)<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;<td>
    if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL, zCurrent)==0 ){
      @ (Currently In Use)
      seenCurrent = 1;
    }else{
      @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_skin" method="post">
................................................................................

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  ii = atoi(PD("w","0"));
  if( ii<0 || ii>ArraySize(aSkinAttr) ) ii = 0;
  zBasis = PD("basis","default");
  zDflt = mprintf("skins/%s/%s.txt", zBasis, aSkinAttr[ii].zFile);
  db_begin_transaction();
  if( P("revert")!=0 ){
    db_multi_exec("DELETE FROM config WHERE name=%Q", aSkinAttr[ii].zFile);
    cgi_replace_parameter(aSkinAttr[ii].zFile, builtin_text(zDflt));
  }
  style_header("%s", aSkinAttr[ii].zTitle);
  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aSkinAttr); j++){
    if( j==ii ) continue;
    style_submenu_element(aSkinAttr[j].zSubmenu, 0,
          "%R/setup_skinedit?w=%d&basis=%h",j,zBasis);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Skins", 0, "%R/setup_skin");
  @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_skinedit" method="post"><div>
  login_insert_csrf_secret();
  @ <input type='hidden' name='w' value='%d(ii)'>
  @ <h2>Edit %s(aSkinAttr[ii].zTitle):</h2>
  zContent  = textarea_attribute("", 10, 80, aSkinAttr[ii].zFile,
                        aSkinAttr[ii].zFile, builtin_text(zDflt), 0);
  @ <br />
  @ <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ <hr />
  @ Baseline: <select size='1' name='basis'>
  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aBuiltinSkin); j++){
    cgi_printf("<option value='%h'%s>%h</option>\n",
       aBuiltinSkin[j].zLabel,
       fossil_strcmp(zBasis,aBuiltinSkin[j].zLabel)==0 ? " selected" : "",
       aBuiltinSkin[j].zDesc
    );
  }
  @ </select>

char *skin_use_alternative(const char *zName){
  int i;
  Blob err = BLOB_INITIALIZER;
  if( strchr(zName, '/')!=0 ){
    zAltSkinDir = fossil_strdup(zName);
    return 0;
  }
  for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zLabel, zName)==0 ){
      pAltSkin = &aBuiltinSkin[i];
      return 0;
    }
  }
  blob_appendf(&err, "available skins: %s", aBuiltinSkin[0].zLabel);
  for(i=1; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    blob_append(&err, " ", 1);
    blob_append(&err, aBuiltinSkin[i].zLabel, -1);
  }
  return blob_str(&err);
}

/*
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to a SkinDetail element.  Return 0 if not found.
*/
static struct SkinDetail *skin_detail_find(const char *zName){
  int lwr = 0;
  int upr = count(aSkinDetail);
  while( upr>=lwr ){
    int mid = (upr+lwr)/2;
    int c = fossil_strcmp(aSkinDetail[mid].zName, zName);
    if( c==0 ) return &aSkinDetail[mid];
    if( c<0 ){
      lwr = mid+1;
    }else{
................................................................................

/*
** Return true if there exists a skin name "zSkinName".
*/
static int skinExists(const char *zSkinName){
  int i;
  if( zSkinName==0 ) return 0;
  for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zSkinName, aBuiltinSkin[i].zDesc)==0 ) return 1;
  }
  return db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM config WHERE name='skin:%q'", zSkinName);
}

/*
** Construct and return an string of SQL statements that represents
................................................................................
static char *getSkin(const char *zName){
  const char *z;
  char *zLabel;
  static const char *azType[] = { "css", "header", "footer", "details" };
  int i;
  Blob val;
  blob_zero(&val);
  for(i=0; i<count(azType); i++){
    if( zName ){
      zLabel = mprintf("skins/%s/%s.txt", zName, azType[i]);
      z = builtin_text(zLabel);
      fossil_free(zLabel);
    }else{
      z = db_get(azType[i], 0);
      if( z==0 ){
................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  db_begin_transaction();
  zCurrent = getSkin(0);
  for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL = getSkin(aBuiltinSkin[i].zLabel);
  }

  /* Process requests to delete a user-defined skin */
  if( P("del1") && (zName = skinVarName(P("sn"), 1))!=0 ){
    style_header("Confirm Custom Skin Delete");
    @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_skin" method="post"><div>
................................................................................
  /* The user pressed one of the "Install" buttons. */
  if( P("load") && (z = P("sn"))!=0 && z[0] ){
    int seen = 0;

    /* Check to see if the current skin is already saved.  If it is, there
    ** is no need to create a backup */
    zCurrent = getSkin(0);
    for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
      if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL, zCurrent)==0 ){
        seen = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    if( !seen ){
      seen = db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM config WHERE name GLOB 'skin:*'"
................................................................................
          "INSERT INTO config(name,value,mtime) VALUES("
          "  strftime('skin:Backup On %%Y-%%m-%%d %%H:%%M:%%S'),"
          "  %Q,now())", zCurrent
        );
      }
    }
    seen = 0;
    for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
      if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zDesc, z)==0 ){
        seen = 1;
        zCurrent = aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL;
        db_multi_exec("%s", zCurrent/*safe-for-%s*/);
        break;
      }
    }
................................................................................
    @ "%h(pAltSkin->zLabel)".  You can change the skin configuration
    @ below, but the changes will not take effect until the Fossil server
    @ is restarted without the override.</p>
    @
  }
  @ <h2>Available Skins:</h2>
  @ <table border="0">
  for(i=0; i<count(aBuiltinSkin); i++){
    z = aBuiltinSkin[i].zDesc;
    @ <tr><td>%d(i+1).<td>%h(z)<td>&nbsp;&nbsp;<td>
    if( fossil_strcmp(aBuiltinSkin[i].zSQL, zCurrent)==0 ){
      @ (Currently In Use)
      seenCurrent = 1;
    }else{
      @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_skin" method="post">
................................................................................

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Setup ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  ii = atoi(PD("w","0"));
  if( ii<0 || ii>count(aSkinAttr) ) ii = 0;
  zBasis = PD("basis","default");
  zDflt = mprintf("skins/%s/%s.txt", zBasis, aSkinAttr[ii].zFile);
  db_begin_transaction();
  if( P("revert")!=0 ){
    db_multi_exec("DELETE FROM config WHERE name=%Q", aSkinAttr[ii].zFile);
    cgi_replace_parameter(aSkinAttr[ii].zFile, builtin_text(zDflt));
  }
  style_header("%s", aSkinAttr[ii].zTitle);
  for(j=0; j<count(aSkinAttr); j++){
    if( j==ii ) continue;
    style_submenu_element(aSkinAttr[j].zSubmenu,
          "%R/setup_skinedit?w=%d&basis=%h",j,zBasis);
  }
  style_submenu_element("Skins", "%R/setup_skin");
  @ <form action="%s(g.zTop)/setup_skinedit" method="post"><div>
  login_insert_csrf_secret();
  @ <input type='hidden' name='w' value='%d(ii)'>
  @ <h2>Edit %s(aSkinAttr[ii].zTitle):</h2>
  zContent  = textarea_attribute("", 10, 80, aSkinAttr[ii].zFile,
                        aSkinAttr[ii].zFile, builtin_text(zDflt), 0);
  @ <br />
  @ <input type="submit" name="submit" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ <hr />
  @ Baseline: <select size='1' name='basis'>
  for(j=0; j<count(aBuiltinSkin); j++){
    cgi_printf("<option value='%h'%s>%h</option>\n",
       aBuiltinSkin[j].zLabel,
       fossil_strcmp(zBasis,aBuiltinSkin[j].zLabel)==0 ? " selected" : "",
       aBuiltinSkin[j].zDesc
    );
  }
  @ </select>

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.15.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.15.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3015000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2016-10-04 12:20:12 3a9d802fda10585654332b314d317250dc5d894e"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
** was first opened.






**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28



/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
** schema.  ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string
** which will become the new schema name in place of "main".  ^SQLite
** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application
** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged
** until after the database connection closes.
** </dd>
**












** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE             1001 /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY           1002 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER        1003 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */



/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
................................................................................
#define OP_ResetCount    118
#define OP_SorterCompare 119 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterData    120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_RowKey        121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
#define OP_RowData       122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       124
#define OP_SorterInsert  125
#define OP_IdxInsert     126 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_Seek          128 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid              */
#define OP_IdxRowid      129 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Destroy       130
#define OP_Clear         131
#define OP_Real          132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
................................................................................
  Pager **ppPager,
  const char*,
  int,
  int,
  int,
  void(*)(DbPage*)
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);

/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);

# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
# endif


#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
#endif

/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x01000000  /* True to enable triggers */
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x02000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x04000000  /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x08000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
#define SQLITE_Vacuum         0x10000000  /* Currently in a VACUUM */
#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x20000000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  0x40000000  /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */



/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
** selectively disable various optimizations.
*/
................................................................................
  "DEBUG",
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),



#endif
#if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
#endif
#if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
  "DISABLE_LFS",
#endif
................................................................................
  "ENABLE_STAT3",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",



#endif
#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  "HAS_CODEC",
#endif
#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
  "HAVE_ISNAN",
#endif
................................................................................
  u8 *aRecord;                    /* old.* database record */
  KeyInfo keyinfo;
  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Unpacked version of aRecord[] */
  UnpackedRecord *pNewUnpacked;   /* Unpacked version of new.* record */
  int iNewReg;                    /* Register for new.* values */
  i64 iKey1;                      /* First key value passed to hook */
  i64 iKey2;                      /* Second key value passed to hook */
  int iPKey;                      /* If not negative index of IPK column */
  Mem *aNew;                      /* Array of new.* values */

};

/*
** Function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  size_t n;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
  char *zNew;
................................................................................
    /* 118 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 119 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
    /* 120 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 121 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
    /* 122 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 123 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 124 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 125 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp(""),
    /* 126 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 127 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
    /* 128 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid"),
    /* 129 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 130 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 131 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 132 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
................................................................................
        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
      }else{
        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
      }
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }






#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
      HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
      pFile->h = *phFile;
      *phFile = hOldFile;
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
................................................................................
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){
    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
  }else{
    szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
  }
  if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){
    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*pCache->nMax;
  }
  zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk );
  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  if( zBulk ){
    int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc;
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<nBulk; i++){
................................................................................
*/
#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z)                0
# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
# define sqlite3WalFile(x)                       0
#else
................................................................................
/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
*/
typedef struct Wal Wal;

/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);

/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);

/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
................................................................................

/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);

/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */

  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
................................................................................
#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)

/*
** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
}

#else
# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
#endif
................................................................................
** result in a coredump.
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;


  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
  pPager->pWal = 0;
#endif
  pager_reset(pPager);
  if( MEMDB ){
    pager_unlock(pPager);
  }else{
    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
................................................................................
/*
** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
**
** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){






  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->pWal ){
    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
        pnLog, pnCkpt
    );
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
**
** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );

  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
................................................................................
    
  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pWal = 0;
      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
      if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
    }
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
**
** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
** time.
*/
static int walCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */

  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
................................................................................
      }


      /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */
      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
        i64 iOffset;
        assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );




        if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){
          continue;
        }
        iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
        /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Close a connection to a log file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */

  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
  int nBuf,
  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pWal ){
    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
................................................................................
    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
    ** the wal and wal-index files.
    **
    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
    */

    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
      }
      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
          pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
      );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        int bPersist = -1;
        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
        );
        if( bPersist!=1 ){
................................................................................
** we can from WAL into the database.
**
** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */

  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
................................................................................

  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }else{
      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
    }

    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
    }
................................................................................
  }
#endif
  *ppBtree = p;

btree_open_out:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
    }
    sqlite3_free(pBt);
    sqlite3_free(p);
    *ppBtree = 0;
  }else{


    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
    */
    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
    }





  }
  if( mutexOpen ){
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
  }
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(*ppBtree)>0 );
  return rc;
................................................................................
  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
    **
    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
    */
    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
    freeTempSpace(pBt);
    sqlite3_free(pBt);
  }
................................................................................
        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
        */
        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */
         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (7) */
        ){
          u8 aSave[4];
          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* hence (7) */
          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
................................................................................
      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
      return pCur->skipNext;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
  }

  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
    while( pCur->iPage ){

      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]!=0 );
      releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);


    }
  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) );
    rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
                        0, pCur->curPagerFlags);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
      return rc;
    }
    pCur->iPage = 0;
    pCur->curIntKey = pCur->apPage[0]->intKey;
  }
  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );

................................................................................
  ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table 
  ** (or the freelist).  */
  assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
  if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }


  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);


  if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
  }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
    Pgno subpage;
    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif

................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return;
  switch( aff ){
    case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: {   /* Really a cast to BLOB */
      if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
      }else{
        pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: {
      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem);
................................................................................
  preupdate.iNewReg = iReg;
  preupdate.keyinfo.db = db;
  preupdate.keyinfo.enc = ENC(db);
  preupdate.keyinfo.nField = pTab->nCol;
  preupdate.keyinfo.aSortOrder = (u8*)&fakeSortOrder;
  preupdate.iKey1 = iKey1;
  preupdate.iKey2 = iKey2;
  preupdate.iPKey = pTab->iPKey;

  db->pPreUpdate = &preupdate;
  db->xPreUpdateCallback(db->pPreUpdateArg, db, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey1, iKey2);
  db->pPreUpdate = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aRecord);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pUnpacked);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pNewUnpacked);
................................................................................
    }
    p->aRecord = aRec;
  }

  if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){
    *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
  }else{

    *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
    if( iIdx==p->iPKey ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(*ppValue, p->iKey1);




    }
  }

 preupdate_old_out:
  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}
................................................................................
      }
      p->pNewUnpacked = pUnpack;
    }
    if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){
      pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
    }else{
      pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx];
      if( iIdx==p->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
      }
    }
  }else{
    /* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iIdx) contains the required
    ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it.
    ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the
................................................................................
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto preupdate_new_out;
      }
    }
    assert( iIdx>=0 && iIdx<p->pCsr->nField );
    pMem = &p->aNew[iIdx];
    if( pMem->flags==0 ){
      if( iIdx==p->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pMem, &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg+1+iIdx]);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out;
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
      ** or not both operands are null.
      */
      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
      assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
      assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );
      if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0
       && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
       && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
      ){
        res = 0;  /* Operands are equal */
      }else{
        res = 1;  /* Operands are not equal */
      }
    }else{
................................................................................
      }
      assert( memIsValid(pMem) );

      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
      if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
        v = pMem->u.i + 1;
      }
      pMem->u.i = v;
    }
................................................................................
** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have
** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted.
** This flag avoids doing an extra seek.
**
** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/







case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtreePayload x;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
................................................................................
 
      if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
        ** after a successful return. 
        */
        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
        }
      }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
        ** as an intermediate */
        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
................................................................................
      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */

      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
//      notValid(pParse, pNC, "functions", NC_PartIdx);
      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, n, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 ){
        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, -2, enc, 0);
        if( pDef==0 ){
          no_such_func = 1;
................................................................................
  }
  if( pE2->op==TK_OR
   && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
             || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
  ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL
   && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0
   && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS)
  ){
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the
................................................................................
    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
  }
#endif

  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size);
  sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0));
  sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pTemp, PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF);

  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
  */
  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN");
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
................................................................................
** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the
** affinity string to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB if either:
**
**   * the comparison will be performed with no affinity, or
**   * the affinity change in zAff is guaranteed not to change the value.
*/
static void updateRangeAffinityStr(
  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
  Expr *pRight,                   /* RHS of comparison */
  int n,                          /* Number of vector elements in comparison */
  char *zAff                      /* Affinity string to modify */
){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
    Expr *p = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pRight, i);
................................................................................
        testcase( bRev );
        testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC );
        assert( (bRev & ~1)==0 );
        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr <<=1;
        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr |= bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC);
      }
#endif
      if( pRangeStart==0
       && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 
       && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0
      ){
        bSeekPastNull = 1;

      }
    }
    assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );

    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
................................................................................
      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      if( zStartAff ){
        updateRangeAffinityStr(pParse, pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]);
      }  
      nConstraint += nBtm;
      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){
        disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
      }else{
        startEq = 1;
................................................................................
      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      if( zEndAff ){
        updateRangeAffinityStr(pParse, pRight, nTop, zEndAff);
        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, nTop, zEndAff);
      }else{
        assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
      }
      nConstraint += nTop;
      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );

................................................................................
    for(i=0; i<nLeft; i++){
      int idxNew;
      Expr *pNew;
      Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, i);
      Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pRight, i);

      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight, 0);

      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC);
      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
    }
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    pTerm->wtFlags = TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL;  /* Disable the original */
    pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  }
................................................................................
  int iCur;            /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
  i16 iColumn;         /* The column on the LHS of the term.  -1 for IPK */
  Expr *pX;            /* An expression being tested */
  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;    /* The term being tested */
  int k = pScan->k;    /* Where to start scanning */

  while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){
    iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1];

    iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1];
    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR && pScan->pIdxExpr==0 ) return 0;
    while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){


      for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
        if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
         && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR
             || sqlite3ExprCompare(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft,pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0)
         && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
        ){
................................................................................
             && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
             && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0]
             && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0]
            ){
              testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
              continue;
            }

            pScan->k = k+1;
            return pTerm;
          }
        }
      }
      pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter;
      k = 0;
    }

    pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
    k = 0;
    pScan->iEquiv++;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
  WhereScan *pScan,       /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
  WhereClause *pWC,       /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
  int iCur,               /* Cursor to scan for */
  int iColumn,            /* Column to scan for */
  u32 opMask,             /* Operator(s) to scan for */
  Index *pIdx             /* Must be compatible with this index */
){
  int j = 0;

  /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */
  pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
  pScan->pWC = pWC;
  pScan->pIdxExpr = 0;


  if( pIdx ){
    j = iColumn;
    iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j];

    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ) pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr;
    if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = XN_ROWID;
  }

  if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){
    pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
    pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];
  }else{
    pScan->idxaff = 0;
    pScan->zCollName = 0;



  }
  pScan->opMask = opMask;
  pScan->k = 0;
  pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur;
  pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn;
  pScan->nEquiv = 1;
  pScan->iEquiv = 1;
................................................................................
** and the index:
**
**   CREATE INDEX ... ON (a, b, c, d, e)
**
** then this function would be invoked with nEq=1. The value returned in
** this case is 3.
*/
int whereRangeVectorLen(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  int iCur,            /* Cursor open on pIdx */
  Index *pIdx,         /* The index to be used for a inequality constraint */
  int nEq,             /* Number of prior equality constraints on same index */
  WhereTerm *pTerm     /* The vector inequality constraint */
){
  int nCmp = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
................................................................................
          }else{
            rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
            if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
            revSet = 1;
          }
        }
        if( isMatch ){
          if( iColumn<0 ){
            testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
            distinctColumns = 1;
          }
          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
        }else{
          /* No match found */
          if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
................................................................................
        pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
      }
    }else{
      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<=0 ){
        pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;

        if( nLoop>0 && (pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){



          Bitmask m = 0;
          int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom,
                      WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &m);


          if( rc==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
            pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1;
            pWInfo->revMask = m;

          }
        }
      }
    }
    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
    ){
................................................................................
    if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1),
                        pLevel->addrLikeRep);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
#endif
    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){

      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);
      assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
           || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
      if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
      }
      if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){


        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
      }
      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst);
      }
................................................................................
        int op;      /* The opcode */
        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
      } aFlagOp[] = {
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,           SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER,        SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension  },

      };
      unsigned int i;
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
................................................................................
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
  }else{
    db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);







  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
#endif
}


/*
................................................................................
       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
      ){
        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);

        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
        if( octet==0 ){

          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
          ){
            iIn++;
          }
          continue;






        }
        c = octet;
      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
          continue;
................................................................................
static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){
  const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'";
  char *zSql;
  sqlite3_stmt *p;
  int rc;
  i64 nRow = 0;

  if( sqlite3_table_column_metadata(db,pRtree->zDb,"sqlite_stat1",
          0,0,0,0,0,0)==SQLITE_ERROR ){


    pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;
    return SQLITE_OK;

  }
  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
  if( zSql==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
** of upper() or lower().
**
**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
**
** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
*/
static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
  const UChar *zInput;            /* Pointer to input string */
  UChar *zOutput = 0;             /* Pointer to output buffer */
  int nInput;                     /* Size of utf-16 input string in bytes */
................................................................................
  int tflags,                     /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
  int iStartOff,                  /* Start offset of token */
  int iEndOff                     /* End offset of token */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;




  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ){
    Fts5SFinder *p = (Fts5SFinder*)pContext;
    if( p->iPos>0 ){
      int i;
      char c = 0;
      for(i=iStartOff-1; i>=0; i--){
................................................................................

        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sFinder.nFirst && nDocsize>nToken ){
          for(jj=0; jj<(sFinder.nFirst-1); jj++){
            if( sFinder.aFirst[jj+1]>io ) break;
          }

          if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){
            int nScore;
            memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase);
            rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, 
              sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0
            );

            nScore += (sFinder.aFirst[jj]==0 ? 120 : 100);
            if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nScore>nBestScore ){
................................................................................
static void fts5SourceIdFunc(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
){
  assert( nArg==0 );
  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2016-10-04 00:47:26 b10d0f939c82c4de3faa90b86de9ec4a89992856", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
  static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = {
    /* iVersion      */ 2,
    /* xCreate       */ fts5CreateMethod,
    /* xConnect      */ fts5ConnectMethod,

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.16.0.  By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.16.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3016000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2016-11-02 14:50:19 3028845329c9b7acdec2ec8b01d00d782347454c"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
** was first opened.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the
** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle.  This file
** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and
** writes the resulting value there.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
** schema.  ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string
** which will become the new schema name in place of "main".  ^SQLite
** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application
** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged
** until after the database connection closes.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>
**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE             1001 /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY           1002 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER        1003 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE      1006 /* int int* */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
................................................................................
#define OP_ResetCount    118
#define OP_SorterCompare 119 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterData    120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_RowKey        121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key                        */
#define OP_RowData       122 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data                       */
#define OP_Rowid         123 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_NullRow       124
#define OP_SorterInsert  125 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxInsert     126 /* synopsis: key=r[P2]                        */
#define OP_IdxDelete     127 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]                     */
#define OP_Seek          128 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid              */
#define OP_IdxRowid      129 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid                      */
#define OP_Destroy       130
#define OP_Clear         131
#define OP_Real          132 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4       */
................................................................................
  Pager **ppPager,
  const char*,
  int,
  int,
  int,
  void(*)(DbPage*)
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);

/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager);
# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot);
# endif
#else
# define sqlite3PagerUseWal(x) 0
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
#endif

/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x01000000  /* True to enable triggers */
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x02000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x04000000  /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x08000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
#define SQLITE_Vacuum         0x10000000  /* Currently in a VACUUM */
#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x20000000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */
#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  0x40000000  /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */
#define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  0x80000000  /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */


/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
** selectively disable various optimizations.
*/
................................................................................
  "DEBUG",
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc)
  "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE),
#endif
#if SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
  "DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ",
#endif
#if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
#endif
#if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
  "DISABLE_LFS",
#endif
................................................................................
  "ENABLE_STAT3",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR)
  "ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR",
#endif
#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  "HAS_CODEC",
#endif
#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
  "HAVE_ISNAN",
#endif
................................................................................
  u8 *aRecord;                    /* old.* database record */
  KeyInfo keyinfo;
  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Unpacked version of aRecord[] */
  UnpackedRecord *pNewUnpacked;   /* Unpacked version of new.* record */
  int iNewReg;                    /* Register for new.* values */
  i64 iKey1;                      /* First key value passed to hook */
  i64 iKey2;                      /* Second key value passed to hook */

  Mem *aNew;                      /* Array of new.* values */
  Table *pTab;                    /* Schema object being upated */          
};

/*
** Function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  size_t n;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  n = strlen(z) + 1;

  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){
  char *zNew;
................................................................................
    /* 118 */ "ResetCount"       OpHelp(""),
    /* 119 */ "SorterCompare"    OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
    /* 120 */ "SorterData"       OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 121 */ "RowKey"           OpHelp("r[P2]=key"),
    /* 122 */ "RowData"          OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
    /* 123 */ "Rowid"            OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 124 */ "NullRow"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 125 */ "SorterInsert"     OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 126 */ "IdxInsert"        OpHelp("key=r[P2]"),
    /* 127 */ "IdxDelete"        OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"),
    /* 128 */ "Seek"             OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid"),
    /* 129 */ "IdxRowid"         OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
    /* 130 */ "Destroy"          OpHelp(""),
    /* 131 */ "Clear"            OpHelp(""),
    /* 132 */ "Real"             OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"),
................................................................................
        winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
      }else{
        a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay;
      }
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE: {
      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
      *phFile = pFile->h;
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h));
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: {
      LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg;
      HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h;
      pFile->h = *phFile;
      *phFile = hOldFile;
      OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
................................................................................
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){
    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
  }else{
    szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage;
  }
  if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){
    szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax;
  }
  zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk );
  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  if( zBulk ){
    int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc;
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<nBulk; i++){
................................................................................
*/
#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
# define sqlite3WalClose(v,w,x,y,z)              0
# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(q,r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z)              0
# define sqlite3WalFile(x)                       0
#else
................................................................................
/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
*/
typedef struct Wal Wal;

/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, sqlite3*, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);

/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);

/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
................................................................................

/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);

/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
................................................................................
#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)

/*
** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
}
# define pagerUseWal(x) sqlite3PagerUseWal(x)
#else
# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
#endif
................................................................................
** result in a coredump.
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;

  assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal,db,pPager->ckptSyncFlags,pPager->pageSize,pTmp);
  pPager->pWal = 0;
#endif
  pager_reset(pPager);
  if( MEMDB ){
    pager_unlock(pPager);
  }else{
    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
................................................................................
/*
** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
**
** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
  Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
  int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->pWal ){
    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
        (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
        pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
        pnLog, pnCkpt
    );
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
**
** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );

  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
................................................................................
    
  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pWal = 0;
      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
      if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
    }
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
**
** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
** time.
*/
static int walCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check for interrupts on this handle */
  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
................................................................................
      }


      /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */
      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
        i64 iOffset;
        assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
          rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
          break;
        }
        if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){
          continue;
        }
        iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
        /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Close a connection to a log file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* For interrupt flag */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
  int nBuf,
  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( pWal ){
    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
................................................................................
    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
    ** the wal and wal-index files.
    **
    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
    */
    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)==0 
     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE))

    ){
      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
      }
      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, 
          SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
      );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        int bPersist = -1;
        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
        );
        if( bPersist!=1 ){
................................................................................
** we can from WAL into the database.
**
** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */
  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */
  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
................................................................................

  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }else{
      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, db, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
    }

    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
    }
................................................................................
  }
#endif
  *ppBtree = p;

btree_open_out:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager, 0);
    }
    sqlite3_free(pBt);
    sqlite3_free(p);
    *ppBtree = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3_file *pFile;

    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
    */
    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
    }

    pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager);
    if( pFile->pMethods ){
      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB, (void*)&pBt->db);
    }
  }
  if( mutexOpen ){
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
  }
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(*ppBtree)>0 );
  return rc;
................................................................................
  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
    **
    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
    */
    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager, p->db);
    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
    freeTempSpace(pBt);
    sqlite3_free(pBt);
  }
................................................................................
        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
        */
        if( (eOp&0x01)==0                                      /* (1) */
         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
         && (bEnd || a==ovflSize)                              /* (6) */
         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
         && 0==sqlite3PagerUseWal(pBt->pPager)                 /* (5) */
         && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart                               /* (7) */
        ){
          u8 aSave[4];
          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
          assert( aWrite>=pBufStart );                         /* hence (7) */
          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
................................................................................
      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
      return pCur->skipNext;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
  }

  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
    if( pCur->iPage ){
      do{
        assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]!=0 );
        releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
      }while( pCur->iPage);
      goto skip_init;
    }
  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) );
    rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0],
                        0, pCur->curPagerFlags);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
       return rc;
    }
    pCur->iPage = 0;
    pCur->curIntKey = pCur->apPage[0]->intKey;
  }
  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );

................................................................................
  ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table 
  ** (or the freelist).  */
  assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
  if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

skip_init:  
  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);

  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
  if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
  }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){
    Pgno subpage;
    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, p->db, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif

................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return;
  switch( aff ){
    case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: {   /* Really a cast to BLOB */
      if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
        if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ) MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
      }else{
        pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: {
      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem);
................................................................................
  preupdate.iNewReg = iReg;
  preupdate.keyinfo.db = db;
  preupdate.keyinfo.enc = ENC(db);
  preupdate.keyinfo.nField = pTab->nCol;
  preupdate.keyinfo.aSortOrder = (u8*)&fakeSortOrder;
  preupdate.iKey1 = iKey1;
  preupdate.iKey2 = iKey2;
  preupdate.pTab = pTab;

  db->pPreUpdate = &preupdate;
  db->xPreUpdateCallback(db->pPreUpdateArg, db, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey1, iKey2);
  db->pPreUpdate = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aRecord);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pUnpacked);
  vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pNewUnpacked);
................................................................................
    }
    p->aRecord = aRec;
  }

  if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){
    *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
  }else{
    Mem *pMem = *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
    *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx];
    if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey1);
    }else if( p->pTab->aCol[iIdx].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
      }
    }
  }

 preupdate_old_out:
  sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}
................................................................................
      }
      p->pNewUnpacked = pUnpack;
    }
    if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){
      pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue();
    }else{
      pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx];
      if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
      }
    }
  }else{
    /* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iIdx) contains the required
    ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it.
    ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the
................................................................................
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto preupdate_new_out;
      }
    }
    assert( iIdx>=0 && iIdx<p->pCsr->nField );
    pMem = &p->aNew[iIdx];
    if( pMem->flags==0 ){
      if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pMem, &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg+1+iIdx]);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out;
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
      ** or not both operands are null.
      */
      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
      assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 );
      assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 );

      if( (flags1&flags3&MEM_Null)!=0
       && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0
      ){
        res = 0;  /* Operands are equal */
      }else{
        res = 1;  /* Operands are not equal */
      }
    }else{
................................................................................
      }
      assert( memIsValid(pMem) );

      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
      if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-17817-00630 */
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
        v = pMem->u.i + 1;
      }
      pMem->u.i = v;
    }
................................................................................
** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have
** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted.
** This flag avoids doing an extra seek.
**
** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
/* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
**
** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
** into the sorter P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
*/
case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtreePayload x;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
................................................................................
 
      if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
        ** after a successful return. 
        */
        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
        }
      }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
        ** as an intermediate */
        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
................................................................................
      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */

      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );

      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, n, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 ){
        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, -2, enc, 0);
        if( pDef==0 ){
          no_such_func = 1;
................................................................................
  }
  if( pE2->op==TK_OR
   && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab)
             || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) )
  ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL && pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS ){
    Expr *pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE1->pLeft);
    testcase( pX!=pE1->pLeft );
    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pX, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 ) return 1;

  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the
................................................................................
    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
  }
#endif

  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size);
  sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0));
  sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pTemp, PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF|PAGER_CACHESPILL);

  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
  */
  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN");
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
................................................................................
** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the
** affinity string to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB if either:
**
**   * the comparison will be performed with no affinity, or
**   * the affinity change in zAff is guaranteed not to change the value.
*/
static void updateRangeAffinityStr(

  Expr *pRight,                   /* RHS of comparison */
  int n,                          /* Number of vector elements in comparison */
  char *zAff                      /* Affinity string to modify */
){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
    Expr *p = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pRight, i);
................................................................................
        testcase( bRev );
        testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC );
        assert( (bRev & ~1)==0 );
        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr <<=1;
        pLevel->iLikeRepCntr |= bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC);
      }
#endif
      if( pRangeStart==0 ){
        j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq];
        if( (j>=0 && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0) || j==XN_EXPR ){

          bSeekPastNull = 1;
        }
      }
    }
    assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );

    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
................................................................................
      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      if( zStartAff ){
        updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]);
      }  
      nConstraint += nBtm;
      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
      if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){
        disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
      }else{
        startEq = 1;
................................................................................
      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
       && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      if( zEndAff ){
        updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nTop, zEndAff);
        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, nTop, zEndAff);
      }else{
        assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
      }
      nConstraint += nTop;
      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );

................................................................................
    for(i=0; i<nLeft; i++){
      int idxNew;
      Expr *pNew;
      Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, i);
      Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pRight, i);

      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight, 0);
      transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC);
      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
    }
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    pTerm->wtFlags = TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL;  /* Disable the original */
    pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  }
................................................................................
  int iCur;            /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
  i16 iColumn;         /* The column on the LHS of the term.  -1 for IPK */
  Expr *pX;            /* An expression being tested */
  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;    /* The term being tested */
  int k = pScan->k;    /* Where to start scanning */

  assert( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv );
  pWC = pScan->pWC;
  while(1){
    iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1];

    iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1];
    assert( pWC!=0 );
    do{
      for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){
        if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
         && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR
             || sqlite3ExprCompare(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft,pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0)
         && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
        ){
................................................................................
             && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN
             && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0]
             && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0]
            ){
              testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS );
              continue;
            }
            pScan->pWC = pWC;
            pScan->k = k+1;
            return pTerm;
          }
        }
      }
      pWC = pWC->pOuter;
      k = 0;
    }while( pWC!=0 );
    if( pScan->iEquiv>=pScan->nEquiv ) break;
    pWC = pScan->pOrigWC;
    k = 0;
    pScan->iEquiv++;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
  WhereScan *pScan,       /* The WhereScan object being initialized */
  WhereClause *pWC,       /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */
  int iCur,               /* Cursor to scan for */
  int iColumn,            /* Column to scan for */
  u32 opMask,             /* Operator(s) to scan for */
  Index *pIdx             /* Must be compatible with this index */
){



  pScan->pOrigWC = pWC;
  pScan->pWC = pWC;
  pScan->pIdxExpr = 0;
  pScan->idxaff = 0;
  pScan->zCollName = 0;
  if( pIdx ){
    int j = iColumn;
    iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
    if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){
      pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr;
    }else if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){

      iColumn = XN_ROWID;
    }else if( iColumn>=0 ){
      pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
      pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j];



    }
  }else if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){
    return 0;
  }
  pScan->opMask = opMask;
  pScan->k = 0;
  pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur;
  pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn;
  pScan->nEquiv = 1;
  pScan->iEquiv = 1;
................................................................................
** and the index:
**
**   CREATE INDEX ... ON (a, b, c, d, e)
**
** then this function would be invoked with nEq=1. The value returned in
** this case is 3.
*/
static int whereRangeVectorLen(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  int iCur,            /* Cursor open on pIdx */
  Index *pIdx,         /* The index to be used for a inequality constraint */
  int nEq,             /* Number of prior equality constraints on same index */
  WhereTerm *pTerm     /* The vector inequality constraint */
){
  int nCmp = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
................................................................................
          }else{
            rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
            if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop);
            revSet = 1;
          }
        }
        if( isMatch ){
          if( iColumn==XN_ROWID ){
            testcase( distinctColumns==0 );
            distinctColumns = 1;
          }
          obSat |= MASKBIT(i);
        }else{
          /* No match found */
          if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){
................................................................................
        pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
      }
    }else{
      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<=0 ){
        pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
        if( nLoop>0 ){
          u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags;
          if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 
           && (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN)
          ){
            Bitmask m = 0;
            int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom,
                      WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &m);
            testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_IPK );
            testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN );
            if( rc==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){
              pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1;
              pWInfo->revMask = m;
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
    ){
................................................................................
    if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1),
                        pLevel->addrLikeRep);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
#endif
    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
      int ws = pLoop->wsFlags;
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v);

      assert( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
      if( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
      }
      if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) 
       || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) 
      ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
      }
      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst);
      }
................................................................................
        int op;      /* The opcode */
        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
      } aFlagOp[] = {
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,           SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER,        SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension  },
        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE,      SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  },
      };
      unsigned int i;
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
................................................................................
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
  }else{
    db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);

  /* If there are no active statements, clear the interrupt flag at this
  ** point.  */
  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
#endif
}


/*
................................................................................
       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
      ){
        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);

        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
        if( octet==0 ){
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR
          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
          ){
            iIn++;
          }
          continue;
#else
          /* If ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR is defined, "%00" in a URI is an error. */
          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unexpected %%00 in uri");
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
          goto parse_uri_out;
#endif
        }
        c = octet;
      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
          continue;
................................................................................
static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){
  const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'";
  char *zSql;
  sqlite3_stmt *p;
  int rc;
  i64 nRow = 0;

  rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
      db, pRtree->zDb, "sqlite_stat1",0,0,0,0,0,0
  );
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST;

    return rc==SQLITE_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
  }
  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName);
  if( zSql==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
** of upper() or lower().
**
**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> '\u131' (small dotless i)
**
** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
*/
static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
  const UChar *zInput;            /* Pointer to input string */
  UChar *zOutput = 0;             /* Pointer to output buffer */
  int nInput;                     /* Size of utf-16 input string in bytes */
................................................................................
  int tflags,                     /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
  const char *pToken,             /* Buffer containing token */
  int nToken,                     /* Size of token in bytes */
  int iStartOff,                  /* Start offset of token */
  int iEndOff                     /* End offset of token */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  UNUSED_PARAM2(pToken, nToken);
  UNUSED_PARAM(iEndOff);

  if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ){
    Fts5SFinder *p = (Fts5SFinder*)pContext;
    if( p->iPos>0 ){
      int i;
      char c = 0;
      for(i=iStartOff-1; i>=0; i--){
................................................................................

        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sFinder.nFirst && nDocsize>nToken ){
          for(jj=0; jj<(sFinder.nFirst-1); jj++){
            if( sFinder.aFirst[jj+1]>io ) break;
          }

          if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){

            memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase);
            rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, 
              sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0
            );

            nScore += (sFinder.aFirst[jj]==0 ? 120 : 100);
            if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nScore>nBestScore ){
................................................................................
static void fts5SourceIdFunc(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Function call context */
  int nArg,                       /* Number of args */
  sqlite3_value **apUnused        /* Function arguments */
){
  assert( nArg==0 );
  UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused);
  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2016-10-26 16:05:10 ec9dab8054c71d112c68f58a45821b38c2a45677", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){
  static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = {
    /* iVersion      */ 2,
    /* xCreate       */ fts5CreateMethod,
    /* xConnect      */ fts5ConnectMethod,

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.15.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3015000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2016-10-04 12:20:12 3a9d802fda10585654332b314d317250dc5d894e"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
** was first opened.






**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28



/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
** schema.  ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string
** which will become the new schema name in place of "main".  ^SQLite
** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application
** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged
** until after the database connection closes.
** </dd>
**












** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE             1001 /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY           1002 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER        1003 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */



/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.16.0"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3016000
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2016-11-02 14:50:19 3028845329c9b7acdec2ec8b01d00d782347454c"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
** was first opened.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the
** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle.  This file
** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and
** writes the resulting value there.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE       29
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB                    30

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
** schema.  ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string
** which will become the new schema name in place of "main".  ^SQLite
** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application
** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged
** until after the database connection closes.
** </dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt>
** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a 
** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no 
** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint 
** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to
** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation
** is an integer - non-zero to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the
** default) to enable them. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer
** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close
** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are.
** </dd>
**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME            1000 /* const char* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE             1001 /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY           1002 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER        1003 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE      1006 /* int int* */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the

/*
** SQL code to implement the tables needed by the stash.
*/
static const char zStashInit[] =
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS localdb.stash(
@   stashid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,     -- Unique stash identifier
@   vid INTEGER,                     -- The baseline check-out for this stash
@   comment TEXT,                    -- Comment for this stash.  Or NULL
@   ctime TIMESTAMP                  -- When the stash was created
@ );
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS localdb.stashfile(
@   stashid INTEGER REFERENCES stash,  -- Stash that contains this file
@   rid INTEGER,                       -- Baseline content in BLOB table or 0.
@   isAdded BOOLEAN,                   -- True if this is an added file
@   isRemoved BOOLEAN,                 -- True if this file is deleted
@   isExec BOOLEAN,                    -- True if file is executable
@   isLink BOOLEAN,                    -- True if file is a symlink
@   origname TEXT,                     -- Original filename
@   newname TEXT,                      -- New name for file at next check-in
@   delta BLOB,                        -- Delta from baseline. Content if rid=0
@   PRIMARY KEY(origname, stashid)
@ );
@ INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vvar(name, value) VALUES('stash-next', 1);
;

/*
** Add zFName to the stash given by stashid.  zFName might be the name of a
** file or a directory.  If a directory, add all changed files contained
................................................................................
  }else{
    stash_add_file_or_dir(stashid, vid, g.zLocalRoot);
  }
  return stashid;
}

/*
** Apply a stash to the current check-out.
*/
static void stash_apply(int stashid, int nConflict){
  int vid;
  Stmt q;
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT rid, isRemoved, isExec, isLink, origname, newname, delta"
     "  FROM stashfile WHERE stashid=%d",
................................................................................
      blob_reset(&b);
      blob_reset(&disk);
    }
    blob_reset(&delta);
    if( fossil_strcmp(zOrig,zNew)!=0 ){
      undo_save(zOrig);
      file_delete(zOPath);





    }
  }
  stash_add_files_in_sfile(vid);
  db_finalize(&q);
  if( nConflict ){
    fossil_print(
      "WARNING: %d merge conflicts - see messages above for details.\n",
................................................................................
/*
** If zStashId is non-NULL then interpret is as a stash number and
** return that number.  Or throw a fatal error if it is not a valid
** stash number.  If it is NULL, return the most recent stash or
** throw an error if the stash is empty.
*/
static int stash_get_id(const char *zStashId){
  int stashid = 0;
  if( zStashId==0 ){
    stashid = db_int(0, "SELECT max(stashid) FROM stash");
    if( stashid==0 ) fossil_fatal("empty stash");
  }else{
    stashid = atoi(zStashId);
    if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM stash WHERE stashid=%d", stashid) ){
      fossil_fatal("no such stash: %d\n", stashid);
    }
  }
  return stashid;
}

/*
** COMMAND: stash
................................................................................
**  fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**
**     Save the current changes in the working tree as a new stash.
**     Then revert the changes back to the last check-in.  If FILES
**     are listed, then only stash and revert the named files.  The
**     "save" verb can be omitted if and only if there are no other
**     arguments.  The "snapshot" verb works the same as "save" but
**     omits the revert, keeping the check-out unchanged.
**
**  fossil stash list ?-v|--verbose?
**  fossil stash ls ?-v|--verbose?
**
**     List all changes sets currently stashed.  Show information about
**     individual files in each changeset if -v or --verbose is used.
**
**  fossil stash show|cat ?STASHID? ?DIFF-FLAGS?
**
**     Show the content of a stash
**
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**
**     Apply STASHID or the most recently create stash to the current
**     working check-out.  The "pop" command deletes that changeset from
**     the stash after applying it but the "apply" command retains the
**     changeset.
**
**  fossil stash goto ?STASHID?
**
**     Update to the baseline checkout for STASHID then apply the
**     changes of STASHID.  Keep STASHID so that it can be reused
**     This command is undoable.
**
**  fossil stash drop ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?
**  fossil stash rm   ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?
**
**     Forget everything about STASHID.  Forget the whole stash if the
**     -a|--all flag is used.  Individual drops are undoable but -a|--all
**     is not.
**
**  fossil stash diff ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash gdiff ?STASHID?
**
**     Show diffs of the current working directory and what that
**     directory would be if STASHID were applied.
**
** SUMMARY:
**  fossil stash
**  fossil stash save ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash list|ls  ?-v|--verbose? ?-W|--width <num>?
**  fossil stash show|cat ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash goto ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash rm|drop ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?
**  fossil stash [g]diff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
*/
void stash_cmd(void){
  const char *zCmd;
  int nCmd;
  int stashid = 0;

  undo_capture_command_line();
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  db_open_config(0, 0);
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_multi_exec(zStashInit /*works-like:""*/);














  if( g.argc<=2 ){
    zCmd = "save";
  }else{
    zCmd = g.argv[2];
  }
  nCmd = strlen(zCmd);
  if( memcmp(zCmd, "save", nCmd)==0 ){
................................................................................
   || memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "show", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "cat", nCmd)==0
  ){
    const char *zDiffCmd = 0;
    const char *zBinGlob = 0;
    int fIncludeBinary = 0;

    u64 diffFlags;

    if( find_option("tk",0,0)!=0 ){
      db_close(0);
        switch (zCmd[0]) {
        case 's':
        case 'c':
          diff_tk("stash show", 3);
          break;

        default:
          diff_tk("stash diff", 3);
        }
      return;
    }
    if( find_option("internal","i",0)==0 ){
      zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0);
    }
    diffFlags = diff_options();
    if( find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0 ) diffFlags |= DIFF_VERBOSE;
    if( g.argc>4 ) usage(mprintf("%s STASHID", zCmd));
    if( zDiffCmd ){
      zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
      fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();
    }
    stashid = stash_get_id(g.argc==4 ? g.argv[3] : 0);
    stash_diff(stashid, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, zCmd[0]=='s', fIncludeBinary,
               diffFlags);
  }else
  if( memcmp(zCmd, "help", nCmd)==0 ){
    g.argv[1] = "help";
    g.argv[2] = "stash";
    g.argc = 3;
    help_cmd();
  }else
  {
    usage("SUBCOMMAND ARGS...");
  }
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** SQL code to implement the tables needed by the stash.
*/
static const char zStashInit[] =
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS localdb.stash(
@   stashid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,     -- Unique stash identifier
@   vid INTEGER,                     -- The baseline checkout for this stash
@   comment TEXT,                    -- Comment for this stash.  Or NULL
@   ctime TIMESTAMP                  -- When the stash was created
@ );
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS localdb.stashfile(
@   stashid INTEGER REFERENCES stash,  -- Stash that contains this file
@   rid INTEGER,                       -- Baseline content in BLOB table or 0.
@   isAdded BOOLEAN,                   -- True if this is an added file
@   isRemoved BOOLEAN,                 -- True if this file is deleted
@   isExec BOOLEAN,                    -- True if file is executable
@   isLink BOOLEAN,                    -- True if file is a symlink
@   origname TEXT,                     -- Original filename
@   newname TEXT,                      -- New name for file at next check-in
@   delta BLOB,                        -- Delta from baseline. Content if rid=0
@   PRIMARY KEY(newname, stashid)
@ );
@ INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vvar(name, value) VALUES('stash-next', 1);
;

/*
** Add zFName to the stash given by stashid.  zFName might be the name of a
** file or a directory.  If a directory, add all changed files contained
................................................................................
  }else{
    stash_add_file_or_dir(stashid, vid, g.zLocalRoot);
  }
  return stashid;
}

/*
** Apply a stash to the current checkout.
*/
static void stash_apply(int stashid, int nConflict){
  int vid;
  Stmt q;
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT rid, isRemoved, isExec, isLink, origname, newname, delta"
     "  FROM stashfile WHERE stashid=%d",
................................................................................
      blob_reset(&b);
      blob_reset(&disk);
    }
    blob_reset(&delta);
    if( fossil_strcmp(zOrig,zNew)!=0 ){
      undo_save(zOrig);
      file_delete(zOPath);
      db_multi_exec(
        "UPDATE vfile SET pathname='%q', origname='%q'"
        " WHERE pathname='%q' %s AND vid=%d",
        zNew, zOrig, zOrig, filename_collation(), vid
      );
    }
  }
  stash_add_files_in_sfile(vid);
  db_finalize(&q);
  if( nConflict ){
    fossil_print(
      "WARNING: %d merge conflicts - see messages above for details.\n",
................................................................................
/*
** If zStashId is non-NULL then interpret is as a stash number and
** return that number.  Or throw a fatal error if it is not a valid
** stash number.  If it is NULL, return the most recent stash or
** throw an error if the stash is empty.
*/
static int stash_get_id(const char *zStashId){
  int stashid;
  if( zStashId==0 ){
    stashid = db_int(0, "SELECT max(stashid) FROM stash");
    if( stashid==0 ) fossil_fatal("empty stash");
  }else{
    stashid = atoi(zStashId);
    if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM stash WHERE stashid=%d", stashid) ){
      fossil_fatal("no such stash: %s", zStashId);
    }
  }
  return stashid;
}

/*
** COMMAND: stash
................................................................................
**  fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**
**     Save the current changes in the working tree as a new stash.
**     Then revert the changes back to the last check-in.  If FILES
**     are listed, then only stash and revert the named files.  The
**     "save" verb can be omitted if and only if there are no other
**     arguments.  The "snapshot" verb works the same as "save" but
**     omits the revert, keeping the checkout unchanged.
**
**  fossil stash list|ls ?-v|--verbose? ?-W|--width <num>?

**
**     List all changes sets currently stashed.  Show information about
**     individual files in each changeset if -v or --verbose is used.
**
**  fossil stash show|cat ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**
**     Show the contents of a stash.
**
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**
**     Apply STASHID or the most recently create stash to the current
**     working checkout.  The "pop" command deletes that changeset from
**     the stash after applying it but the "apply" command retains the
**     changeset.
**
**  fossil stash goto ?STASHID?
**
**     Update to the baseline checkout for STASHID then apply the
**     changes of STASHID.  Keep STASHID so that it can be reused
**     This command is undoable.
**
**  fossil stash drop|rm ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?

**
**     Forget everything about STASHID.  Forget the whole stash if the
**     -a|--all flag is used.  Individual drops are undoable but -a|--all
**     is not.
**
**  fossil stash diff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**  fossil stash gdiff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**
**     Show diffs of the current working directory and what that
**     directory would be if STASHID were applied.
**
** SUMMARY:
**  fossil stash
**  fossil stash save ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash list|ls ?-v|--verbose? ?-W|--width <num>?
**  fossil stash show|cat ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply|goto ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash drop|rm ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?
**  fossil stash diff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**  fossil stash gdiff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
*/
void stash_cmd(void){
  const char *zCmd;
  int nCmd;
  int stashid = 0;
  int rc;
  undo_capture_command_line();
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  db_open_config(0, 0);
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_multi_exec(zStashInit /*works-like:""*/);
  rc = db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_master"
                 " WHERE name='stashfile'"
                 "   AND sql GLOB '* PRIMARY KEY(origname, stashid)*'");
  if( rc!=0 ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "CREATE TABLE localdb.stashfile_tmp AS SELECT * FROM stashfile;"
      "DROP TABLE stashfile;"
    );
    db_multi_exec(zStashInit /*works-like:""*/);
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO stashfile SELECT * FROM stashfile_tmp;"
      "DROP TABLE stashfile_tmp;"
    );
  }
  if( g.argc<=2 ){
    zCmd = "save";
  }else{
    zCmd = g.argv[2];
  }
  nCmd = strlen(zCmd);
  if( memcmp(zCmd, "save", nCmd)==0 ){
................................................................................
   || memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "show", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "cat", nCmd)==0
  ){
    const char *zDiffCmd = 0;
    const char *zBinGlob = 0;
    int fIncludeBinary = 0;
    int fBaseline = zCmd[0]=='s' || zCmd[0]=='c';
    u64 diffFlags;

    if( find_option("tk",0,0)!=0 ){
      db_close(0);
      diff_tk(fBaseline ? "stash show" : "stash diff", 3);








      return;
    }
    if( find_option("internal","i",0)==0 ){
      zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0);
    }
    diffFlags = diff_options();
    if( find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0 ) diffFlags |= DIFF_VERBOSE;
    if( g.argc>4 ) usage(mprintf("%s ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?", zCmd));
    if( zDiffCmd ){
      zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
      fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();
    }
    stashid = stash_get_id(g.argc==4 ? g.argv[3] : 0);
    stash_diff(stashid, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fBaseline, fIncludeBinary,
               diffFlags);
  }else
  if( memcmp(zCmd, "help", nCmd)==0 ){
    g.argv[1] = "help";
    g.argv[2] = "stash";
    g.argc = 3;
    help_cmd();
  }else
  {
    usage("SUBCOMMAND ARGS...");
  }
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  brief = P("brief")!=0;
  style_header("Repository Statistics");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("URLs", "URLs and Checkouts", "urllist");
    style_submenu_element("Schema", "Repository Schema", "repo_schema");
    style_submenu_element("Web-Cache", "Web-Cache Stats", "cachestat");
  }
  style_submenu_element("Activity Reports", 0, "reports");
  style_submenu_element("SHA1 Collisions", 0, "hash-collisions");
  if( sqlite3_compileoption_used("ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB") ){
    style_submenu_element("Table Sizes", 0, "repo-tabsize");
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin || g.perm.Setup || db_get_boolean("test_env_enable",0) ){
    style_submenu_element("Environment", 0, "test_env");
  }
  @ <table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Repository&nbsp;Size:</th><td>
  fsize = file_size(g.zRepositoryName);
  bigSizeName(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, fsize);
  @ %s(zBuf)
  @ </td></tr>
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  int cnt;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){ login_needed(0); return; }

  style_header("URLs and Checkouts");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Stat", "Repository Stats", "stat");
  style_submenu_element("Schema", "Repository Schema", "repo_schema");
  @ <div class="section">URLs</div>
  @ <table border="0" width='100%%'>
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT substr(name,9), datetime(mtime,'unixepoch')"
                 "  FROM config WHERE name GLOB 'baseurl:*' ORDER BY 2 DESC");
  cnt = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    @ <tr><td width='100%%'>%h(db_column_text(&q,0))</td>
................................................................................
void repo_schema_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){ login_needed(0); return; }

  style_header("Repository Schema");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Stat", "Repository Stats", "stat");
  style_submenu_element("URLs", "URLs and Checkouts", "urllist");
  if( sqlite3_compileoption_used("ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB") ){
    style_submenu_element("Table Sizes", 0, "repo-tabsize");
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT sql FROM repository.sqlite_master WHERE sql IS NOT NULL");
  @ <pre>
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    @ %h(db_column_text(&q, 0));
  }
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 fsize;
  char zBuf[100];

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Repository Table Sizes");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Stat", "Repository Stats", "stat");
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("Schema", "Repository Schema", "repo_schema");
  }
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE trans(name TEXT PRIMARY KEY,tabname TEXT)WITHOUT ROWID;"
    "INSERT INTO trans(name,tabname)"
    "   SELECT name, tbl_name FROM repository.sqlite_master;"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE piechart(amt REAL, label TEXT);"
    "INSERT INTO piechart(amt,label)"

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  brief = P("brief")!=0;
  style_header("Repository Statistics");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("URLs", "urllist");
    style_submenu_element("Schema", "repo_schema");
    style_submenu_element("Web-Cache", "cachestat");
  }
  style_submenu_element("Activity Reports", "reports");
  style_submenu_element("SHA1 Collisions", "hash-collisions");
  if( sqlite3_compileoption_used("ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB") ){
    style_submenu_element("Table Sizes", "repo-tabsize");
  }
  if( g.perm.Admin || g.perm.Setup || db_get_boolean("test_env_enable",0) ){
    style_submenu_element("Environment", "test_env");
  }
  @ <table class="label-value">
  @ <tr><th>Repository&nbsp;Size:</th><td>
  fsize = file_size(g.zRepositoryName);
  bigSizeName(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, fsize);
  @ %s(zBuf)
  @ </td></tr>
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  int cnt;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){ login_needed(0); return; }

  style_header("URLs and Checkouts");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Stat", "stat");
  style_submenu_element("Schema", "repo_schema");
  @ <div class="section">URLs</div>
  @ <table border="0" width='100%%'>
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT substr(name,9), datetime(mtime,'unixepoch')"
                 "  FROM config WHERE name GLOB 'baseurl:*' ORDER BY 2 DESC");
  cnt = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    @ <tr><td width='100%%'>%h(db_column_text(&q,0))</td>
................................................................................
void repo_schema_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){ login_needed(0); return; }

  style_header("Repository Schema");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Stat", "stat");
  style_submenu_element("URLs", "urllist");
  if( sqlite3_compileoption_used("ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB") ){
    style_submenu_element("Table Sizes", "repo-tabsize");
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT sql FROM repository.sqlite_master WHERE sql IS NOT NULL");
  @ <pre>
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    @ %h(db_column_text(&q, 0));
  }
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 fsize;
  char zBuf[100];

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Repository Table Sizes");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Stat", "stat");
  if( g.perm.Admin ){
    style_submenu_element("Schema", "repo_schema");
  }
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE trans(name TEXT PRIMARY KEY,tabname TEXT)WITHOUT ROWID;"
    "INSERT INTO trans(name,tabname)"
    "   SELECT name, tbl_name FROM repository.sqlite_master;"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE piechart(amt REAL, label TEXT);"
    "INSERT INTO piechart(amt,label)"

  zUserName = P("user");
  if( zUserName==0 ) zUserName = P("u");
  if( zUserName && zUserName[0]==0 ) zUserName = 0;
  if( zView==0 ){
    zView = "byuser";
    cgi_replace_query_parameter("view","byuser");
  }
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aViewType); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zView, aViewType[i].zVal)==0 ){
      eType = aViewType[i].eType;
      break;
    }
  }
  if( eType!=RPT_NONE ){
    int nView = 0;                     /* Slots used in azView[] */
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aViewType); i++){
      azView[nView++] = aViewType[i].zVal;
      azView[nView++] = aViewType[i].zName;
    }
    if( eType!=RPT_BYFILE ){
      style_submenu_multichoice("type", ArraySize(azType)/2, azType, 0);
    }
    style_submenu_multichoice("view", nView/2, azView, 0);
    if( eType!=RPT_BYUSER ){
      style_submenu_sql("user","User:",
         "SELECT '', 'All Users' UNION ALL "
         "SELECT x, x FROM ("
         "  SELECT DISTINCT trim(coalesce(euser,user)) AS x FROM event %s"
         "  ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase) WHERE x!=''",
         eType==RPT_BYFILE ? "WHERE type='ci'" : ""
      );
    }
  }
  style_submenu_element("Stats", "Stats", "%R/stat");
  style_header("Activity Reports");
  switch( eType ){
    case RPT_BYYEAR:
      stats_report_by_month_year(0, 0, zUserName);
      break;
    case RPT_BYMONTH:
      stats_report_by_month_year(1, 0, zUserName);

  zUserName = P("user");
  if( zUserName==0 ) zUserName = P("u");
  if( zUserName && zUserName[0]==0 ) zUserName = 0;
  if( zView==0 ){
    zView = "byuser";
    cgi_replace_query_parameter("view","byuser");
  }
  for(i=0; i<count(aViewType); i++){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zView, aViewType[i].zVal)==0 ){
      eType = aViewType[i].eType;
      break;
    }
  }
  if( eType!=RPT_NONE ){
    int nView = 0;                     /* Slots used in azView[] */
    for(i=0; i<count(aViewType); i++){
      azView[nView++] = aViewType[i].zVal;
      azView[nView++] = aViewType[i].zName;
    }
    if( eType!=RPT_BYFILE ){
      style_submenu_multichoice("type", count(azType)/2, azType, 0);
    }
    style_submenu_multichoice("view", nView/2, azView, 0);
    if( eType!=RPT_BYUSER ){
      style_submenu_sql("user","User:",
         "SELECT '', 'All Users' UNION ALL "
         "SELECT x, x FROM ("
         "  SELECT DISTINCT trim(coalesce(euser,user)) AS x FROM event %s"
         "  ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase) WHERE x!=''",
         eType==RPT_BYFILE ? "WHERE type='ci'" : ""
      );
    }
  }
  style_submenu_element("Stats", "%R/stat");
  style_header("Activity Reports");
  switch( eType ){
    case RPT_BYYEAR:
      stats_report_by_month_year(0, 0, zUserName);
      break;
    case RPT_BYMONTH:
      stats_report_by_month_year(1, 0, zUserName);

** structure and displayed below the main menu.
**
** Populate these structure with calls to
**
**      style_submenu_element()
**      style_submenu_entry()
**      style_submenu_checkbox()

**      style_submenu_multichoice()

**
** prior to calling style_footer().  The style_footer() routine
** will generate the appropriate HTML text just below the main
** menu.
*/
static struct Submenu {
  const char *zLabel;        /* Button label */
  const char *zTitle;
  const char *zLink;         /* Jump to this link when button is pressed */
} aSubmenu[30];
static int nSubmenu = 0;     /* Number of buttons */
static struct SubmenuCtrl {
  const char *zName;         /* Form query parameter */
  const char *zLabel;        /* Label.  Might be NULL for FF_MULTI */
  unsigned char eType;       /* FF_ENTRY, FF_MULTI, FF_BINARY */
  unsigned char isDisabled;  /* True if this control is grayed out */
  short int iSize;           /* Width for FF_ENTRY.  Count for FF_MULTI */
  const char *const *azChoice;/* value/display pairs for FF_MULTI */
  const char *zFalse;        /* FF_BINARY label when false */
} aSubmenuCtrl[20];
static int nSubmenuCtrl = 0;
#define FF_ENTRY  1
#define FF_MULTI  2
#define FF_BINARY 3


/*
** Remember that the header has been generated.  The footer is omitted
** if an error occurs before the header.
*/
static int headerHasBeenGenerated = 0;

................................................................................
}

/*
** Add a new element to the submenu
*/
void style_submenu_element(
  const char *zLabel,
  const char *zTitle,
  const char *zLink,
  ...
){
  va_list ap;
  assert( nSubmenu < sizeof(aSubmenu)/sizeof(aSubmenu[0]) );
  aSubmenu[nSubmenu].zLabel = zLabel;
  aSubmenu[nSubmenu].zTitle = zTitle ? zTitle : zLabel;
  va_start(ap, zLink);
  aSubmenu[nSubmenu].zLink = vmprintf(zLink, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  nSubmenu++;
}
void style_submenu_entry(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  const char *zLabel,      /* Label before the entry box */
  int iSize,               /* Size of the entry box */
  int isDisabled           /* True if disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < ArraySize(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zLabel = zLabel;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].iSize = iSize;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_ENTRY;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;












}
void style_submenu_binary(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  const char *zTrue,       /* Label to show when parameter is true */
  const char *zFalse,      /* Label to show when the parameter is false */
  int isDisabled           /* True if this control is disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < ArraySize(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zLabel = zTrue;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zFalse = zFalse;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_BINARY;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;
}
void style_submenu_multichoice(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  int nChoice,             /* Number of options */
  const char *const *azChoice,/* value/display pairs.  2*nChoice entries */
  int isDisabled           /* True if this control is disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < ArraySize(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].iSize = nChoice;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].azChoice = azChoice;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_MULTI;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;
}
................................................................................

  @ <!DOCTYPE html>

  if( g.thTrace ) Th_Trace("BEGIN_HEADER<br />\n", -1);

  /* Generate the header up through the main menu */
  Th_Store("project_name", db_get("project-name","Unnamed Fossil Project"));

  Th_Store("title", zTitle);
  Th_Store("baseurl", g.zBaseURL);
  Th_Store("secureurl", login_wants_https_redirect()? g.zHttpsURL: g.zBaseURL);
  Th_Store("home", g.zTop);
  Th_Store("index_page", db_get("index-page","/home"));
  if( local_zCurrentPage==0 ) style_set_current_page("%T", g.zPath);
  Th_Store("current_page", local_zCurrentPage);
................................................................................
        if( p->zLink==0 ){
          @ <span class="label">%h(p->zLabel)</span>
        }else{
          @ <a class="label" href="%h(p->zLink)">%h(p->zLabel)</a>
        }
      }
    }
    if( nSubmenuCtrl>0 ){
      for(i=0; i<nSubmenuCtrl; i++){
        const char *zQPN = aSubmenuCtrl[i].zName;
        const char *zDisabled = " disabled";
        if( !aSubmenuCtrl[i].isDisabled ){
          zDisabled = "";
          cgi_tag_query_parameter(zQPN);
        }
        switch( aSubmenuCtrl[i].eType ){
          case FF_ENTRY: {
            cgi_printf(
               "<span class='submenuctrl'>"

               "&nbsp;%h<input type='text' name='%s' size='%d' maxlength='%d'"

               " value='%h'%s></span>\n",
               aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel,
               zQPN,
               aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize, aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize,
               PD(zQPN,""),

               zDisabled
            );
            break;
          }
          case FF_MULTI: {
            int j;
            const char *zVal = P(zQPN);
            if( aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel ){
              cgi_printf("&nbsp;%h", aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel);
            }
            cgi_printf(
               "<select class='submenuctrl' size='1' name='%s'%s "
               "onchange='gebi(\"f01\").submit();'>\n",
               zQPN, zDisabled
            );

            for(j=0; j<aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize*2; j+=2){
              const char *zQPV = aSubmenuCtrl[i].azChoice[j];
              cgi_printf(
                "<option value='%h'%s>%h</option>\n",
                zQPV,
                fossil_strcmp(zVal,zQPV)==0 ? " selected" : "",


                aSubmenuCtrl[i].azChoice[j+1]
              );
            }
            @ </select>
            break;
          }
          case FF_BINARY: {
            int isTrue = PB(zQPN);
            cgi_printf(
               "<select class='submenuctrl' size='1' name='%s'%s "
               "onchange='gebi(\"f01\").submit();'>\n",
               zQPN, zDisabled
            );
            cgi_printf(

              "<option value='1'%s>%h</option>\n",



              isTrue ? " selected":"", aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel
            );
            cgi_printf(
              "<option value='0'%s>%h</option>\n",



              (!isTrue) ? " selected":"", aSubmenuCtrl[i].zFalse
            );
            @ </select>
            break;
          }





        }



      }
    }
    @ </div>
    if( nSubmenuCtrl ){
      cgi_query_parameters_to_hidden();
      cgi_tag_query_parameter(0);
      @ </form>
................................................................................
    @   border-collapse: collapse;
  },
  { "td.timelineTableCell",
    "the format for the timeline data cells",
    @   vertical-align: top;
    @   text-align: left;
  },
  { "tr.timelineCurrent td.timelineTableCell",
    "the format for the timeline data cell of the current checkout",
    @   padding: .1em .2em;
    @   border: 1px dashed #446979;

  },
  { "tr.timelineSelected",
    "The row in the timeline table that contains the entry of interest",
    @   padding: .1em .2em;
    @   border: 2px solid lightgray;
    @   background-color: #ffc;
    @   box-shadow: 4px 4px 2px #888;
................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin && !g.perm.Setup && !db_get_boolean("test_env_enable",0) ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  for(i=0; i<count(azCgiVars); i++) (void)P(azCgiVars[i]);
  style_header("Environment Test");
  showAll = atoi(PD("showall","0"));
  if( !showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Show Cookies", 0, "%R/test_env?showall=1");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Hide Cookies", 0, "%R/test_env");
  }
  style_submenu_element("Stats", 0, "%R/stat");

#if !defined(_WIN32)
  @ uid=%d(getuid()), gid=%d(getgid())<br />
#endif
  @ g.zBaseURL = %h(g.zBaseURL)<br />
  @ g.zHttpsURL = %h(g.zHttpsURL)<br />
  @ g.zTop = %h(g.zTop)<br />

** structure and displayed below the main menu.
**
** Populate these structure with calls to
**
**      style_submenu_element()
**      style_submenu_entry()
**      style_submenu_checkbox()
**      style_submenu_binary()
**      style_submenu_multichoice()
**      style_submenu_sql()
**
** prior to calling style_footer().  The style_footer() routine
** will generate the appropriate HTML text just below the main
** menu.
*/
static struct Submenu {
  const char *zLabel;        /* Button label */

  const char *zLink;         /* Jump to this link when button is pressed */
} aSubmenu[30];
static int nSubmenu = 0;     /* Number of buttons */
static struct SubmenuCtrl {
  const char *zName;         /* Form query parameter */
  const char *zLabel;        /* Label.  Might be NULL for FF_MULTI */
  unsigned char eType;       /* FF_ENTRY, FF_MULTI, FF_BINARY */
  unsigned char isDisabled;  /* True if this control is grayed out */
  short int iSize;           /* Width for FF_ENTRY.  Count for FF_MULTI */
  const char *const *azChoice;/* value/display pairs for FF_MULTI */
  const char *zFalse;        /* FF_BINARY label when false */
} aSubmenuCtrl[20];
static int nSubmenuCtrl = 0;
#define FF_ENTRY    1
#define FF_MULTI    2
#define FF_BINARY   3
#define FF_CHECKBOX 4

/*
** Remember that the header has been generated.  The footer is omitted
** if an error occurs before the header.
*/
static int headerHasBeenGenerated = 0;

................................................................................
}

/*
** Add a new element to the submenu
*/
void style_submenu_element(
  const char *zLabel,

  const char *zLink,
  ...
){
  va_list ap;
  assert( nSubmenu < count(aSubmenu) );
  aSubmenu[nSubmenu].zLabel = zLabel;

  va_start(ap, zLink);
  aSubmenu[nSubmenu].zLink = vmprintf(zLink, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  nSubmenu++;
}
void style_submenu_entry(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  const char *zLabel,      /* Label before the entry box */
  int iSize,               /* Size of the entry box */
  int isDisabled           /* True if disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < count(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zLabel = zLabel;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].iSize = iSize;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_ENTRY;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;
}
void style_submenu_checkbox(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  const char *zLabel,      /* Label to display after the checkbox */
  int isDisabled           /* True if disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < count(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zLabel = zLabel;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_CHECKBOX;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;
}
void style_submenu_binary(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  const char *zTrue,       /* Label to show when parameter is true */
  const char *zFalse,      /* Label to show when the parameter is false */
  int isDisabled           /* True if this control is disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < count(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zLabel = zTrue;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zFalse = zFalse;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_BINARY;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;
}
void style_submenu_multichoice(
  const char *zName,       /* Query parameter name */
  int nChoice,             /* Number of options */
  const char *const *azChoice,/* value/display pairs.  2*nChoice entries */
  int isDisabled           /* True if this control is disabled */
){
  assert( nSubmenuCtrl < count(aSubmenuCtrl) );
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].zName = zName;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].iSize = nChoice;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].azChoice = azChoice;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].isDisabled = isDisabled;
  aSubmenuCtrl[nSubmenuCtrl].eType = FF_MULTI;
  nSubmenuCtrl++;
}
................................................................................

  @ <!DOCTYPE html>

  if( g.thTrace ) Th_Trace("BEGIN_HEADER<br />\n", -1);

  /* Generate the header up through the main menu */
  Th_Store("project_name", db_get("project-name","Unnamed Fossil Project"));
  Th_Store("project_description", db_get("project-description",""));
  Th_Store("title", zTitle);
  Th_Store("baseurl", g.zBaseURL);
  Th_Store("secureurl", login_wants_https_redirect()? g.zHttpsURL: g.zBaseURL);
  Th_Store("home", g.zTop);
  Th_Store("index_page", db_get("index-page","/home"));
  if( local_zCurrentPage==0 ) style_set_current_page("%T", g.zPath);
  Th_Store("current_page", local_zCurrentPage);
................................................................................
        if( p->zLink==0 ){
          @ <span class="label">%h(p->zLabel)</span>
        }else{
          @ <a class="label" href="%h(p->zLink)">%h(p->zLabel)</a>
        }
      }
    }

    for(i=0; i<nSubmenuCtrl; i++){
      const char *zQPN = aSubmenuCtrl[i].zName;
      const char *zDisabled = " disabled";
      if( !aSubmenuCtrl[i].isDisabled ){
        zDisabled = "";
        cgi_tag_query_parameter(zQPN);
      }
      switch( aSubmenuCtrl[i].eType ){
        case FF_ENTRY:

          @ <span class='submenuctrl'>\
          @ &nbsp;%h(aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel)\
          @ <input type='text' name='%s(zQPN)' value='%h(PD(zQPN, ""))' \
          if( aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize<0 ){
            @ size='%d(-aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize)' \
          }else if( aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize>0 ){
            @ size='%d(aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize)' \
            @ maxlength='%d(aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize)' \

          }
          @ onchange='gebi("f01").submit();'%s(zDisabled)></span>

          break;

        case FF_MULTI: {
          int j;
          const char *zVal = P(zQPN);
          if( aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel ){
            @ &nbsp;%h(aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel)\
          }

          @ <select class='submenuctrl' size='1' name='%s(zQPN)' \



          @ onchange='gebi("f01").submit();'%s(zDisabled)>
          for(j=0; j<aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize*2; j+=2){
            const char *zQPV = aSubmenuCtrl[i].azChoice[j];

            @ <option value='%h(zQPV)'\

            if( fossil_strcmp(zVal, zQPV)==0 ){
              @  selected\
            }
            @ >%h(aSubmenuCtrl[i].azChoice[j+1])</option>

          }
          @ </select>
          break;
        }
        case FF_BINARY: {
          int isTrue = PB(zQPN);

          @ <select class='submenuctrl' size='1' name='%s(zQPN)' \




          @ onchange='gebi("f01").submit();'%s(zDisabled)>
          @ <option value='1'\
          if( isTrue ){
            @  selected\
          }
          @ >%h(aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel)</option>


          @ <option value='0'\
          if( !isTrue ){
            @  selected\
          }
          @ >%h(aSubmenuCtrl[i].zFalse)</option>

          @ </select>
          break;
        }
        case FF_CHECKBOX:
          @ <label class='submenuctrl'>\
          @ <input type='checkbox' name='%s(zQPN)' value='1' \
          if( PB(zQPN) ){
            @ checked \
          }
          @ onchange='gebi("f01").submit();'%s(zDisabled)>\
          @ %h(aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel)</label>
          break;
      }
    }
    @ </div>
    if( nSubmenuCtrl ){
      cgi_query_parameters_to_hidden();
      cgi_tag_query_parameter(0);
      @ </form>
................................................................................
    @   border-collapse: collapse;
  },
  { "td.timelineTableCell",
    "the format for the timeline data cells",
    @   vertical-align: top;
    @   text-align: left;
  },
  { "tr.timelineCurrent",
    "the format for the timeline data cell of the current checkout",
    @   padding: .1em .2em;
    @   border: 1px dashed #446979;
    @   box-shadow: 1px 1px 4px #888;
  },
  { "tr.timelineSelected",
    "The row in the timeline table that contains the entry of interest",
    @   padding: .1em .2em;
    @   border: 2px solid lightgray;
    @   background-color: #ffc;
    @   box-shadow: 4px 4px 2px #888;
................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin && !g.perm.Setup && !db_get_boolean("test_env_enable",0) ){
    login_needed(0);
    return;
  }
  for(i=0; i<count(azCgiVars); i++) (void)P(azCgiVars[i]);
  style_header("Environment Test");
  showAll = PB("showall");
  style_submenu_checkbox("showall", "Cookies", 0);




  style_submenu_element("Stats", "%R/stat");

#if !defined(_WIN32)
  @ uid=%d(getuid()), gid=%d(getgid())<br />
#endif
  @ g.zBaseURL = %h(g.zBaseURL)<br />
  @ g.zHttpsURL = %h(g.zHttpsURL)<br />
  @ g.zTop = %h(g.zTop)<br />

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Read);
  }
  login_anonymous_available();
  style_header("Tags");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "Timeline", "tagtimeline");
  @ <h2>Non-propagating tags:</h2>
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT substr(tagname,5)"
    "  FROM tag"
    " WHERE EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
    "               WHERE tagid=tag.tagid"
    "                 AND tagtype=1)"
................................................................................
void tagtimeline_page(void){
  Stmt q;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }

  style_header("Tagged Check-ins");
  style_submenu_element("List", "List", "taglist");
  login_anonymous_available();
  @ <h2>Check-ins with non-propagating tags:</h2>
  db_prepare(&q,
    "%s AND blob.rid IN (SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
    "                     WHERE tagtype=1 AND srcid>0"
    "                       AND tagid IN (SELECT tagid FROM tag "
    "                                      WHERE tagname GLOB 'sym-*'))"

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Read);
  }
  login_anonymous_available();
  style_header("Tags");
  style_adunit_config(ADUNIT_RIGHT_OK);
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "tagtimeline");
  @ <h2>Non-propagating tags:</h2>
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT substr(tagname,5)"
    "  FROM tag"
    " WHERE EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
    "               WHERE tagid=tag.tagid"
    "                 AND tagtype=1)"
................................................................................
void tagtimeline_page(void){
  Stmt q;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }

  style_header("Tagged Check-ins");
  style_submenu_element("List", "taglist");
  login_anonymous_available();
  @ <h2>Check-ins with non-propagating tags:</h2>
  db_prepare(&q,
    "%s AND blob.rid IN (SELECT rid FROM tagxref"
    "                     WHERE tagtype=1 AND srcid>0"
    "                       AND tagid IN (SELECT tagid FROM tag "
    "                                      WHERE tagname GLOB 'sym-*'))"

      return TH_ERROR;
    }
  }else{
    Th_SetResult(interp, "repository unavailable", -1);
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
}



















































































#ifdef _WIN32
# include <windows.h>
#else
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <sys/resource.h>
#endif
................................................................................
    {"setParameter",  setParameterCmd,      0},
    {"setting",       settingCmd,           0},
    {"styleHeader",   styleHeaderCmd,       0},
    {"styleFooter",   styleFooterCmd,       0},
    {"tclReady",      tclReadyCmd,          0},
    {"trace",         traceCmd,             0},
    {"stime",         stimeCmd,             0},

    {"utime",         utimeCmd,             0},
    {"verifyCsrf",    verifyCsrfCmd,        0},
    {"wiki",          wikiCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[0]},
    {0, 0, 0}
  };
  if( g.thTrace ){
    Th_Trace("th1-init 0x%x => 0x%x<br />\n", g.th1Flags, flags);
................................................................................
        db_get_boolean("tcl", 0) ){
      if( !g.tcl.setup ){
        g.tcl.setup = db_get("tcl-setup", 0); /* Grab Tcl setup script. */
      }
      th_register_tcl(g.interp, &g.tcl);  /* Tcl integration commands. */
    }
#endif
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCommand)/sizeof(aCommand[0]); i++){
      if ( !aCommand[i].zName || !aCommand[i].xProc ) continue;
      Th_CreateCommand(g.interp, aCommand[i].zName, aCommand[i].xProc,
                       aCommand[i].pContext, 0);
    }
  }else{
    wasInit = 1;
  }
................................................................................
  }else if( fossil_stricmp(g.argv[2], "cmdnotify")==0 ){
    rc = Th_CommandNotify(g.argv[3], (unsigned int)atoi(g.argv[4]));
  }else if( fossil_stricmp(g.argv[2], "webhook")==0 ){
    rc = Th_WebpageHook(g.argv[3], (unsigned int)atoi(g.argv[4]));
  }else if( fossil_stricmp(g.argv[2], "webnotify")==0 ){
    rc = Th_WebpageNotify(g.argv[3], (unsigned int)atoi(g.argv[4]));
  }else{
    fossil_fatal("Unknown TH1 hook %s\n", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( g.interp ){
    zResult = (char*)Th_GetResult(g.interp, &nResult);
  }
  sendText("RESULT (", -1, 0);
  sendText(Th_ReturnCodeName(rc, 0), -1, 0);
  sendText(")", -1, 0);

      return TH_ERROR;
    }
  }else{
    Th_SetResult(interp, "repository unavailable", -1);
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
}

/*
** TH1 command: unversioned content FILENAME
**
** Attempts to locate the specified unversioned file and return its contents.
** An error is generated if the repository is not open or the unversioned file
** cannot be found.
*/
static int unversionedContentCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
){
  if( argc!=3 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "unversioned content FILENAME");
  }
  if( Th_IsRepositoryOpen() ){
    Blob content;
    if( unversioned_content(argv[2], &content)==0 ){
      Th_SetResult(interp, blob_str(&content), blob_size(&content));
      blob_reset(&content);
      return TH_OK;
    }else{
      return TH_ERROR;
    }
  }else{
    Th_SetResult(interp, "repository unavailable", -1);
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
}

/*
** TH1 command: unversioned list
**
** Returns a list of the names of all unversioned files held in the local
** repository.  An error is generated if the repository is not open.
*/
static int unversionedListCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
){
  if( argc!=2 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "unversioned list");
  }
  if( Th_IsRepositoryOpen() ){
    Stmt q;
    char *zList = 0;
    int nList = 0;
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT name FROM unversioned WHERE hash IS NOT NULL"
                   " ORDER BY name");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      Th_ListAppend(interp, &zList, &nList, db_column_text(&q,0), -1);
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
    Th_SetResult(interp, zList, nList);
    Th_Free(interp, zList);
    return TH_OK;
  }else{
    Th_SetResult(interp, "repository unavailable", -1);
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
}

static int unversionedCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
){
  static const Th_SubCommand aSub[] = {
    { "content", unversionedContentCmd },
    { "list",    unversionedListCmd    },
    { 0, 0 }
  };
  return Th_CallSubCommand(interp, p, argc, argv, argl, aSub);
}

#ifdef _WIN32
# include <windows.h>
#else
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <sys/resource.h>
#endif
................................................................................
    {"setParameter",  setParameterCmd,      0},
    {"setting",       settingCmd,           0},
    {"styleHeader",   styleHeaderCmd,       0},
    {"styleFooter",   styleFooterCmd,       0},
    {"tclReady",      tclReadyCmd,          0},
    {"trace",         traceCmd,             0},
    {"stime",         stimeCmd,             0},
    {"unversioned",   unversionedCmd,       0},
    {"utime",         utimeCmd,             0},
    {"verifyCsrf",    verifyCsrfCmd,        0},
    {"wiki",          wikiCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[0]},
    {0, 0, 0}
  };
  if( g.thTrace ){
    Th_Trace("th1-init 0x%x => 0x%x<br />\n", g.th1Flags, flags);
................................................................................
        db_get_boolean("tcl", 0) ){
      if( !g.tcl.setup ){
        g.tcl.setup = db_get("tcl-setup", 0); /* Grab Tcl setup script. */
      }
      th_register_tcl(g.interp, &g.tcl);  /* Tcl integration commands. */
    }
#endif
    for(i=0; i<count(aCommand); i++){
      if ( !aCommand[i].zName || !aCommand[i].xProc ) continue;
      Th_CreateCommand(g.interp, aCommand[i].zName, aCommand[i].xProc,
                       aCommand[i].pContext, 0);
    }
  }else{
    wasInit = 1;
  }
................................................................................
  }else if( fossil_stricmp(g.argv[2], "cmdnotify")==0 ){
    rc = Th_CommandNotify(g.argv[3], (unsigned int)atoi(g.argv[4]));
  }else if( fossil_stricmp(g.argv[2], "webhook")==0 ){
    rc = Th_WebpageHook(g.argv[3], (unsigned int)atoi(g.argv[4]));
  }else if( fossil_stricmp(g.argv[2], "webnotify")==0 ){
    rc = Th_WebpageNotify(g.argv[3], (unsigned int)atoi(g.argv[4]));
  }else{
    fossil_fatal("Unknown TH1 hook %s", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( g.interp ){
    zResult = (char*)Th_GetResult(g.interp, &nResult);
  }
  sendText("RESULT (", -1, 0);
  sendText(Th_ReturnCodeName(rc, 0), -1, 0);
  sendText(")", -1, 0);

  Tcl_Interp *interp
){
  int i;
  Th_Interp *th1Interp = (Th_Interp *)clientData;

  if( !th1Interp ) return;
  /* Remove the Tcl integration commands. */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aCommand)/sizeof(aCommand[0])); i++){
    Th_RenameCommand(th1Interp, aCommand[i].zName, -1, NULL, 0);
  }
}

/*
** When Tcl stubs support is enabled, attempts to dynamically load the Tcl
** shared library and fetch the function pointers necessary to create an
................................................................................
int th_register_tcl(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *pContext
){
  int i;

  /* Add the Tcl integration commands to TH1. */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aCommand)/sizeof(aCommand[0])); i++){
    void *ctx;
    if( !aCommand[i].zName || !aCommand[i].xProc ) continue;
    ctx = aCommand[i].pContext;
    /* Use Tcl interpreter for context? */
    if( !ctx ) ctx = pContext;
    Th_CreateCommand(interp, aCommand[i].zName, aCommand[i].xProc, ctx, 0);
  }
  return TH_OK;
}

#endif /* FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL */

  Tcl_Interp *interp
){
  int i;
  Th_Interp *th1Interp = (Th_Interp *)clientData;

  if( !th1Interp ) return;
  /* Remove the Tcl integration commands. */
  for(i=0; i<count(aCommand); i++){
    Th_RenameCommand(th1Interp, aCommand[i].zName, -1, NULL, 0);
  }
}

/*
** When Tcl stubs support is enabled, attempts to dynamically load the Tcl
** shared library and fetch the function pointers necessary to create an
................................................................................
int th_register_tcl(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *pContext
){
  int i;

  /* Add the Tcl integration commands to TH1. */
  for(i=0; i<count(aCommand); i++){
    void *ctx;
    if( !aCommand[i].zName || !aCommand[i].xProc ) continue;
    ctx = aCommand[i].pContext;
    /* Use Tcl interpreter for context? */
    if( !ctx ) ctx = pContext;
    Th_CreateCommand(interp, aCommand[i].zName, aCommand[i].xProc, ctx, 0);
  }
  return TH_OK;
}

#endif /* FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL */

      static Stmt qparent;
      db_static_prepare(&qparent,
        "SELECT pid FROM plink"
        " WHERE cid=:rid AND pid NOT IN phantom"
        " ORDER BY isprim DESC /*sort*/"
      );
      db_bind_int(&qparent, ":rid", rid);
      while( db_step(&qparent)==SQLITE_ROW && nParent<ArraySize(aParent) ){
        aParent[nParent++] = db_column_int(&qparent, 0);
      }
      db_reset(&qparent);
      gidx = graph_add_row(pGraph, rid, nParent, aParent, zBr, zBgClr,
                           zUuid, isLeaf);
      db_reset(&qbranch);
      @ <div id="m%d(gidx)" class="tl-nodemark"></div>
................................................................................
        pRow->iRail,                    /* r */
        pRow->bDescender,               /* d */
        pRow->mergeOut,                 /* mo */
        pRow->mergeUpto,                /* mu */
        pRow->aiRiser[pRow->iRail],     /* u */
        pRow->isLeaf ? 1 : 0            /* f */
      );
      /* u */
      cSep = '[';
      for(i=0; i<GR_MAX_RAIL; i++){
        if( i==pRow->iRail ) continue;
        if( pRow->aiRiser[i]>0 ){
          cgi_printf("%c%d,%d", cSep, i, pRow->aiRiser[i]);
          cSep = ',';
        }
................................................................................
      }
      /* mi */
      cgi_printf("mi:");
      cSep = '[';
      for(i=0; i<GR_MAX_RAIL; i++){
        if( pRow->mergeIn[i] ){
          int mi = i;
          if( pRow->mergeDown & (1<<i) ) mi = -mi;
          cgi_printf("%c%d", cSep, mi);
          cSep = ',';
        }
      }
      if( cSep=='[' ) cgi_printf("[");
      cgi_printf("],h:\"%!S\"}%s", pRow->zUuid, pRow->pNext ? ",\n" : "];\n");
    }
................................................................................
static void timeline_submenu(
  HQuery *pUrl,            /* Base URL */
  const char *zMenuName,   /* Submenu name */
  const char *zParam,      /* Parameter value to add or change */
  const char *zValue,      /* Value of the new parameter */
  const char *zRemove      /* Parameter to omit */
){
  style_submenu_element(zMenuName, zMenuName, "%s",
                        url_render(pUrl, zParam, zValue, zRemove, 0));
}


/*
** Convert a symbolic name used as an argument to the a=, b=, or c=
** query parameters of timeline into a julianday mtime value.
................................................................................
      az[i++] = "t";
      az[i++] = "Tickets";
    }
    if( g.perm.RdWiki ){
      az[i++] = "w";
      az[i++] = "Wiki";
    }
    assert( i<=ArraySize(az) );
  }
  if( i>2 ){
    style_submenu_multichoice("y", i/2, az, isDisabled);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................


/*
** WEBPAGE: timeline
**
** Query parameters:
**
**    a=TIMEORTAG    after this event
**    b=TIMEORTAG    before this event
**    c=TIMEORTAG    "circa" this event
**    m=TIMEORTAG    mark this event
**    n=COUNT        suggested number of events in output
**    p=CHECKIN      parents and ancestors of CHECKIN
**    d=CHECKIN      descendants of CHECIN
**    dp=CHECKIN     The same as d=CHECKIN&p=CHECKIN
**    t=TAG          show only check-ins with the given TAG
**    r=TAG          show check-ins related to TAG

**    u=USER         only show items associated with USER
**    y=TYPE         'ci', 'w', 't', 'e', or (default) 'all'
**    ng             No Graph.
**    nd             Do not highlight the focus check-in
**    v              Show details of files changed
**    f=CHECKIN      Show family (immediate parents and children) of CHECKIN
**    from=CHECKIN   Path from...
**    to=CHECKIN       ... to this
**    shortest         ... show only the shortest path
**    uf=FILE_SHA1   Show only check-ins that contain the given file version
**    chng=GLOBLIST  Show only check-ins that involve changes to a file whose
**                     name matches one of the comma-separate GLOBLIST.
**    brbg           Background color from branch name
**    ubg            Background color from user
**    namechng       Show only check-ins that have filename changes
**    forks          Show only forks and their children
**    ym=YYYY-MM     Show only events for the given year/month.
**    yw=YYYY-WW     Show only events for the given week of the given year
**    ymd=YYYY-MM-DD Show only events on the given day
**    datefmt=N      Override the date format
**    bisect         Show the check-ins that are in the current bisect


**
** p= and d= can appear individually or together.  If either p= or d=
** appear, then u=, y=, a=, and b= are ignored.
**
** If both a= and b= appear then both upper and lower bounds are honored.
*/
void page_timeline(void){
................................................................................
    return;
  }
  url_initialize(&url, "timeline");
  cgi_query_parameters_to_url(&url);
  if( zTagName && g.perm.Read ){
    tagid = db_int(-1,"SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname='sym-%q'",zTagName);
    zThisTag = zTagName;
    style_submenu_element("Related", "Related", "%s",
                          url_render(&url, "r", zTagName, "t", 0));
  }else if( zBrName && g.perm.Read ){
    tagid = db_int(-1,"SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname='sym-%q'",zBrName);
    zThisTag = zBrName;
    style_submenu_element("Branch Only", "only", "%s",
                          url_render(&url, "t", zBrName, "r", 0));
  }else{
    tagid = 0;
  }
  if( zMark && zMark[0]==0 ){
    if( zAfter ) zMark = zAfter;
    if( zBefore ) zMark = zBefore;
    if( zCirca ) zMark = zCirca;
................................................................................
      p = p->u.pTo;
    }
    blob_append(&sql, ")", -1);
    path_reset();
    addFileGlobExclusion(zChng, &sql);
    tmFlags |= TIMELINE_DISJOINT;
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
    style_submenu_binary("v","With Files","Without Files",
                         zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%d check-ins going from ",
                 db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM timeline"));
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%z[%h]</a>", href("%R/info/%h", zFrom), zFrom);
    blob_append(&desc, " to ", -1);
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%z[%h]</a>", href("%R/info/%h",zTo), zTo);
    addFileGlobDescription(zChng, &desc);
  }else if( (p_rid || d_rid) && g.perm.Read ){
................................................................................
                   href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid), zUuid);
    if( d_rid ){
      if( p_rid ){
        /* If both p= and d= are set, we don't have the uuid of d yet. */
        zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", d_rid);
      }
    }

    style_submenu_entry("n","Max:",4,0);
    timeline_y_submenu(1);
    style_submenu_binary("v","With Files","Without Files",
                         zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
  }else if( f_rid && g.perm.Read ){
    /* If f= is present, ignore all other parameters other than n= */
    char *zUuid;
    db_multi_exec(
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ok(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
       "INSERT INTO ok VALUES(%d);"
       "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ok SELECT pid FROM plink WHERE cid=%d;"
................................................................................
    blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND event.objid IN ok");
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
    if( useDividers ) selectedRid = f_rid;
    blob_appendf(&desc, "Parents and children of check-in ");
    zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", f_rid);
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%z[%S]</a>", href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid), zUuid);
    tmFlags |= TIMELINE_DISJOINT;
    style_submenu_binary("v","With Files","Without Files",
                         zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
    if( (tmFlags & TIMELINE_UNHIDE)==0 ){
      timeline_submenu(&url, "Unhide", "unhide", "", 0);
    }
  }else{
    /* Otherwise, a timeline based on a span of time */
    int n;
    const char *zEType = "timeline item";
    char *zDate;
    Blob cond;
    blob_zero(&cond);
................................................................................
            rDate+ONE_SECOND, blob_sql_text(&cond))
        ){
          timeline_submenu(&url, "Newer", "a", zDate, "b");
        }
        free(zDate);
      }
      if( zType[0]=='a' || zType[0]=='c' ){
        if( (tmFlags & TIMELINE_UNHIDE)==0 ){
          timeline_submenu(&url, "Unhide", "unhide", "", 0);
        }
      }

      style_submenu_entry("n","Max:",4,0);
      timeline_y_submenu(disableY);
      style_submenu_binary("v","With Files","Without Files",
                           zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
    }
    blob_zero(&cond);
  }
  if( PB("showsql") ){
    @ <pre>%h(blob_sql_text(&sql))</pre>
  }
  if( search_restrict(SRCH_CKIN)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Search", 0, "%R/search?y=c");
  }
  if( PB("showid") ) tmFlags |= TIMELINE_SHOWRID;
  if( useDividers && zMark && zMark[0] ){
    double r = symbolic_name_to_mtime(zMark);
    if( r>0.0 ) selectedRid = timeline_add_divider(r);
  }
  blob_zero(&sql);

      static Stmt qparent;
      db_static_prepare(&qparent,
        "SELECT pid FROM plink"
        " WHERE cid=:rid AND pid NOT IN phantom"
        " ORDER BY isprim DESC /*sort*/"
      );
      db_bind_int(&qparent, ":rid", rid);
      while( db_step(&qparent)==SQLITE_ROW && nParent<count(aParent) ){
        aParent[nParent++] = db_column_int(&qparent, 0);
      }
      db_reset(&qparent);
      gidx = graph_add_row(pGraph, rid, nParent, aParent, zBr, zBgClr,
                           zUuid, isLeaf);
      db_reset(&qbranch);
      @ <div id="m%d(gidx)" class="tl-nodemark"></div>
................................................................................
        pRow->iRail,                    /* r */
        pRow->bDescender,               /* d */
        pRow->mergeOut,                 /* mo */
        pRow->mergeUpto,                /* mu */
        pRow->aiRiser[pRow->iRail],     /* u */
        pRow->isLeaf ? 1 : 0            /* f */
      );
      /* au */
      cSep = '[';
      for(i=0; i<GR_MAX_RAIL; i++){
        if( i==pRow->iRail ) continue;
        if( pRow->aiRiser[i]>0 ){
          cgi_printf("%c%d,%d", cSep, i, pRow->aiRiser[i]);
          cSep = ',';
        }
................................................................................
      }
      /* mi */
      cgi_printf("mi:");
      cSep = '[';
      for(i=0; i<GR_MAX_RAIL; i++){
        if( pRow->mergeIn[i] ){
          int mi = i;
          if( (pRow->mergeDown >> i) & 1 ) mi = -mi;
          cgi_printf("%c%d", cSep, mi);
          cSep = ',';
        }
      }
      if( cSep=='[' ) cgi_printf("[");
      cgi_printf("],h:\"%!S\"}%s", pRow->zUuid, pRow->pNext ? ",\n" : "];\n");
    }
................................................................................
static void timeline_submenu(
  HQuery *pUrl,            /* Base URL */
  const char *zMenuName,   /* Submenu name */
  const char *zParam,      /* Parameter value to add or change */
  const char *zValue,      /* Value of the new parameter */
  const char *zRemove      /* Parameter to omit */
){
  style_submenu_element(zMenuName, "%s",
                        url_render(pUrl, zParam, zValue, zRemove, 0));
}


/*
** Convert a symbolic name used as an argument to the a=, b=, or c=
** query parameters of timeline into a julianday mtime value.
................................................................................
      az[i++] = "t";
      az[i++] = "Tickets";
    }
    if( g.perm.RdWiki ){
      az[i++] = "w";
      az[i++] = "Wiki";
    }
    assert( i<=count(az) );
  }
  if( i>2 ){
    style_submenu_multichoice("y", i/2, az, isDisabled);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................


/*
** WEBPAGE: timeline
**
** Query parameters:
**
**    a=TIMEORTAG    After this event
**    b=TIMEORTAG    Before this event
**    c=TIMEORTAG    "Circa" this event
**    m=TIMEORTAG    Mark this event
**    n=COUNT        Suggested number of events in output
**    p=CHECKIN      Parents and ancestors of CHECKIN
**    d=CHECKIN      Descendants of CHECIN
**    dp=CHECKIN     The same as d=CHECKIN&p=CHECKIN
**    t=TAG          Show only check-ins with the given TAG
**    r=TAG          Show check-ins related to TAG
**    mionly         Limit r=TAG to show ancestors but not descendants
**    u=USER         Only show items associated with USER
**    y=TYPE         'ci', 'w', 't', 'e', or (default) 'all'
**    ng             No Graph.
**    nd             Do not highlight the focus check-in
**    v              Show details of files changed
**    f=CHECKIN      Show family (immediate parents and children) of CHECKIN
**    from=CHECKIN   Path from...
**    to=CHECKIN       ... to this
**    shortest         ... show only the shortest path
**    uf=FILE_SHA1   Show only check-ins that contain the given file version
**    chng=GLOBLIST  Show only check-ins that involve changes to a file whose
**                     name matches one of the comma-separate GLOBLIST
**    brbg           Background color from branch name
**    ubg            Background color from user
**    namechng       Show only check-ins that have filename changes
**    forks          Show only forks and their children
**    ym=YYYY-MM     Show only events for the given year/month
**    yw=YYYY-WW     Show only events for the given week of the given year
**    ymd=YYYY-MM-DD Show only events on the given day
**    datefmt=N      Override the date format
**    bisect         Show the check-ins that are in the current bisect
**    showid         Show RIDs
**    showsql        Show the SQL text
**
** p= and d= can appear individually or together.  If either p= or d=
** appear, then u=, y=, a=, and b= are ignored.
**
** If both a= and b= appear then both upper and lower bounds are honored.
*/
void page_timeline(void){
................................................................................
    return;
  }
  url_initialize(&url, "timeline");
  cgi_query_parameters_to_url(&url);
  if( zTagName && g.perm.Read ){
    tagid = db_int(-1,"SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname='sym-%q'",zTagName);
    zThisTag = zTagName;
    timeline_submenu(&url, "Related", "r", zTagName, "t");

  }else if( zBrName && g.perm.Read ){
    tagid = db_int(-1,"SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname='sym-%q'",zBrName);
    zThisTag = zBrName;
    timeline_submenu(&url, "Branch Only", "t", zBrName, "r");

  }else{
    tagid = 0;
  }
  if( zMark && zMark[0]==0 ){
    if( zAfter ) zMark = zAfter;
    if( zBefore ) zMark = zBefore;
    if( zCirca ) zMark = zCirca;
................................................................................
      p = p->u.pTo;
    }
    blob_append(&sql, ")", -1);
    path_reset();
    addFileGlobExclusion(zChng, &sql);
    tmFlags |= TIMELINE_DISJOINT;
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));

    style_submenu_checkbox("v", "Files", zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%d check-ins going from ",
                 db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM timeline"));
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%z[%h]</a>", href("%R/info/%h", zFrom), zFrom);
    blob_append(&desc, " to ", -1);
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%z[%h]</a>", href("%R/info/%h",zTo), zTo);
    addFileGlobDescription(zChng, &desc);
  }else if( (p_rid || d_rid) && g.perm.Read ){
................................................................................
                   href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid), zUuid);
    if( d_rid ){
      if( p_rid ){
        /* If both p= and d= are set, we don't have the uuid of d yet. */
        zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", d_rid);
      }
    }
    style_submenu_checkbox("v", "Files", zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
    style_submenu_entry("n","Max:",4,0);
    timeline_y_submenu(1);


  }else if( f_rid && g.perm.Read ){
    /* If f= is present, ignore all other parameters other than n= */
    char *zUuid;
    db_multi_exec(
       "CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ok(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
       "INSERT INTO ok VALUES(%d);"
       "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ok SELECT pid FROM plink WHERE cid=%d;"
................................................................................
    blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND event.objid IN ok");
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
    if( useDividers ) selectedRid = f_rid;
    blob_appendf(&desc, "Parents and children of check-in ");
    zUuid = db_text("", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", f_rid);
    blob_appendf(&desc, "%z[%S]</a>", href("%R/info/%!S", zUuid), zUuid);
    tmFlags |= TIMELINE_DISJOINT;
    style_submenu_checkbox("unhide", "Unhide", 0);
    style_submenu_checkbox("v", "Files", zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');



  }else{
    /* Otherwise, a timeline based on a span of time */
    int n;
    const char *zEType = "timeline item";
    char *zDate;
    Blob cond;
    blob_zero(&cond);
................................................................................
            rDate+ONE_SECOND, blob_sql_text(&cond))
        ){
          timeline_submenu(&url, "Newer", "a", zDate, "b");
        }
        free(zDate);
      }
      if( zType[0]=='a' || zType[0]=='c' ){
        style_submenu_checkbox("unhide", "Unhide", 0);

      }

      style_submenu_checkbox("v", "Files", zType[0]!='a' && zType[0]!='c');
      style_submenu_entry("n","Max:",4,0);
      timeline_y_submenu(disableY);


    }
    blob_zero(&cond);
  }
  if( PB("showsql") ){
    @ <pre>%h(blob_sql_text(&sql))</pre>
  }
  if( search_restrict(SRCH_CKIN)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Search", "%R/search?y=c");
  }
  if( PB("showid") ) tmFlags |= TIMELINE_SHOWRID;
  if( useDividers && zMark && zMark[0] ){
    double r = symbolic_name_to_mtime(zMark);
    if( r>0.0 ) selectedRid = timeline_add_divider(r);
  }
  blob_zero(&sql);

  for(i=0; i<p->nField; i++){
    const char *zName = p->aField[i].zName;
    const char *zBaseName = zName[0]=='+' ? zName+1 : zName;
    j = fieldId(zBaseName);
    if( j<0 ) continue;
    aUsed[j] = 1;
    if( aField[j].mUsed & USEDBY_TICKET ){

      if( zName[0]=='+' ){
        zName++;
        blob_append_sql(&sql1,", \"%w\"=coalesce(\"%w\",'') || %Q",
                     zName, zName, p->aField[i].zValue);
      }else{
        blob_append_sql(&sql1,", \"%w\"=%Q", zName, p->aField[i].zValue);
      }
    }
    if( aField[j].mUsed & USEDBY_TICKETCHNG ){




      blob_append_sql(&sql2, ",\"%w\"", zName);
      blob_append_sql(&sql3, ",%Q", p->aField[i].zValue);
    }
    if( rid>0 ){
      wiki_extract_links(p->aField[i].zValue, rid, 1, p->rDate, i==0, 0);
    }
  }
  blob_append_sql(&sql1, " WHERE tkt_id=%d", tktid);
................................................................................
  const char *zScript;
  char *zFullName;
  const char *zUuid = PD("name","");

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.RdTkt ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdTkt); return; }
  if( g.anon.WrTkt || g.anon.ApndTkt ){
    style_submenu_element("Edit", "Edit The Ticket", "%s/tktedit?name=%T",
        g.zTop, PD("name",""));
  }
  if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    style_submenu_element("History", "History Of This Ticket",
        "%s/tkthistory/%T", g.zTop, zUuid);
    style_submenu_element("Timeline", "Timeline Of This Ticket",
        "%s/tkttimeline/%T", g.zTop, zUuid);
    style_submenu_element("Check-ins", "Check-ins Of This Ticket",
        "%s/tkttimeline/%T?y=ci", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  if( g.anon.NewTkt ){
    style_submenu_element("New Ticket", "Create a new ticket",
        "%s/tktnew", g.zTop);
  }
  if( g.anon.ApndTkt && g.anon.Attach ){
    style_submenu_element("Attach", "Add An Attachment",
        "%s/attachadd?tkt=%T&from=%s/tktview/%t",
        g.zTop, zUuid, g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  if( P("plaintext") ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "Formatted", "%R/tktview/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "Plaintext",
                          "%R/tktview/%s?plaintext", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("View Ticket");
  if( g.thTrace ) Th_Trace("BEGIN_TKTVIEW<br />\n", -1);
  ticket_init();
  initializeVariablesFromCGI();
  getAllTicketFields();
  initializeVariablesFromDb();
................................................................................
*/
static int ticket_put(
  Blob *pTicket,           /* The text of the ticket change record */
  const char *zTktId,      /* The ticket to which this change is applied */
  int needMod              /* True if moderation is needed */
){
  int result;


  int rid = content_put_ex(pTicket, 0, 0, 0, needMod);
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("trouble committing ticket: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  if( needMod ){
    moderation_table_create();
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO modreq(objid, tktid) VALUES(%d,%Q)",
      rid, zTktId
    );
  }else{
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d);", rid);
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unclustered VALUES(%d);", rid);
  }
  manifest_crosslink_begin();
  result = (manifest_crosslink(rid, pTicket, MC_NONE)==0);
  assert( blob_is_reset(pTicket) );
  if( !result ){
    result = manifest_crosslink_end(MC_PERMIT_HOOKS);
  }else{
    manifest_crosslink_end(MC_NONE);
  }
................................................................................
  if( !g.perm.Hyperlink || !g.perm.RdTkt ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Hyperlink && g.anon.RdTkt);
    return;
  }
  zUuid = PD("name","");
  zType = PD("y","a");
  if( zType[0]!='c' ){
    style_submenu_element("Check-ins", "Check-ins",
       "%s/tkttimeline?name=%T&y=ci", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Timeline", "Timeline",
       "%s/tkttimeline?name=%T", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  style_submenu_element("History", "History",
    "%s/tkthistory/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Status", "Status",
    "%s/info/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  if( zType[0]=='c' ){
    zTitle = mprintf("Check-ins Associated With Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }else{
    zTitle = mprintf("Timeline Of Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("%z", zTitle);

................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Hyperlink || !g.perm.RdTkt ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Hyperlink && g.anon.RdTkt);
    return;
  }
  zUuid = PD("name","");
  zTitle = mprintf("History Of Ticket %h", zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Status", "Status",
    "%s/info/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Check-ins", "Check-ins",
    "%s/tkttimeline?name=%s&y=ci", g.zTop, zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "Timeline",
    "%s/tkttimeline?name=%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  if( P("plaintext")!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "Formatted",
                          "%R/tkthistory/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "Plaintext",
                          "%R/tkthistory/%s?plaintext", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("%z", zTitle);

  tagid = db_int(0, "SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname GLOB 'tkt-%q*'",zUuid);
  if( tagid==0 ){
    @ No such ticket: %h(zUuid)
    style_footer();
................................................................................
        }
      }
      blob_appendf(&tktchng, "K %s\n", zTktUuid);
      blob_appendf(&tktchng, "U %F\n", zUser);
      md5sum_blob(&tktchng, &cksum);
      blob_appendf(&tktchng, "Z %b\n", &cksum);
      if( ticket_put(&tktchng, zTktUuid, ticket_need_moderation(1)) ){
        fossil_fatal("%s\n", g.zErrMsg);
      }else{
        fossil_print("ticket %s succeeded for %s\n",
             (eCmd==set?"set":"add"),zTktUuid);
      }
    }
  }
}
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Add some standard submenu elements for ticket screens.
*/
void ticket_standard_submenu(unsigned int ok){
  if( (ok & T_SRCH)!=0 && search_restrict(SRCH_TKT)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Search","Search","%R/tktsrch");
  }
  if( (ok & T_REPLIST)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Reports","Reports","%R/reportlist");
  }
  if( (ok & T_NEW)!=0 && g.anon.NewTkt ){
    style_submenu_element("New","New","%R/tktnew");
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: ticket
**
** This is intended to be the primary "Ticket" page.  Render as

  for(i=0; i<p->nField; i++){
    const char *zName = p->aField[i].zName;
    const char *zBaseName = zName[0]=='+' ? zName+1 : zName;
    j = fieldId(zBaseName);
    if( j<0 ) continue;
    aUsed[j] = 1;
    if( aField[j].mUsed & USEDBY_TICKET ){
      const char *zUsedByName = zName;
      if( zUsedByName[0]=='+' ){
        zUsedByName++;
        blob_append_sql(&sql1,", \"%w\"=coalesce(\"%w\",'') || %Q",
                        zUsedByName, zUsedByName, p->aField[i].zValue);
      }else{
        blob_append_sql(&sql1,", \"%w\"=%Q", zUsedByName, p->aField[i].zValue);
      }
    }
    if( aField[j].mUsed & USEDBY_TICKETCHNG ){
      const char *zUsedByName = zName;
      if( zUsedByName[0]=='+' ){
        zUsedByName++;
      }
      blob_append_sql(&sql2, ",\"%w\"", zUsedByName);
      blob_append_sql(&sql3, ",%Q", p->aField[i].zValue);
    }
    if( rid>0 ){
      wiki_extract_links(p->aField[i].zValue, rid, 1, p->rDate, i==0, 0);
    }
  }
  blob_append_sql(&sql1, " WHERE tkt_id=%d", tktid);
................................................................................
  const char *zScript;
  char *zFullName;
  const char *zUuid = PD("name","");

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.RdTkt ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdTkt); return; }
  if( g.anon.WrTkt || g.anon.ApndTkt ){

    style_submenu_element("Edit", "%s/tktedit?name=%T", g.zTop, PD("name",""));
  }
  if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){

    style_submenu_element("History", "%s/tkthistory/%T", g.zTop, zUuid);

    style_submenu_element("Timeline", "%s/tkttimeline/%T", g.zTop, zUuid);

    style_submenu_element("Check-ins", "%s/tkttimeline/%T?y=ci", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  if( g.anon.NewTkt ){
    style_submenu_element("New Ticket", "%s/tktnew", g.zTop);

  }
  if( g.anon.ApndTkt && g.anon.Attach ){

    style_submenu_element("Attach", "%s/attachadd?tkt=%T&from=%s/tktview/%t",
        g.zTop, zUuid, g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  if( P("plaintext") ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "%R/tktview/%s", zUuid);
  }else{

    style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "%R/tktview/%s?plaintext", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("View Ticket");
  if( g.thTrace ) Th_Trace("BEGIN_TKTVIEW<br />\n", -1);
  ticket_init();
  initializeVariablesFromCGI();
  getAllTicketFields();
  initializeVariablesFromDb();
................................................................................
*/
static int ticket_put(
  Blob *pTicket,           /* The text of the ticket change record */
  const char *zTktId,      /* The ticket to which this change is applied */
  int needMod              /* True if moderation is needed */
){
  int result;
  int rid;
  manifest_crosslink_begin();
  rid = content_put_ex(pTicket, 0, 0, 0, needMod);
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("trouble committing ticket: %s", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  if( needMod ){
    moderation_table_create();
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO modreq(objid, tktid) VALUES(%d,%Q)",
      rid, zTktId
    );
  }else{
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d);", rid);
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unclustered VALUES(%d);", rid);
  }

  result = (manifest_crosslink(rid, pTicket, MC_NONE)==0);
  assert( blob_is_reset(pTicket) );
  if( !result ){
    result = manifest_crosslink_end(MC_PERMIT_HOOKS);
  }else{
    manifest_crosslink_end(MC_NONE);
  }
................................................................................
  if( !g.perm.Hyperlink || !g.perm.RdTkt ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Hyperlink && g.anon.RdTkt);
    return;
  }
  zUuid = PD("name","");
  zType = PD("y","a");
  if( zType[0]!='c' ){
    style_submenu_element("Check-ins", "%s/tkttimeline?name=%T&y=ci",
       g.zTop, zUuid);
  }else{

    style_submenu_element("Timeline", "%s/tkttimeline?name=%T", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }

  style_submenu_element("History", "%s/tkthistory/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Status", "%s/info/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);

  if( zType[0]=='c' ){
    zTitle = mprintf("Check-ins Associated With Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }else{
    zTitle = mprintf("Timeline Of Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("%z", zTitle);

................................................................................
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Hyperlink || !g.perm.RdTkt ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Hyperlink && g.anon.RdTkt);
    return;
  }
  zUuid = PD("name","");
  zTitle = mprintf("History Of Ticket %h", zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Status", "%s/info/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);

  style_submenu_element("Check-ins", "%s/tkttimeline?name=%s&y=ci",
    g.zTop, zUuid);

  style_submenu_element("Timeline", "%s/tkttimeline?name=%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  if( P("plaintext")!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "%R/tkthistory/%s", zUuid);

  }else{

    style_submenu_element("Plaintext", "%R/tkthistory/%s?plaintext", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("%z", zTitle);

  tagid = db_int(0, "SELECT tagid FROM tag WHERE tagname GLOB 'tkt-%q*'",zUuid);
  if( tagid==0 ){
    @ No such ticket: %h(zUuid)
    style_footer();
................................................................................
        }
      }
      blob_appendf(&tktchng, "K %s\n", zTktUuid);
      blob_appendf(&tktchng, "U %F\n", zUser);
      md5sum_blob(&tktchng, &cksum);
      blob_appendf(&tktchng, "Z %b\n", &cksum);
      if( ticket_put(&tktchng, zTktUuid, ticket_need_moderation(1)) ){
        fossil_fatal("%s", g.zErrMsg);
      }else{
        fossil_print("ticket %s succeeded for %s\n",
             (eCmd==set?"set":"add"),zTktUuid);
      }
    }
  }
}
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Add some standard submenu elements for ticket screens.
*/
void ticket_standard_submenu(unsigned int ok){
  if( (ok & T_SRCH)!=0 && search_restrict(SRCH_TKT)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Search", "%R/tktsrch");
  }
  if( (ok & T_REPLIST)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Reports", "%R/reportlist");
  }
  if( (ok & T_NEW)!=0 && g.anon.NewTkt ){
    style_submenu_element("New", "%R/tktnew");
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: ticket
**
** This is intended to be the primary "Ticket" page.  Render as

**
** Comments of the form:  "|* @-comment: CC" (where "|" is really "/")
** cause CC to become a comment character for the @-substitution.
** Typical values for CC are "--" (for SQL text) or "#" (for Tcl script)
** or "//" (for C++ code).  Lines of subsequent @-blocks that begin with
** CC are omitted from the output.
**





*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>

/*
................................................................................
    }else{
      /* Otherwise (if the last non-whitespace was not '=') then generate
      ** a cgi_printf() statement whose format is the text following the '@'.
      ** Substrings of the form "%C(...)" (where C is any sequence of
      ** characters other than \000 and '(') will put "%C" in the
      ** format and add the "(...)" as an argument to the cgi_printf call.
      */

      int indent;
      int nC;
      char c;
      i++;
      if( isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
      indent = i;
      for(j=0; zLine[i] && zLine[i]!='\r' && zLine[i]!='\n'; i++){





        if( zLine[i]=='"' || zLine[i]=='\\' ){ zOut[j++] = '\\'; }
        zOut[j++] = zLine[i];
        if( zLine[i]!='%' || zLine[i+1]=='%' || zLine[i+1]==0 ) continue;
        for(nC=1; zLine[i+nC] && zLine[i+nC]!='('; nC++){}
        if( zLine[i+nC]!='(' || !isalpha(zLine[i+nC-1]) ) continue;
        while( --nC ) zOut[j++] = zLine[++i];
        zArg[nArg++] = ',';
................................................................................
            k++;
          }
          i++;
        }
      }
      zOut[j] = 0;
      if( !inPrint ){
        fprintf(out,"%*scgi_printf(\"%s\\n\"",indent-2,"", zOut);
        inPrint = 1;
      }else{
        fprintf(out,"\n%*s\"%s\\n\"",indent+5, "", zOut);
      }
    }
  }
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  if( argc==2 ){

**
** Comments of the form:  "|* @-comment: CC" (where "|" is really "/")
** cause CC to become a comment character for the @-substitution.
** Typical values for CC are "--" (for SQL text) or "#" (for Tcl script)
** or "//" (for C++ code).  Lines of subsequent @-blocks that begin with
** CC are omitted from the output.
**
** Enhancement #3:
**
** If a non-enhancement #1 line ends in backslash, the backslash and the
** newline (\n) are not included in the argument to cgi_printf().  This
** is used to split one long output line across multiple source lines.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>

/*
................................................................................
    }else{
      /* Otherwise (if the last non-whitespace was not '=') then generate
      ** a cgi_printf() statement whose format is the text following the '@'.
      ** Substrings of the form "%C(...)" (where C is any sequence of
      ** characters other than \000 and '(') will put "%C" in the
      ** format and add the "(...)" as an argument to the cgi_printf call.
      */
      const char *zNewline = "\\n";
      int indent;
      int nC;
      char c;
      i++;
      if( isspace(zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
      indent = i;
      for(j=0; zLine[i] && zLine[i]!='\r' && zLine[i]!='\n'; i++){
        if( zLine[i]=='\\' && (!zLine[i+1] || zLine[i+1]=='\r'
                                           || zLine[i+1]=='\n') ){
          zNewline = "";
          break;
        }
        if( zLine[i]=='"' || zLine[i]=='\\' ){ zOut[j++] = '\\'; }
        zOut[j++] = zLine[i];
        if( zLine[i]!='%' || zLine[i+1]=='%' || zLine[i+1]==0 ) continue;
        for(nC=1; zLine[i+nC] && zLine[i+nC]!='('; nC++){}
        if( zLine[i+nC]!='(' || !isalpha(zLine[i+nC-1]) ) continue;
        while( --nC ) zOut[j++] = zLine[++i];
        zArg[nArg++] = ',';
................................................................................
            k++;
          }
          i++;
        }
      }
      zOut[j] = 0;
      if( !inPrint ){
        fprintf(out,"%*scgi_printf(\"%s%s\"",indent-2,"", zOut, zNewline);
        inPrint = 1;
      }else{
        fprintf(out,"\n%*s\"%s%s\"",indent+5, "", zOut, zNewline);
      }
    }
  }
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  if( argc==2 ){

  };

  if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes = 0;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
      }else{
................................................................................
    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',
    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',
    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',
  };

  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
  int iRes = 0;
  int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
  int iLo = 0;
  while( iHi>=iLo ){
    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
      iRes = iTest;
      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
................................................................................

  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );

  if( c<128 ){
    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
  }else if( c<65536 ){
    const struct TableEntry *p;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    int iRes = -1;

    assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode );
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);

  };

  if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes = 0;
    int iHi = count(aEntry) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
      }else{
................................................................................
    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',
    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',
    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',
  };

  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
  int iRes = 0;
  int iHi = count(aDia) - 1;
  int iLo = 0;
  while( iHi>=iLo ){
    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
      iRes = iTest;
      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
................................................................................

  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );

  if( c<128 ){
    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
  }else if( c<65536 ){
    const struct TableEntry *p;
    int iHi = count(aEntry) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    int iRes = -1;

    assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode );
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);

/*
** WEBPAGE: uvlist
**
** Display a list of all unversioned files in the repository.
** Query parameters:
**
**    byage=1          Order the initial display be decreasing age

*/
void uvstat_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  sqlite3_int64 iNow;
  sqlite3_int64 iTotalSz = 0;
  int cnt = 0;
  int n = 0;
  const char *zOrderBy = "name";

  char zSzName[100];

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Unversioned Files");
  if( !db_table_exists("repository","unversioned") ){
    @ No unversioned files on this server
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( PB("byage") ) zOrderBy = "mtime DESC";

  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT"
     "   name,"
     "   mtime,"
     "   hash,"
     "   sz,"
     "   (SELECT login FROM rcvfrom, user"
     "     WHERE user.uid=rcvfrom.uid AND rcvfrom.rcvid=unversioned.rcvid),"
     "   rcvid"
     " FROM unversioned ORDER BY %s",

     zOrderBy/*safe-for-%s*/
   );
   iNow = db_int64(0, "SELECT strftime('%%s','now');");
   while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
     const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
     sqlite3_int64 mtime = db_column_int(&q, 1);
     const char *zHash = db_column_text(&q, 2);

/*
** WEBPAGE: uvlist
**
** Display a list of all unversioned files in the repository.
** Query parameters:
**
**    byage=1          Order the initial display be decreasing age
**    showdel=0        Show deleted files
*/
void uvstat_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  sqlite3_int64 iNow;
  sqlite3_int64 iTotalSz = 0;
  int cnt = 0;
  int n = 0;
  const char *zOrderBy = "name";
  int showDel = 0;
  char zSzName[100];

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  style_header("Unversioned Files");
  if( !db_table_exists("repository","unversioned") ){
    @ No unversioned files on this server
    style_footer();
    return;
  }
  if( PB("byage") ) zOrderBy = "mtime DESC";
  if( PB("showdel") ) showDel = 1;
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT"
     "   name,"
     "   mtime,"
     "   hash,"
     "   sz,"
     "   (SELECT login FROM rcvfrom, user"
     "     WHERE user.uid=rcvfrom.uid AND rcvfrom.rcvid=unversioned.rcvid),"
     "   rcvid"
     " FROM unversioned %s ORDER BY %s",
     showDel ? "" : "WHERE hash IS NOT NULL" /*safe-for-%s*/,
     zOrderBy/*safe-for-%s*/
   );
   iNow = db_int64(0, "SELECT strftime('%%s','now');");
   while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
     const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
     sqlite3_int64 mtime = db_column_int(&q, 1);
     const char *zHash = db_column_text(&q, 2);

**
** Commands and procedures used for creating, processing, editing, and
** querying information about users.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "user.h"

#if defined(_WIN32)
#include <conio.h>
#endif

/*
** Strip leading and trailing space from a string and add the string
** onto the end of a blob.
*/
static void strip_string(Blob *pBlob, char *z){
  int i;
  blob_reset(pBlob);
................................................................................
    }
    if( z[i]>0 && z[i]<' ' ) z[i] = ' ';
  }
  blob_append(pBlob, z, -1);
}

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__BIONIC__)
#ifdef __MINGW32__
#include <conio.h>
#endif

/*
** getpass for Windows and Android
*/



static char *getpass(const char *prompt){
  static char pwd[64];


  size_t i;









  fputs(prompt,stderr);
  fflush(stderr);


  for(i=0; i<sizeof(pwd)-1; ++i){
#if defined(_WIN32)
    pwd[i] = _getch();
#else
    pwd[i] = getc(stdin);
#endif
    if(pwd[i]=='\r' || pwd[i]=='\n'){
      break;
    }
    /* BS or DEL */
    else if(i>0 && (pwd[i]==8 || pwd[i]==127)){
      i -= 2;
      continue;
    }
    /* CTRL-C */
    else if(pwd[i]==3) {
      i=0;
      break;
    }
    /* ESC */
    else if(pwd[i]==27){
      i=0;
      break;
    }
    else{
      fputc('*',stderr);
    }
  }
  pwd[i]='\0';
  fputs("\n", stderr);

  return pwd;





}
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
# include <io.h>
# include <fcntl.h>
# undef popen
................................................................................
  sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "shared_secret", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          sha1_shared_secret_sql_function, 0, 0);
  db_multi_exec(
    "UPDATE user SET pw=shared_secret(pw,login), mtime=now()"
    " WHERE length(pw)>0 AND length(pw)!=40"
  );
}
















/*
** WEBPAGE: access_log
**
** Show login attempts, including timestamp and IP address.
** Requires Admin privileges.
**
................................................................................
  if( y==1 ){
    blob_append(&sql, "  WHERE success", -1);
  }else if( y==2 ){
    blob_append(&sql, "  WHERE NOT success", -1);
  }
  blob_append_sql(&sql,"  ORDER BY rowid DESC LIMIT %d OFFSET %d", n+1, skip);
  if( skip ){
    style_submenu_element("Newer", "Newer entries",
              "%s/access_log?o=%d&n=%d&y=%d", g.zTop, skip>=n ? skip-n : 0,
              n, y);
  }
  rc = db_prepare_ignore_error(&q, "%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
  fLogEnabled = db_get_boolean("access-log", 0);
  @ <div align="center">Access logging is %s(fLogEnabled?"on":"off").
  @ (Change this on the <a href="setup_settings">settings</a> page.)</div>
  @ <table border="1" cellpadding="5" id="logtable" align="center">
  @ <thead><tr><th width="33%%">Date</th><th width="34%%">User</th>
................................................................................
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zIP = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    int bSuccess = db_column_int(&q, 3);
    cnt++;
    if( cnt>n ){
      style_submenu_element("Older", "Older entries",
                  "%s/access_log?o=%d&n=%d&y=%d", g.zTop, skip+n, n, y);
      break;
    }
    if( bSuccess ){
      @ <tr>
    }else{
      @ <tr bgcolor="#ffacc0">
    }
    @ <td>%s(zDate)</td><td>%h(zName)</td><td>%h(zIP)</td></tr>
  }
  if( skip>0 || cnt>n ){
    style_submenu_element("All", "All entries",
          "%s/access_log?n=10000000", g.zTop);
  }
  @ </tbody></table>
  db_finalize(&q);
  @ <hr />
  @ <form method="post" action="%s(g.zTop)/access_log">
  @ <label><input type="checkbox" name="delold">
  @ Delete all but the most recent 200 entries</input></label>

**
** Commands and procedures used for creating, processing, editing, and
** querying information about users.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "user.h"





/*
** Strip leading and trailing space from a string and add the string
** onto the end of a blob.
*/
static void strip_string(Blob *pBlob, char *z){
  int i;
  blob_reset(pBlob);
................................................................................
    }
    if( z[i]>0 && z[i]<' ' ) z[i] = ' ';
  }
  blob_append(pBlob, z, -1);
}

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__BIONIC__)
#ifdef _WIN32
#include <conio.h>
#endif

/*
** getpass() for Windows and Android.
*/
static char *zPwdBuffer = 0;
static size_t nPwdBuffer = 0;

static char *getpass(const char *prompt){

  char *zPwd;
  size_t nPwd;
  size_t i;

  if( zPwdBuffer==0 ){
    zPwdBuffer = fossil_secure_alloc_page(&nPwdBuffer);
    assert( zPwdBuffer );
  }else{
    fossil_secure_zero(zPwdBuffer, nPwdBuffer);
  }
  zPwd = zPwdBuffer;
  nPwd = nPwdBuffer;
  fputs(prompt,stderr);
  fflush(stderr);
  assert( zPwd!=0 );
  assert( nPwd>0 );
  for(i=0; i<nPwd-1; ++i){
#if defined(_WIN32)
    zPwd[i] = _getch();
#else
    zPwd[i] = getc(stdin);
#endif
    if(zPwd[i]=='\r' || zPwd[i]=='\n'){
      break;
    }
    /* BS or DEL */
    else if(i>0 && (zPwd[i]==8 || zPwd[i]==127)){
      i -= 2;
      continue;
    }
    /* CTRL-C */
    else if(zPwd[i]==3) {
      i=0;
      break;
    }
    /* ESC */
    else if(zPwd[i]==27){
      i=0;
      break;
    }
    else{
      fputc('*',stderr);
    }
  }
  zPwd[i]='\0';
  fputs("\n", stderr);
  assert( zPwd==zPwdBuffer );
  return zPwd;
}
void freepass(){
  if( !zPwdBuffer ) return;
  assert( nPwdBuffer>0 );
  fossil_secure_free_page(zPwdBuffer, nPwdBuffer);
}
#endif

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
# include <io.h>
# include <fcntl.h>
# undef popen
................................................................................
  sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "shared_secret", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          sha1_shared_secret_sql_function, 0, 0);
  db_multi_exec(
    "UPDATE user SET pw=shared_secret(pw,login), mtime=now()"
    " WHERE length(pw)>0 AND length(pw)!=40"
  );
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-prompt-user
**
** Usage: %fossil test-prompt-user PROMPT
**
** Prompts the user for input and then prints it verbatim (i.e. without
** a trailing line terminator).
*/
void test_prompt_user_cmd(void){
  Blob answer;
  if( g.argc!=3 ) usage("PROMPT");
  prompt_user(g.argv[2], &answer);
  fossil_print("%s", blob_str(&answer));
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: access_log
**
** Show login attempts, including timestamp and IP address.
** Requires Admin privileges.
**
................................................................................
  if( y==1 ){
    blob_append(&sql, "  WHERE success", -1);
  }else if( y==2 ){
    blob_append(&sql, "  WHERE NOT success", -1);
  }
  blob_append_sql(&sql,"  ORDER BY rowid DESC LIMIT %d OFFSET %d", n+1, skip);
  if( skip ){
    style_submenu_element("Newer", "%s/access_log?o=%d&n=%d&y=%d",
              g.zTop, skip>=n ? skip-n : 0, n, y);

  }
  rc = db_prepare_ignore_error(&q, "%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));
  fLogEnabled = db_get_boolean("access-log", 0);
  @ <div align="center">Access logging is %s(fLogEnabled?"on":"off").
  @ (Change this on the <a href="setup_settings">settings</a> page.)</div>
  @ <table border="1" cellpadding="5" id="logtable" align="center">
  @ <thead><tr><th width="33%%">Date</th><th width="34%%">User</th>
................................................................................
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zIP = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    int bSuccess = db_column_int(&q, 3);
    cnt++;
    if( cnt>n ){
      style_submenu_element("Older", "%s/access_log?o=%d&n=%d&y=%d",
                  g.zTop, skip+n, n, y);
      break;
    }
    if( bSuccess ){
      @ <tr>
    }else{
      @ <tr bgcolor="#ffacc0">
    }
    @ <td>%s(zDate)</td><td>%h(zName)</td><td>%h(zIP)</td></tr>
  }
  if( skip>0 || cnt>n ){

    style_submenu_element("All", "%s/access_log?n=10000000", g.zTop);
  }
  @ </tbody></table>
  db_finalize(&q);
  @ <hr />
  @ <form method="post" action="%s(g.zTop)/access_log">
  @ <label><input type="checkbox" name="delold">
  @ Delete all but the most recent 200 entries</input></label>

#ifdef _WIN32
  int nChar, written = 0;
  wchar_t *zUnicode; /* Unicode version of zUtf8 */
  DWORD dummy;
  Blob blob;

  static int istty[2] = { -1, -1 };

  if( istty[toStdErr]==-1 ){
    istty[toStdErr] = _isatty(toStdErr + 1) != 0;
  }
  if( !istty[toStdErr] ){
    /* stdout/stderr is not a console. */
    return -1;
  }

#ifdef _WIN32
  int nChar, written = 0;
  wchar_t *zUnicode; /* Unicode version of zUtf8 */
  DWORD dummy;
  Blob blob;

  static int istty[2] = { -1, -1 };
  assert( toStdErr==0 || toStdErr==1 );
  if( istty[toStdErr]==-1 ){
    istty[toStdErr] = _isatty(toStdErr + 1) != 0;
  }
  if( !istty[toStdErr] ){
    /* stdout/stderr is not a console. */
    return -1;
  }

void fossil_free(void *p){
  free(p);
}
void *fossil_realloc(void *p, size_t n){
  p = realloc(p, n);
  if( p==0 ) fossil_panic("out of memory");
  return p;

























































}

/*
** This function implements a cross-platform "system()" interface.
*/
int fossil_system(const char *zOrigCmd){
  int rc;

void fossil_free(void *p){
  free(p);
}
void *fossil_realloc(void *p, size_t n){
  p = realloc(p, n);
  if( p==0 ) fossil_panic("out of memory");
  return p;
}
void fossil_secure_zero(void *p, size_t n){
  volatile unsigned char *vp = (volatile unsigned char *)p;
  size_t i;

  if( p==0 ) return;
  assert( n>0 );
  if( n==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){ vp[i] ^= 0xFF; }
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){ vp[i] ^= vp[i]; }
}
void fossil_get_page_size(size_t *piPageSize){
#if defined(_WIN32)
  SYSTEM_INFO sysInfo;
  memset(&sysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
  GetSystemInfo(&sysInfo);
  *piPageSize = (size_t)sysInfo.dwPageSize;
#else
  *piPageSize = 4096; /* FIXME: What for POSIX? */
#endif
}
void *fossil_secure_alloc_page(size_t *pN){
  void *p;
  size_t pageSize;

  fossil_get_page_size(&pageSize);
  assert( pageSize>0 );
  assert( pageSize%2==0 );
#if defined(_WIN32)
  p = VirtualAlloc(NULL, pageSize, MEM_COMMIT|MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_READWRITE);
  if( p==NULL ){
    fossil_fatal("VirtualAlloc failed: %lu\n", GetLastError());
  }
  if( !VirtualLock(p, pageSize) ){
    fossil_fatal("VirtualLock failed: %lu\n", GetLastError());
  }
#else
  p = fossil_malloc(pageSize);
#endif
  fossil_secure_zero(p, pageSize);
  if( pN ) *pN = pageSize;
  return p;
}
void fossil_secure_free_page(void *p, size_t n){
  if( !p ) return;
  assert( n>0 );
  fossil_secure_zero(p, n);
#if defined(_WIN32)
  if( !VirtualUnlock(p, n) ){
    fossil_fatal("VirtualUnlock failed: %lu\n", GetLastError());
  }
  if( !VirtualFree(p, 0, MEM_RELEASE) ){
    fossil_fatal("VirtualFree failed: %lu\n", GetLastError());
  }
#else
  fossil_free(p);
#endif
}

/*
** This function implements a cross-platform "system()" interface.
*/
int fossil_system(const char *zOrigCmd){
  int rc;

        blob_reset(&content);
        continue;
      }
    }
    if( verbose ) fossil_print("%s\n", &zName[nRepos]);
    if( file_wd_isdir(zName)==1 ){
      /*TODO(dchest): remove directories? */
      fossil_fatal("%s is directory, cannot overwrite\n", zName);
    }
    if( file_wd_size(zName)>=0 && (isLink || file_wd_islink(0)) ){
      file_delete(zName);
    }
    if( isLink ){
      symlink_create(blob_str(&content), zName);
    }else{
................................................................................

  if( sqlite3_strglob("ci-comment-????????????.txt", zName)==0 ) return 1;
  for(; zName[0]!=0; zName++){
    if( zName[0]=='/' && sqlite3_strglob("/ci-comment-????????????.txt", zName)==0 ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( zName[0]!='-' ) continue;
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azTemp)/sizeof(azTemp[0]); i++){
      n = (int)strlen(azTemp[i]);
      if( memcmp(azTemp[i], zName+1, n) ) continue;
      if( zName[n+1]==0 ) return 1;
      if( zName[n+1]=='-' ){
        for(j=n+2; zName[j] && fossil_isdigit(zName[j]); j++){}
        if( zName[j]==0 ) return 1;
      }
................................................................................
  blob_zero(&err);
  if( pManOut ){
    blob_zero(pManOut);
  }
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  pManifest = manifest_get(vid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, &err);
  if( pManifest==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("manifest file (%d) is malformed:\n%s\n",
                 vid, blob_str(&err));
  }
  manifest_file_rewind(pManifest);
  while( (pFile = manifest_file_next(pManifest,0))!=0 ){
    if( pFile->zUuid==0 ) continue;
    fid = uuid_to_rid(pFile->zUuid, 0);
    md5sum_step_text(pFile->zName, -1);

        blob_reset(&content);
        continue;
      }
    }
    if( verbose ) fossil_print("%s\n", &zName[nRepos]);
    if( file_wd_isdir(zName)==1 ){
      /*TODO(dchest): remove directories? */
      fossil_fatal("%s is directory, cannot overwrite", zName);
    }
    if( file_wd_size(zName)>=0 && (isLink || file_wd_islink(0)) ){
      file_delete(zName);
    }
    if( isLink ){
      symlink_create(blob_str(&content), zName);
    }else{
................................................................................

  if( sqlite3_strglob("ci-comment-????????????.txt", zName)==0 ) return 1;
  for(; zName[0]!=0; zName++){
    if( zName[0]=='/' && sqlite3_strglob("/ci-comment-????????????.txt", zName)==0 ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( zName[0]!='-' ) continue;
    for(i=0; i<count(azTemp); i++){
      n = (int)strlen(azTemp[i]);
      if( memcmp(azTemp[i], zName+1, n) ) continue;
      if( zName[n+1]==0 ) return 1;
      if( zName[n+1]=='-' ){
        for(j=n+2; zName[j] && fossil_isdigit(zName[j]); j++){}
        if( zName[j]==0 ) return 1;
      }
................................................................................
  blob_zero(&err);
  if( pManOut ){
    blob_zero(pManOut);
  }
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  pManifest = manifest_get(vid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, &err);
  if( pManifest==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("manifest file (%d) is malformed:\n%s",
                 vid, blob_str(&err));
  }
  manifest_file_rewind(pManifest);
  while( (pFile = manifest_file_next(pManifest,0))!=0 ){
    if( pFile->zUuid==0 ) continue;
    fid = uuid_to_rid(pFile->zUuid, 0);
    md5sum_step_text(pFile->zName, -1);

/*
** Only allow certain mimetypes through.
** All others become "text/x-fossil-wiki"
*/
const char *wiki_filter_mimetypes(const char *zMimetype){
  if( zMimetype!=0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azStyles)/sizeof(azStyles[0]); i+=3){
      if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype,azStyles[i+2])==0 ){
        return azStyles[i];
      }
    }
    if(  fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/x-markdown")==0
        || fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/plain")==0 ){
      return zMimetype;
................................................................................
** Show a summary of the Markdown wiki formatting rules.
*/
void markdown_rules_page(void){
  Blob x;
  int fTxt = P("txt")!=0;
  style_header("Markdown Formatting Rules");
  if( fTxt ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "Formatted", "%R/md_rules");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Plain-Text", "Plain-Text", "%R/md_rules?txt=1");
  }
  blob_init(&x, builtin_text("markdown.md"), -1);
  wiki_render_by_mimetype(&x, fTxt ? "text/plain" : "text/x-markdown");
  blob_reset(&x);
  style_footer();
}

................................................................................
#define W_ALL_BUT(x)  (W_ALL&~(x))

/*
** Add some standard submenu elements for wiki screens.
*/
static void wiki_standard_submenu(unsigned int ok){
  if( (ok & W_SRCH)!=0 && search_restrict(SRCH_WIKI)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Search","Search","%R/wikisrch");
  }
  if( (ok & W_LIST)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("List","List","%R/wcontent");
  }
  if( (ok & W_HELP)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Help","Help","%R/wikihelp");
  }
  if( (ok & W_NEW)!=0 && g.anon.NewWiki ){
    style_submenu_element("New","New","%R/wikinew");
  }
#if 0
  if( (ok & W_BLOG)!=0
#endif
  if( (ok & W_SANDBOX)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Sandbox", "Sandbox", "%R/wiki?name=Sandbox");
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: wikihelp
** A generic landing page for wiki.
*/
................................................................................
      zBody = pWiki->zWiki;
      zMimetype = pWiki->zMimetype;
    }
  }
  zMimetype = wiki_filter_mimetypes(zMimetype);
  if( !g.isHome ){
    if( rid ){
      style_submenu_element("Diff", "Last change",
                 "%R/wdiff?name=%T&a=%d", zPageName, rid);
      zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
      style_submenu_element("Details", "Details",
                   "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
    }
    if( (rid && g.anon.WrWiki) || (!rid && g.anon.NewWiki) ){
      if( db_get_boolean("wysiwyg-wiki", 0) ){
        style_submenu_element("Edit", "Edit Wiki Page",
             "%s/wikiedit?name=%T&wysiwyg=1",
             g.zTop, zPageName);
      }else{
        style_submenu_element("Edit", "Edit Wiki Page",
             "%s/wikiedit?name=%T",
             g.zTop, zPageName);
      }
    }
    if( rid && g.anon.ApndWiki && g.anon.Attach ){
      style_submenu_element("Attach", "Add An Attachment",
           "%s/attachadd?page=%T&from=%s/wiki%%3fname=%T",
           g.zTop, zPageName, g.zTop, zPageName);
    }
    if( rid && g.anon.ApndWiki ){
      style_submenu_element("Append", "Add A Comment",
           "%s/wikiappend?name=%T&mimetype=%s",
           g.zTop, zPageName, zMimetype);
    }
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
      style_submenu_element("History", "History", "%s/whistory?name=%T",
           g.zTop, zPageName);
    }
  }
  style_set_current_page("%T?name=%T", g.zPath, zPageName);
  style_header("%s", zPageName);
  wiki_standard_submenu(submenuFlags);
  blob_init(&wiki, zBody, -1);
................................................................................
/*
** Output a selection box from which the user can select the
** wiki mimetype.
*/
void mimetype_option_menu(const char *zMimetype){
  unsigned i;
  @ <select name="mimetype" size="1">
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azStyles)/sizeof(azStyles[0]); i+=3){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype,azStyles[i])==0 ){
      @ <option value="%s(azStyles[i])" selected>%s(azStyles[i+1])</option>
    }else{
      @ <option value="%s(azStyles[i])">%s(azStyles[i+1])</option>
    }
  }
  @ </select>
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  int showAll = P("all")!=0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.RdWiki ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdWiki); return; }
  style_header("Available Wiki Pages");
  if( showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Active", "Only Active Pages", "%s/wcontent", g.zTop);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "%s/wcontent?all=1", g.zTop);
  }
  wiki_standard_submenu(W_ALL_BUT(W_LIST));
  @ <ul>
  wiki_prepare_page_list(&q);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    int size = db_column_int(&q, 1);

/*
** Only allow certain mimetypes through.
** All others become "text/x-fossil-wiki"
*/
const char *wiki_filter_mimetypes(const char *zMimetype){
  if( zMimetype!=0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<count(azStyles); i+=3){
      if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype,azStyles[i+2])==0 ){
        return azStyles[i];
      }
    }
    if(  fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/x-markdown")==0
        || fossil_strcmp(zMimetype, "text/plain")==0 ){
      return zMimetype;
................................................................................
** Show a summary of the Markdown wiki formatting rules.
*/
void markdown_rules_page(void){
  Blob x;
  int fTxt = P("txt")!=0;
  style_header("Markdown Formatting Rules");
  if( fTxt ){
    style_submenu_element("Formatted", "%R/md_rules");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Plain-Text", "%R/md_rules?txt=1");
  }
  blob_init(&x, builtin_text("markdown.md"), -1);
  wiki_render_by_mimetype(&x, fTxt ? "text/plain" : "text/x-markdown");
  blob_reset(&x);
  style_footer();
}

................................................................................
#define W_ALL_BUT(x)  (W_ALL&~(x))

/*
** Add some standard submenu elements for wiki screens.
*/
static void wiki_standard_submenu(unsigned int ok){
  if( (ok & W_SRCH)!=0 && search_restrict(SRCH_WIKI)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Search", "%R/wikisrch");
  }
  if( (ok & W_LIST)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("List", "%R/wcontent");
  }
  if( (ok & W_HELP)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Help", "%R/wikihelp");
  }
  if( (ok & W_NEW)!=0 && g.anon.NewWiki ){
    style_submenu_element("New", "%R/wikinew");
  }
#if 0
  if( (ok & W_BLOG)!=0
#endif
  if( (ok & W_SANDBOX)!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Sandbox", "%R/wiki?name=Sandbox");
  }
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: wikihelp
** A generic landing page for wiki.
*/
................................................................................
      zBody = pWiki->zWiki;
      zMimetype = pWiki->zMimetype;
    }
  }
  zMimetype = wiki_filter_mimetypes(zMimetype);
  if( !g.isHome ){
    if( rid ){

      style_submenu_element("Diff", "%R/wdiff?name=%T&a=%d", zPageName, rid);
      zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
      style_submenu_element("Details", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);

    }
    if( (rid && g.anon.WrWiki) || (!rid && g.anon.NewWiki) ){
      if( db_get_boolean("wysiwyg-wiki", 0) ){

        style_submenu_element("Edit", "%s/wikiedit?name=%T&wysiwyg=1",
             g.zTop, zPageName);
      }else{
        style_submenu_element("Edit", "%s/wikiedit?name=%T", g.zTop, zPageName);


      }
    }
    if( rid && g.anon.ApndWiki && g.anon.Attach ){
      style_submenu_element("Attach",
           "%s/attachadd?page=%T&from=%s/wiki%%3fname=%T",
           g.zTop, zPageName, g.zTop, zPageName);
    }
    if( rid && g.anon.ApndWiki ){

      style_submenu_element("Append", "%s/wikiappend?name=%T&mimetype=%s",
           g.zTop, zPageName, zMimetype);
    }
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
      style_submenu_element("History", "%s/whistory?name=%T",
           g.zTop, zPageName);
    }
  }
  style_set_current_page("%T?name=%T", g.zPath, zPageName);
  style_header("%s", zPageName);
  wiki_standard_submenu(submenuFlags);
  blob_init(&wiki, zBody, -1);
................................................................................
/*
** Output a selection box from which the user can select the
** wiki mimetype.
*/
void mimetype_option_menu(const char *zMimetype){
  unsigned i;
  @ <select name="mimetype" size="1">
  for(i=0; i<count(azStyles); i+=3){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zMimetype,azStyles[i])==0 ){
      @ <option value="%s(azStyles[i])" selected>%s(azStyles[i+1])</option>
    }else{
      @ <option value="%s(azStyles[i])">%s(azStyles[i+1])</option>
    }
  }
  @ </select>
................................................................................
  Stmt q;
  int showAll = P("all")!=0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.RdWiki ){ login_needed(g.anon.RdWiki); return; }
  style_header("Available Wiki Pages");
  if( showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Active", "%s/wcontent", g.zTop);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "%s/wcontent?all=1", g.zTop);
  }
  wiki_standard_submenu(W_ALL_BUT(W_LIST));
  @ <ul>
  wiki_prepare_page_list(&q);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    int size = db_column_int(&q, 1);

/*
** Use binary search to locate a tag in the aAttribute[] table.
*/
static int findAttr(const char *z){
  int i, c, first, last;
  first = 1;
  last = sizeof(aAttribute)/sizeof(aAttribute[0]) - 1;
  while( first<=last ){
    i = (first+last)/2;
    c = fossil_strcmp(aAttribute[i].zName, z);
    if( c==0 ){
      return i;
    }else if( c<0 ){
      first = i+1;
................................................................................
 { "var",           MARKUP_VAR,          MUTYPE_FONT,          AMSK_STYLE },
 { "verbatim",      MARKUP_VERBATIM,     MUTYPE_SPECIAL,
                    AMSK_ID|AMSK_TYPE },
};

void show_allowed_wiki_markup( void ){
  int i; /* loop over allowedAttr */
  for( i=1 ; i<=sizeof(aMarkup)/sizeof(aMarkup[0]) - 1 ; i++ ){
    @ &lt;%s(aMarkup[i].zName)&gt;
  }
}

/*
** Use binary search to locate a tag in the aMarkup[] table.
*/
static int findTag(const char *z){
  int i, c, first, last;
  first = 1;
  last = sizeof(aMarkup)/sizeof(aMarkup[0]) - 1;
  while( first<=last ){
    i = (first+last)/2;
    c = fossil_strcmp(aMarkup[i].zName, z);
    if( c==0 ){
      assert( aMarkup[i].iCode==i );
      return i;
    }else if( c<0 ){
................................................................................
  while( z[i] && z[i]!='<' ){ i++; }
  if( fossil_strnicmp(&z[i], "</a>",4)!=0 ) return 0;
  for(j=*pN; fossil_isspace(z[j]); j++){}
  zTag = mprintf("%.*s", i-j, &z[j]);
  j = (int)strlen(zTag);
  while( j>0 && fossil_isspace(zTag[j-1]) ){ j--; }
  if( j==0 ) return 0;
  style_submenu_element(zTag, zTag, "%s", zHref);
  *pN = i+4;
  return 1;
}

/*
** Pop a single element off of the stack.  As the element is popped,
** output its end tag if it is not a </div> tag.
................................................................................
        static const struct { int n; char c; char *z; } aEntity[] = {
           { 5, '&', "&amp;"   },
           { 4, '<', "&lt;"    },
           { 4, '>', "&gt;"    },
           { 6, ' ', "&nbsp;"  },
        };
        int jj;
        for(jj=0; jj<ArraySize(aEntity); jj++){
          if( aEntity[jj].n==n && strncmp(aEntity[jj].z,zIn,n)==0 ){
            c = aEntity[jj].c;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if( fossil_isspace(c) ){

/*
** Use binary search to locate a tag in the aAttribute[] table.
*/
static int findAttr(const char *z){
  int i, c, first, last;
  first = 1;
  last = count(aAttribute) - 1;
  while( first<=last ){
    i = (first+last)/2;
    c = fossil_strcmp(aAttribute[i].zName, z);
    if( c==0 ){
      return i;
    }else if( c<0 ){
      first = i+1;
................................................................................
 { "var",           MARKUP_VAR,          MUTYPE_FONT,          AMSK_STYLE },
 { "verbatim",      MARKUP_VERBATIM,     MUTYPE_SPECIAL,
                    AMSK_ID|AMSK_TYPE },
};

void show_allowed_wiki_markup( void ){
  int i; /* loop over allowedAttr */
  for( i=1 ; i<=count(aMarkup) - 1 ; i++ ){
    @ &lt;%s(aMarkup[i].zName)&gt;
  }
}

/*
** Use binary search to locate a tag in the aMarkup[] table.
*/
static int findTag(const char *z){
  int i, c, first, last;
  first = 1;
  last = count(aMarkup) - 1;
  while( first<=last ){
    i = (first+last)/2;
    c = fossil_strcmp(aMarkup[i].zName, z);
    if( c==0 ){
      assert( aMarkup[i].iCode==i );
      return i;
    }else if( c<0 ){
................................................................................
  while( z[i] && z[i]!='<' ){ i++; }
  if( fossil_strnicmp(&z[i], "</a>",4)!=0 ) return 0;
  for(j=*pN; fossil_isspace(z[j]); j++){}
  zTag = mprintf("%.*s", i-j, &z[j]);
  j = (int)strlen(zTag);
  while( j>0 && fossil_isspace(zTag[j-1]) ){ j--; }
  if( j==0 ) return 0;
  style_submenu_element(zTag, "%s", zHref);
  *pN = i+4;
  return 1;
}

/*
** Pop a single element off of the stack.  As the element is popped,
** output its end tag if it is not a </div> tag.
................................................................................
        static const struct { int n; char c; char *z; } aEntity[] = {
           { 5, '&', "&amp;"   },
           { 4, '<', "&lt;"    },
           { 4, '>', "&gt;"    },
           { 6, ' ', "&nbsp;"  },
        };
        int jj;
        for(jj=0; jj<count(aEntity); jj++){
          if( aEntity[jj].n==n && strncmp(aEntity[jj].z,zIn,n)==0 ){
            c = aEntity[jj].c;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if( fossil_isspace(c) ){

  WSADATA wd;
  SOCKET s = INVALID_SOCKET;
  SOCKADDR_IN addr;
  int idCnt = 0;
  int iPort = mnPort;
  Blob options;
  wchar_t zTmpPath[MAX_PATH];





  blob_zero(&options);
  if( zBaseUrl ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --baseurl %s", zBaseUrl);
  }
  if( zNotFound ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --notfound %s", zNotFound);
................................................................................
  }
  if( g.thTrace ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --th-trace");
  }
  if( flags & HTTP_SERVER_REPOLIST ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --repolist");
  }








  if( WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1,1), &wd) ){
    fossil_fatal("unable to initialize winsock");
  }
  while( iPort<=mxPort ){
    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
    if( s==INVALID_SOCKET ){
      fossil_fatal("unable to create a socket");
................................................................................
    }else{
      fossil_fatal("error from StartServiceCtrlDispatcher()");
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* dupe ifdef needed for mkindex


** COMMAND: winsrv*
**
** Usage: %fossil winsrv METHOD ?SERVICE-NAME? ?OPTIONS?
**
** Where METHOD is one of: create delete show start stop.
**
** The winsrv command manages Fossil as a Windows service.  This allows
................................................................................
  }else
  {
    fossil_fatal("METHOD should be one of:"
                 " create delete show start stop");
  }
  return;
}

#endif /* _WIN32  -- This code is for win32 only */

  WSADATA wd;
  SOCKET s = INVALID_SOCKET;
  SOCKADDR_IN addr;
  int idCnt = 0;
  int iPort = mnPort;
  Blob options;
  wchar_t zTmpPath[MAX_PATH];
#if USE_SEE
  const char *zSavedKey = 0;
  size_t savedKeySize = 0;
#endif

  blob_zero(&options);
  if( zBaseUrl ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --baseurl %s", zBaseUrl);
  }
  if( zNotFound ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --notfound %s", zNotFound);
................................................................................
  }
  if( g.thTrace ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --th-trace");
  }
  if( flags & HTTP_SERVER_REPOLIST ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --repolist");
  }
#if USE_SEE
  zSavedKey = db_get_saved_encryption_key();
  savedKeySize = db_get_saved_encryption_key_size();
  if( zSavedKey!=0 && savedKeySize>0 ){
    blob_appendf(&options, " --usepidkey %lu:%p:%u", GetCurrentProcessId(),
                 zSavedKey, savedKeySize);
  }
#endif
  if( WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1,1), &wd) ){
    fossil_fatal("unable to initialize winsock");
  }
  while( iPort<=mxPort ){
    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
    if( s==INVALID_SOCKET ){
      fossil_fatal("unable to create a socket");
................................................................................
    }else{
      fossil_fatal("error from StartServiceCtrlDispatcher()");
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Duplicate #ifdef needed for mkindex */
#ifdef _WIN32
/*
** COMMAND: winsrv*
**
** Usage: %fossil winsrv METHOD ?SERVICE-NAME? ?OPTIONS?
**
** Where METHOD is one of: create delete show start stop.
**
** The winsrv command manages Fossil as a Windows service.  This allows
................................................................................
  }else
  {
    fossil_fatal("METHOD should be one of:"
                 " create delete show start stop");
  }
  return;
}
#endif /* _WIN32 -- dupe needed for mkindex */
#endif /* _WIN32 -- This code is for win32 only */

          if( iStatus==4 ) iStatus = 2;
          if( iStatus==5 ) iStatus = 1;
        }
        if( syncFlags & (SYNC_UV_TRACE|SYNC_UV_DRYRUN) ){
          const char *zMsg = 0;
          switch( iStatus ){
            case 0:
            case 1: zMsg = "UV-PULL";             break; 
            case 2: zMsg = "UV-PULL-MTIME-ONLY";  break;
            case 4: zMsg = "UV-PUSH-MTIME-ONLY";  break;
            case 5: zMsg = "UV-PUSH";             break;
          }
          if( zMsg ) fossil_print("\r%s: %s\n", zMsg, zName);
          if( syncFlags & SYNC_UV_DRYRUN ){
            iStatus = 99;  /* Prevent any changes or reply messages */

          if( iStatus==4 ) iStatus = 2;
          if( iStatus==5 ) iStatus = 1;
        }
        if( syncFlags & (SYNC_UV_TRACE|SYNC_UV_DRYRUN) ){
          const char *zMsg = 0;
          switch( iStatus ){
            case 0:
            case 1: zMsg = "UV-PULL";             break;
            case 2: zMsg = "UV-PULL-MTIME-ONLY";  break;
            case 4: zMsg = "UV-PUSH-MTIME-ONLY";  break;
            case 5: zMsg = "UV-PUSH";             break;
          }
          if( zMsg ) fossil_print("\r%s: %s\n", zMsg, zName);
          if( syncFlags & SYNC_UV_DRYRUN ){
            iStatus = 99;  /* Prevent any changes or reply messages */

#
# Copyright (c) 2016 D. Richard Hipp
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the Simplified BSD License (also
# known as the "2-Clause License" or "FreeBSD License".)
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
# merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
#
# Author contact information:
#   drh@hwaci.com
#   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
#
############################################################################
#
# Tests for the diff command.
#

require_no_open_checkout

test_setup; set rootDir [file normalize [pwd]]

###################################
# Tests of binary file detection. #
###################################

file mkdir .fossil-settings
write_file [file join .fossil-settings binary-glob] "*"

write_file file0.dat ""; # no content.
write_file file1.dat "test file 1 (one line no term)."
write_file file2.dat "test file 2 (NUL character).\0"
write_file file3.dat "test file 3 (long line).[string repeat x 16384]"
write_file file4.dat "test file 4 (long line).[string repeat y 16384]\ntwo"
write_file file5.dat "[string repeat z 16384]\ntest file 5 (long line)."

fossil add $rootDir
fossil commit -m "c1"

###############################################################################

fossil ls
test diff-ls-1 {[normalize_result] eq \
"file0.dat\nfile1.dat\nfile2.dat\nfile3.dat\nfile4.dat\nfile5.dat"}

###############################################################################

write_file file0.dat "\0"
fossil diff file0.dat

test diff-file0-1 {[normalize_result] eq {Index: file0.dat
==================================================================
--- file0.dat
+++ file0.dat
cannot compute difference between binary files}}

###############################################################################

write_file file1.dat [string repeat z 16384]
fossil diff file1.dat

test diff-file1-1 {[normalize_result] eq {Index: file1.dat
==================================================================
--- file1.dat
+++ file1.dat
cannot compute difference between binary files}}

###############################################################################

write_file file2.dat "test file 2 (no NUL character)."
fossil diff file2.dat

test diff-file2-1 {[normalize_result] eq {Index: file2.dat
==================================================================
--- file2.dat
+++ file2.dat
cannot compute difference between binary files}}

###############################################################################

write_file file3.dat "test file 3 (not a long line)."
fossil diff file3.dat

test diff-file3-1 {[normalize_result] eq {Index: file3.dat
==================================================================
--- file3.dat
+++ file3.dat
cannot compute difference between binary files}}

###############################################################################

write_file file4.dat "test file 4 (not a long line).\ntwo"
fossil diff file4.dat

test diff-file4-1 {[normalize_result] eq {Index: file4.dat
==================================================================
--- file4.dat
+++ file4.dat
cannot compute difference between binary files}}

###############################################################################

write_file file5.dat "[string repeat 0 16]\ntest file 5 (not a long line)."
fossil diff file5.dat

test diff-file5-1 {[normalize_result] eq {Index: file5.dat
==================================================================
--- file5.dat
+++ file5.dat
cannot compute difference between binary files}}

###############################################################################

test_cleanup

     Merge on the same branch does not result in a leaf.
     </a>
  *  <a href="../../../timeline?c=20015206bc"
     target="testwindow">
     This timeline has a hidden commit.</a> Click Unhide to reveal.
  *  <a href="../../../timeline?y=ci&n=15&b=2a4e4cf03e"
     target="testwindow">Isolated check-ins.</a>




External:

  *  <a href="http://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline?c=2010-09-29&nd"
     target="testwindow">Timewarp due to a mis-configured system clock.</a>
  *  <a href="http://core.tcl.tk/tk/finfo?name=tests/id.test"
     target="testwindow">Show all three separate deletions of "id.test".

     Merge on the same branch does not result in a leaf.
     </a>
  *  <a href="../../../timeline?c=20015206bc"
     target="testwindow">
     This timeline has a hidden commit.</a> Click Unhide to reveal.
  *  <a href="../../../timeline?y=ci&n=15&b=2a4e4cf03e"
     target="testwindow">Isolated check-ins.</a>
  *  <a href="../../../timeline?b=0fa60142&n=50"
     target="testwindow">Single branch raiser from bottom of page
     up to checkins 057e4b and d3cc6d</a>

External:

  *  <a href="http://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline?c=2010-09-29&nd"
     target="testwindow">Timewarp due to a mis-configured system clock.</a>
  *  <a href="http://core.tcl.tk/tk/finfo?name=tests/id.test"
     target="testwindow">Show all three separate deletions of "id.test".

  UPDATE f2
  UPDATE f3n
  ADDED  f0
} -changes {
  ADDED      f0
  MISSING    f1
  EDITED     f2
  MISSING    f3
} -addremove {
  ADDED  f3n
  DELETED  f1
  DELETED  f3
} -exists {f0 f2 f3n} -notexists {f1 f3}

# Confirm there is no longer a stash saved
fossil stash list
test stash-2-list {[first_data_line] eq "empty stash"}


................................................................................
test stash-3-2-show-2 {[regexp {\sf2n} $RESULT]}
stash-test 3-2-pop {pop} {
  UPDATE f1
  UPDATE f2n
} -changes {
  RENAMED    f2n
} -addremove {
  ADDED  f2n
  DELETED  f2
} -exists {f1 f2n} -notexists {f2} -knownbugs {-changes}



########
# fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?

test_setup

  UPDATE f2
  UPDATE f3n
  ADDED  f0
} -changes {
  ADDED      f0
  MISSING    f1
  EDITED     f2
  RENAMED    f3n
} -addremove {

  DELETED  f1

} -exists {f0 f2 f3n} -notexists {f1 f3}

# Confirm there is no longer a stash saved
fossil stash list
test stash-2-list {[first_data_line] eq "empty stash"}


................................................................................
test stash-3-2-show-2 {[regexp {\sf2n} $RESULT]}
stash-test 3-2-pop {pop} {
  UPDATE f1
  UPDATE f2n
} -changes {
  RENAMED    f2n
} -addremove {


} -exists {f1 f2n} -notexists {f2}



########
# fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?

test_setup

    }
    append out \n$line
  }
  return [string range $out 1 end]
}

# This procedure executes the "fossil server" command.  The return value

# is the new process identifier.  The varName argument refers to a variable
# where the "stop argument" is to be stored.  This value must eventually be
# passed to the [test_stop_server] procedure.
proc test_start_server { repository {varName ""} } {
  global fossilexe
  set command [list exec $fossilexe server]
  if {[string length $varName] > 0} {
    upvar 1 $varName stopArg
  }
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
    set stopArg [file join [getTemporaryPath] [appendArgs \
        [string trim [clock seconds] -] _ [getSeqNo] .stopper]]
    lappend command --stopper $stopArg
  }



  lappend command $repository &
  set pid [eval $command]
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform) ne "windows"} {
    set stopArg $pid
  }
  return $pid






}

# This procedure stops a Fossil server instance that was previously started
# by the [test_start_server] procedure.  The value of the "stop argument"
# will vary by platform as will the exact method used to stop the server.

proc test_stop_server { stopArg pid } {
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
    #
    # NOTE: On Windows, the "stop argument" must be the name of a file
    #       that does NOT already exist.
    #

    if {![file exists $stopArg] && \
        [catch {write_file $stopArg [clock seconds]}] == 0} then {
      while {1} {
        if {[catch {
          #
          # NOTE: Using the TaskList utility requires Windows XP or
          #       later.
          #
          exec tasklist.exe /FI "PID eq $pid"
        } result] != 0 || ![regexp -- " $pid " $result]} then {
          break
        }
        after 1000; # wait a bit...
      }
      file delete $stopArg



      return true
    }
  } else {
    #
    # NOTE: On Unix, the "stop argument" must be an integer identifier
    #       that refers to an existing process.
    #
    if {[regexp {^(?:-)?\d+$} $stopArg] && \
        [catch {exec kill -TERM $stopArg}] == 0} then {
      while {1} {
        if {[catch {
          #
          # TODO: Is this portable to all the supported variants of
          #       Unix?  It should be, it's POSIX.
          #
          exec ps -p $pid
        } result] != 0 || ![regexp -- "(?:^$pid| $pid) " $result]} then {
          break
        }
        after 1000; # wait a bit...



      }
      return true
    }
  }
  return false
}

    }
    append out \n$line
  }
  return [string range $out 1 end]
}

# This procedure executes the "fossil server" command.  The return value
# is a list comprised of the new process identifier and the port on which
# the server started.  The varName argument refers to a variable
# where the "stop argument" is to be stored.  This value must eventually be
# passed to the [test_stop_server] procedure.
proc test_start_server { repository {varName ""} } {
  global fossilexe tempPath
  set command [list exec $fossilexe server --localhost]
  if {[string length $varName] > 0} {
    upvar 1 $varName stopArg
  }
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
    set stopArg [file join [getTemporaryPath] [appendArgs \
        [string trim [clock seconds] -] _ [getSeqNo] .stopper]]
    lappend command --stopper $stopArg
  }
  set outFileName [file join $tempPath [appendArgs \
      fossil_server_ [string trim [clock seconds] -] _ \
      [getSeqNo]]].out
  lappend command $repository >&$outFileName &
  set pid [eval $command]
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform) ne "windows"} {
    set stopArg $pid
  }
  after 1000; # output might not be there yet
  set output [read_file $outFileName]
  if {![regexp {Listening.*TCP port (\d+)} $output dummy port]} {
    puts stdout "Could not detect Fossil server port, using default..."
    set port 8080; # return the default port just in case
  }
  return [list $pid $port $outFileName]
}

# This procedure stops a Fossil server instance that was previously started
# by the [test_start_server] procedure.  The value of the "stop argument"
# will vary by platform as will the exact method used to stop the server.
# The fileName argument is the name of a temporary output file to delete.
proc test_stop_server { stopArg pid fileName } {
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
    #
    # NOTE: On Windows, the "stop argument" must be the name of a file
    #       that does NOT already exist.
    #
    if {[string length $stopArg] > 0 && \
        ![file exists $stopArg] && \
        [catch {write_file $stopArg [clock seconds]}] == 0} {
      while {1} {
        if {[catch {
          #
          # NOTE: Using the TaskList utility requires Windows XP or
          #       later.
          #
          exec tasklist.exe /FI "PID eq $pid"
        } result] != 0 || ![regexp -- " $pid " $result]} {
          break
        }
        after 1000; # wait a bit...
      }
      file delete $stopArg
      if {[string length $fileName] > 0} {
        file delete $fileName
      }
      return true
    }
  } else {
    #
    # NOTE: On Unix, the "stop argument" must be an integer identifier
    #       that refers to an existing process.
    #
    if {[regexp {^(?:-)?\d+$} $stopArg] && \
        [catch {exec kill -TERM $stopArg}] == 0} {
      while {1} {
        if {[catch {
          #
          # TODO: Is this portable to all the supported variants of
          #       Unix?  It should be, it's POSIX.
          #
          exec ps -p $pid
        } result] != 0 || ![regexp -- "(?:^$pid| $pid) " $result]} {
          break
        }
        after 1000; # wait a bit...
      }
      if {[string length $fileName] > 0} {
        file delete $fileName
      }
      return true
    }
  }
  return false
}

set base_commands {anoncap anycap array artifact break breakpoint catch\
      checkout combobox continue date decorate dir enable_output encode64\
      error expr for getParameter glob_match globalState hascap hasfeature\
      html htmlize http httpize if info insertCsrf lindex linecount list\
      llength lsearch markdown proc puts query randhex redirect regexp\
      reinitialize rename render repository return searchable set\
      setParameter setting stime string styleFooter styleHeader tclReady\
      trace unset uplevel upvar utime verifyCsrf wiki}
set tcl_commands {tclEval tclExpr tclInvoke tclIsSafe tclMakeSafe}
if {$th1Tcl} {
  test th1-info-commands-1 {$sorted_result eq [lsort "$base_commands $tcl_commands"]}
} else {
  test th1-info-commands-1 {$sorted_result eq [lsort "$base_commands"]}
}

................................................................................
  return [string trim $x]
  set y; # NOTE: Never hit.
}

fossil test-th-source $th1FileName
test th1-source-1 {$RESULT eq {TH_RETURN: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}}
file delete $th1FileName

###############################################################################





































test_cleanup

set base_commands {anoncap anycap array artifact break breakpoint catch\
      checkout combobox continue date decorate dir enable_output encode64\
      error expr for getParameter glob_match globalState hascap hasfeature\
      html htmlize http httpize if info insertCsrf lindex linecount list\
      llength lsearch markdown proc puts query randhex redirect regexp\
      reinitialize rename render repository return searchable set\
      setParameter setting stime string styleFooter styleHeader tclReady\
      trace unset unversioned uplevel upvar utime verifyCsrf wiki}
set tcl_commands {tclEval tclExpr tclInvoke tclIsSafe tclMakeSafe}
if {$th1Tcl} {
  test th1-info-commands-1 {$sorted_result eq [lsort "$base_commands $tcl_commands"]}
} else {
  test th1-info-commands-1 {$sorted_result eq [lsort "$base_commands"]}
}

................................................................................
  return [string trim $x]
  set y; # NOTE: Never hit.
}

fossil test-th-source $th1FileName
test th1-source-1 {$RESULT eq {TH_RETURN: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}}
file delete $th1FileName

###############################################################################

#
# TODO: Modify the result of this test if the list of unversioned files
#       changes.
#
run_in_checkout {
  fossil test-th-eval --open-config "unversioned list"
}

test th1-unversioned-1 {[normalize_result] eq \
{build-icons/linux.gif build-icons/linux64.gif build-icons/mac.gif\
build-icons/openbsd.gif build-icons/src.gif build-icons/win32.gif\
download.html download/fossil-linux-x86-1.32.zip\
download/fossil-linux-x86-1.33.zip download/fossil-linux-x86-1.34.zip\
download/fossil-linux-x86-1.35.zip download/fossil-macosx-x86-1.32.zip\
download/fossil-macosx-x86-1.33.zip download/fossil-macosx-x86-1.34.zip\
download/fossil-macosx-x86-1.35.zip download/fossil-openbsd-x86-1.32.zip\
download/fossil-openbsd-x86-1.33.zip download/fossil-openbsd-x86-1.34.tar.gz\
download/fossil-openbsd-x86-1.35.tar.gz download/fossil-src-1.32.tar.gz\
download/fossil-src-1.33.tar.gz download/fossil-src-1.34.tar.gz\
download/fossil-src-1.35.tar.gz download/fossil-w32-1.32.zip\
download/fossil-w32-1.33.zip download/fossil-w32-1.34.zip\
download/fossil-w32-1.35.zip download/releasenotes-1.32.html\
download/releasenotes-1.33.html download/releasenotes-1.34.html\
download/releasenotes-1.35.html index.wiki}}

###############################################################################

run_in_checkout {
  fossil test-th-eval --open-config \
      {string length [unversioned content build-icons/src.gif]}
}

test th1-unversioned-2 {$RESULT eq {4592}}

###############################################################################

test_cleanup

{^[0-9a-f]{12} 2016-10-01 00:00:00       30       30 unversioned2\.txt
[0-9a-f]{12} \d{4}-\d{2}-\d{2} \d{2}:\d{2}:\d{2}       28       28\
unversioned5\.txt$} [normalize_result]]}

###############################################################################

set password [string trim [clock seconds] -]
set remote [appendArgs http://uvtester: $password @localhost:8080/]

fossil user new uvtester "Unversioned Test User" $password
fossil user capabilities uvtester oy

###############################################################################

set pid [test_start_server $repository stopArg]
puts [appendArgs "Started Fossil server, pid \"" $pid \".]


###############################################################################

set clientDir [file join $tempPath [appendArgs \
    uvtest_ [string trim [clock seconds] -] _ [getSeqNo]]]

set savedPwd [pwd]
................................................................................

cd $savedPwd; unset savedPwd
file delete -force $clientDir
puts [appendArgs "Now in server directory \"" [pwd] \".]

###############################################################################

set stopped [test_stop_server $stopArg $pid]

puts [appendArgs \
    [expr {$stopped ? "Stopped" : "Could not stop"}] \
    " Fossil server, pid \"" $pid "\", using argument \"" \
    $stopArg \".]

###############################################################################

{^[0-9a-f]{12} 2016-10-01 00:00:00       30       30 unversioned2\.txt
[0-9a-f]{12} \d{4}-\d{2}-\d{2} \d{2}:\d{2}:\d{2}       28       28\
unversioned5\.txt$} [normalize_result]]}

###############################################################################

set password [string trim [clock seconds] -]


fossil user new uvtester "Unversioned Test User" $password
fossil user capabilities uvtester oy

###############################################################################

foreach {pid port outTmpFile} [test_start_server $repository stopArg] {}
puts [appendArgs "Started Fossil server, pid \"" $pid \" ", port \"" $port \".]
set remote [appendArgs http://uvtester: $password @localhost: $port /]

###############################################################################

set clientDir [file join $tempPath [appendArgs \
    uvtest_ [string trim [clock seconds] -] _ [getSeqNo]]]

set savedPwd [pwd]
................................................................................

cd $savedPwd; unset savedPwd
file delete -force $clientDir
puts [appendArgs "Now in server directory \"" [pwd] \".]

###############################################################################

set stopped [test_stop_server $stopArg $pid $outTmpFile]

puts [appendArgs \
    [expr {$stopped ? "Stopped" : "Could not stop"}] \
    " Fossil server, pid \"" $pid "\", using argument \"" \
    $stopArg \".]

###############################################################################

webpage that shows some of the CGI environment
variables that Fossil pays attention to.
<p>
In addition to setting various CGI environment variables, if the HTTP
request contains POST content, then the web server relays the POST content
to standard input of the CGI script.
<p>
In summary, the task of the 
CGI script is to read the various CGI environment variables and
the POST content on standard input (if any), figure out an appropriate
reply, then write that reply on standard output.
The web server will read the output from the CGI script, reformat it
into an appropriate HTTP reply, and relay the result back to the
requesting application.
The CGI script exits as soon as it generates a single reply.
................................................................................
<blockquote>
An appropriate CGI script for running Fossil will look something
like the following:
<blockquote><pre>
#!/usr/bin/fossil
repository: /home/www/repos/project.fossil
</pre></blockquote>
The first line of the script is a 
"[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_%28Unix%29|shebang]"
that tells the operating system what program to use as the interpreter
for this script.  On unix, when you execute a script that starts with
a shebang, the operating system runs the program identified by the
shebang with a single argument that is the full pathname of the script 
itself.
In our example, the interpreter is Fossil, and the argument might
be something like "/var/www/cgi-bin/one/two" (depending on how your
particular web server is configured).
<p>
The Fossil program that is run as the script interpreter
is the same Fossil that runs when
you type ordinary Fossil commands like "fossil sync" or "fossil commit".
But in this case, as soon as it launches, the Fossil program
recognizes that the GATEWAY_INTERFACE environment variable is 
set to "CGI/1.0" and it therefore knows that it is being used as
CGI rather than as an ordinary command-line tool, and behaves accordingly.
<p>
When Fossil recognizes that it is being run as CGI, it opens and reads
the file identified by its sole argument (the file named by 
<code>argv&#91;1&#93;</code>).  In our example, the second line of that file
tells Fossil the location of the repository it will be serving.
Fossil then starts looking at the CGI environment variables to figure
out what web page is being requested, generates that one web page,
then exits.
<p>
Usually, the webpage being requested is the first term of the
................................................................................
the "name" query parameter.  Hence, the following two URLs mean
exactly the same thing to Fossil:
<ol type='A'>
<li> [https://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/info/c14ecc43]
<li> [https://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/info?name=c14ecc43]
</ol>
In both cases, the CGI script is called "/fossil".  For case (A),
the PATH_INFO variable will be "info/c14ecc43" and so the 
"[/help?cmd=/info|/info]" webpage will be generated and the suffix of
PATH_INFO will be converted into the "name" query parameter, which
identifies the artifact about which information is requested.
In case (B), the PATH_INFO is just "info", but the same "name"
query parameter is set explicitly by the URL itself.
</blockquote>
<h2>Serving Multiple Fossil Repositories From One CGI Script</h2>
................................................................................
of the webserver document area) is "cgis/example2".  Then to
see the timeline for the "three.fossil" repository, the URL would be:
<blockquote>
<b>http://example.com/cgis/example2/subdir/three/timeline</b>
</blockquote>
Here is what happens:
<ol>
<li> The input URI on the HTTP request is 
     <b>/cgis/example2/subdir/three/timeline</b>
<li> The web server searches prefixes of the input URI until it finds
     the "cgis/example2" script.  The web server then sets
     PATH_INFO to the "subdir/three/timeline" suffix and invokes the
     "cgis/example2" script.
<li> Fossil runs and sees the "directory:" line pointing to
     "/home/www/repos".  Fossil then starts pulling terms off the
     front of the PATH_INFO looking for a repository.  It first looks
     at "/home/www/resps/subdir.fossil" but there is no such repository.
     So then it looks at "/home/www/repos/subdir/three.fossil" and finds
     a repository.  The PATH_INFO is shortened by removing 
     "subdir/three/" leaving it at just "timeline".
<li> Fossil looks at the rest of PATH_INFO to see that the webpage
     requested is "timeline".
</ol>
</blockquote>
<h2>Additional Observations</h2>
<blockquote><ol type="I">
................................................................................
Fossil does not care where the value of each property comes from (POST
content, cookies, or query parameters) only that the property exists
and has a value.
<li><p>
The "[/help?cmd=ui|fossil ui]" and "[/help?cmd=server|fossil server]" commands
are implemented using a simple built-in web server that accepts incoming HTTP
requests, translates each request into a CGI invocation, then creates a
separate child Fossil process to handle each request.  In other words, CGI 
is used internally to implement "fossil ui/server".
<p>
SCGI is processed using the same built-in web server, just modified
to parse SCGI requests instead of HTTP requests.  Each SCGI request is
converted into CGI, then Fossil creates a separate child Fossil 
process to handle each CGI request.
</ol>
</blockquote>

webpage that shows some of the CGI environment
variables that Fossil pays attention to.
<p>
In addition to setting various CGI environment variables, if the HTTP
request contains POST content, then the web server relays the POST content
to standard input of the CGI script.
<p>
In summary, the task of the
CGI script is to read the various CGI environment variables and
the POST content on standard input (if any), figure out an appropriate
reply, then write that reply on standard output.
The web server will read the output from the CGI script, reformat it
into an appropriate HTTP reply, and relay the result back to the
requesting application.
The CGI script exits as soon as it generates a single reply.
................................................................................
<blockquote>
An appropriate CGI script for running Fossil will look something
like the following:
<blockquote><pre>
#!/usr/bin/fossil
repository: /home/www/repos/project.fossil
</pre></blockquote>
The first line of the script is a
"[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_%28Unix%29|shebang]"
that tells the operating system what program to use as the interpreter
for this script.  On unix, when you execute a script that starts with
a shebang, the operating system runs the program identified by the
shebang with a single argument that is the full pathname of the script
itself.
In our example, the interpreter is Fossil, and the argument might
be something like "/var/www/cgi-bin/one/two" (depending on how your
particular web server is configured).
<p>
The Fossil program that is run as the script interpreter
is the same Fossil that runs when
you type ordinary Fossil commands like "fossil sync" or "fossil commit".
But in this case, as soon as it launches, the Fossil program
recognizes that the GATEWAY_INTERFACE environment variable is
set to "CGI/1.0" and it therefore knows that it is being used as
CGI rather than as an ordinary command-line tool, and behaves accordingly.
<p>
When Fossil recognizes that it is being run as CGI, it opens and reads
the file identified by its sole argument (the file named by
<code>argv&#91;1&#93;</code>).  In our example, the second line of that file
tells Fossil the location of the repository it will be serving.
Fossil then starts looking at the CGI environment variables to figure
out what web page is being requested, generates that one web page,
then exits.
<p>
Usually, the webpage being requested is the first term of the
................................................................................
the "name" query parameter.  Hence, the following two URLs mean
exactly the same thing to Fossil:
<ol type='A'>
<li> [https://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/info/c14ecc43]
<li> [https://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/info?name=c14ecc43]
</ol>
In both cases, the CGI script is called "/fossil".  For case (A),
the PATH_INFO variable will be "info/c14ecc43" and so the
"[/help?cmd=/info|/info]" webpage will be generated and the suffix of
PATH_INFO will be converted into the "name" query parameter, which
identifies the artifact about which information is requested.
In case (B), the PATH_INFO is just "info", but the same "name"
query parameter is set explicitly by the URL itself.
</blockquote>
<h2>Serving Multiple Fossil Repositories From One CGI Script</h2>
................................................................................
of the webserver document area) is "cgis/example2".  Then to
see the timeline for the "three.fossil" repository, the URL would be:
<blockquote>
<b>http://example.com/cgis/example2/subdir/three/timeline</b>
</blockquote>
Here is what happens:
<ol>
<li> The input URI on the HTTP request is
     <b>/cgis/example2/subdir/three/timeline</b>
<li> The web server searches prefixes of the input URI until it finds
     the "cgis/example2" script.  The web server then sets
     PATH_INFO to the "subdir/three/timeline" suffix and invokes the
     "cgis/example2" script.
<li> Fossil runs and sees the "directory:" line pointing to
     "/home/www/repos".  Fossil then starts pulling terms off the
     front of the PATH_INFO looking for a repository.  It first looks
     at "/home/www/resps/subdir.fossil" but there is no such repository.
     So then it looks at "/home/www/repos/subdir/three.fossil" and finds
     a repository.  The PATH_INFO is shortened by removing
     "subdir/three/" leaving it at just "timeline".
<li> Fossil looks at the rest of PATH_INFO to see that the webpage
     requested is "timeline".
</ol>
</blockquote>
<h2>Additional Observations</h2>
<blockquote><ol type="I">
................................................................................
Fossil does not care where the value of each property comes from (POST
content, cookies, or query parameters) only that the property exists
and has a value.
<li><p>
The "[/help?cmd=ui|fossil ui]" and "[/help?cmd=server|fossil server]" commands
are implemented using a simple built-in web server that accepts incoming HTTP
requests, translates each request into a CGI invocation, then creates a
separate child Fossil process to handle each request.  In other words, CGI
is used internally to implement "fossil ui/server".
<p>
SCGI is processed using the same built-in web server, just modified
to parse SCGI requests instead of HTTP requests.  Each SCGI request is
converted into CGI, then Fossil creates a separate child Fossil
process to handle each CGI request.
</ol>
</blockquote>

      for special comments that contain "help" text and which identify routines
      that implement specific commands or which generate particular web pages.

  2.  The <b>makeheaders</b> preprocessor generates all the ".h" files
      automatically.  Fossil programmers write ".c" files only and let the
      makeheaders preprocessor create the ".h" files.

  3.  The <b>translate</b> preprocessor converts source code lines that 
      begin with "@" into string literals, or into print statements that
      generate web page output, depending on context.

The [./makefile.wiki|Makefile] for Fossil takes care of running these
preprocessors with all the right arguments and in the right order.  So it is
not necessary to understand the details of how these preprocessors work.
(Though, the sources for all three preprocessors are included in the source
................................................................................
write code.

<h2>3.0 Adding New Source Code Files</h2>

New source code files are added in the "src/" subdirectory of the Fossil
source tree.  Suppose one wants to add a new source code file named
"xyzzy.c".  The first step is to add this file to the various makefiles.
Do so by editing the file src/makemake.tcl and adding "xyzzy" (without 
the final ".c") to the list of source modules at the top of that script.
Save the result and then run the makemake.tcl script using a TCL 
interpreter.  The command to run the makemake.tcl script is:

    <b>tclsh makemake.tcl</b>

The working directory must be src/ when the command above is run.
Note that TCL is not normally required to build Fossil, but
it is required for this step.  If you do not have a TCL interpreter on
................................................................................
After the makefiles have been updated, create the xyzzy.c source file
from the following template:

<blockquote><verbatim>
/*
** Copyright boilerplate goes here.
*****************************************************
** High-level description of what this module goes 
** here.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "xyzzy.h"

#if INTERFACE
/* Exported object (structure) definitions or #defines
................................................................................
normal Fossil source file must have a #include at the top that imports
its private header file.  (Some source files, such as "sqlite3.c" are
exceptions to this rule.  Don't worry about those exceptions.  The
files you write will require this #include line.)

The "#if INTERFACE ... #endif" section is optional and is only needed
if there are structure definitions or typedefs or macros that need to
be used by other source code files.  The makeheaders preprocessor 
uses definitions in the INTERFACE section to help it generate header
files.  See [../src/makeheaders.html | makeheaders.html] for additional
information.

After creating a template file such as shown above, and after updating
the makefiles, you should be able to recompile Fossil and have it include
your new source file, even before you source file contains any code.

      for special comments that contain "help" text and which identify routines
      that implement specific commands or which generate particular web pages.

  2.  The <b>makeheaders</b> preprocessor generates all the ".h" files
      automatically.  Fossil programmers write ".c" files only and let the
      makeheaders preprocessor create the ".h" files.

  3.  The <b>translate</b> preprocessor converts source code lines that
      begin with "@" into string literals, or into print statements that
      generate web page output, depending on context.

The [./makefile.wiki|Makefile] for Fossil takes care of running these
preprocessors with all the right arguments and in the right order.  So it is
not necessary to understand the details of how these preprocessors work.
(Though, the sources for all three preprocessors are included in the source
................................................................................
write code.

<h2>3.0 Adding New Source Code Files</h2>

New source code files are added in the "src/" subdirectory of the Fossil
source tree.  Suppose one wants to add a new source code file named
"xyzzy.c".  The first step is to add this file to the various makefiles.
Do so by editing the file src/makemake.tcl and adding "xyzzy" (without
the final ".c") to the list of source modules at the top of that script.
Save the result and then run the makemake.tcl script using a TCL
interpreter.  The command to run the makemake.tcl script is:

    <b>tclsh makemake.tcl</b>

The working directory must be src/ when the command above is run.
Note that TCL is not normally required to build Fossil, but
it is required for this step.  If you do not have a TCL interpreter on
................................................................................
After the makefiles have been updated, create the xyzzy.c source file
from the following template:

<blockquote><verbatim>
/*
** Copyright boilerplate goes here.
*****************************************************
** High-level description of what this module goes
** here.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "xyzzy.h"

#if INTERFACE
/* Exported object (structure) definitions or #defines
................................................................................
normal Fossil source file must have a #include at the top that imports
its private header file.  (Some source files, such as "sqlite3.c" are
exceptions to this rule.  Don't worry about those exceptions.  The
files you write will require this #include line.)

The "#if INTERFACE ... #endif" section is optional and is only needed
if there are structure definitions or typedefs or macros that need to
be used by other source code files.  The makeheaders preprocessor
uses definitions in the INTERFACE section to help it generate header
files.  See [../src/makeheaders.html | makeheaders.html] for additional
information.

After creating a template file such as shown above, and after updating
the makefiles, you should be able to recompile Fossil and have it include
your new source file, even before you source file contains any code.

<title>Defense Against Spiders</title>

The website presented by a Fossil server has many hyperlinks.
Even a modest project can have millions of pages in its
tree, and many of those pages (for example diffs and annotations 
and ZIP archive of older check-ins) can be expensive to compute.
If a spider or bot tries to walk a website implemented by
Fossil, it can present a crippling bandwidth and CPU load.

The website presented by a Fossil server is intended to be used
interactively by humans, not walked by spiders.  This article 
describes the techniques used by Fossil to try to welcome human
users while keeping out spiders.

<h2>The "hyperlink" user capability</h2>

Every Fossil web session has a "user".  For random passers-by on the internet
(and for spiders) that user is "nobody".  The "anonymous" user is also
available for humans who do not wish to identify themselves.  The difference
is that "anonymous" requires a login (using a password supplied via
a CAPTCHA) whereas "nobody" does not require a login.  
The site administrator can also create logins with 
passwords for specific individuals.

The "h" or "hyperlink" capability is a permission that can be granted
to users that enables the display of hyperlinks.  Most of the hyperlinks
generated by Fossil are suppressed if this capability is missing.  So
one simple defense against spiders is to disable the "h" permission for
the "nobody" user.  This means that users must log in (perhaps as
................................................................................
If the "h" capability is missing from user "nobody" but is present for
user "anonymous", then a message automatically appears at the top of each
page inviting the user to log in as anonymous in order to activate hyperlinks.

Removing the "h" capability from user "nobody" is an effective means
of preventing spiders from walking a Fossil-generated website.  But
it can also be annoying to humans, since it requires them to log in.
Hence, Fossil provides other techniques for blocking spiders which 
are less cumbersome to humans.

<h2>Automatic hyperlinks based on UserAgent</h2>

Fossil has the ability to selectively enable hyperlinks for users
that lack the "h" capability based on their UserAgent string in the
HTTP request header and on the browsers ability to run Javascript.
................................................................................
UserAgent string.  Most spiders do not bother to run javascript and
so to the spider the empty anchor tag will be useless.  But all modern
web browsers implement javascript, so hyperlinks will appears
normally for human users.

<h2>Further defenses</h2>

Recently (as of this writing, in the spring of 2013) the Fossil server 
on the SQLite website ([http://www.sqlite.org/src/]) has been hit repeatedly
by Chinese spiders that use forged UserAgent strings to make them look 
like normal web browsers and which interpret javascript.  We do not
believe these attacks to be nefarious since SQLite is public domain
and the attackers could obtain all information they ever wanted to
know about SQLite simply by cloning the repository.  Instead, we 
believe these "attacks" are coming from "script kiddies".  But regardless
of whether or not malice is involved, these attacks do present
an unnecessary load on the server which reduces the responsiveness of
the SQLite website for well-behaved and socially responsible users.
For this reason, additional defenses against
spiders have been put in place.

On the Admin/Access page of Fossil, just below the 
"<b>Enable hyperlinks for "nobody" based on User-Agent and Javascript</b>"
setting, there are now two additional subsettings that can be optionally
enabled to control hyperlinks.

The first subsetting waits to run the
javascript that sets the "href=" attributes on anchor tags until after
at least one "mouseover" event has been detected on the &lt;body&gt;
................................................................................
<h2>The ongoing struggle</h2>

Fossil currently does a very good job of providing easy access to humans
while keeping out troublesome robots and spiders.  However, spiders and
bots continue to grow more sophisticated, requiring ever more advanced
defenses.  This "arms race" is unlikely to ever end.  The developers of
Fossil will continue to try improve the spider defenses of Fossil so
check back from time to time for the latest releases and updates.  

Readers of this page who have suggestions on how to improve the spider
defenses in Fossil are invited to submit your ideas to the Fossil Users
mailing list: 
[mailto:fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org | fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org].

<title>Defense Against Spiders</title>

The website presented by a Fossil server has many hyperlinks.
Even a modest project can have millions of pages in its
tree, and many of those pages (for example diffs and annotations
and ZIP archive of older check-ins) can be expensive to compute.
If a spider or bot tries to walk a website implemented by
Fossil, it can present a crippling bandwidth and CPU load.

The website presented by a Fossil server is intended to be used
interactively by humans, not walked by spiders.  This article
describes the techniques used by Fossil to try to welcome human
users while keeping out spiders.

<h2>The "hyperlink" user capability</h2>

Every Fossil web session has a "user".  For random passers-by on the internet
(and for spiders) that user is "nobody".  The "anonymous" user is also
available for humans who do not wish to identify themselves.  The difference
is that "anonymous" requires a login (using a password supplied via
a CAPTCHA) whereas "nobody" does not require a login.
The site administrator can also create logins with
passwords for specific individuals.

The "h" or "hyperlink" capability is a permission that can be granted
to users that enables the display of hyperlinks.  Most of the hyperlinks
generated by Fossil are suppressed if this capability is missing.  So
one simple defense against spiders is to disable the "h" permission for
the "nobody" user.  This means that users must log in (perhaps as
................................................................................
If the "h" capability is missing from user "nobody" but is present for
user "anonymous", then a message automatically appears at the top of each
page inviting the user to log in as anonymous in order to activate hyperlinks.

Removing the "h" capability from user "nobody" is an effective means
of preventing spiders from walking a Fossil-generated website.  But
it can also be annoying to humans, since it requires them to log in.
Hence, Fossil provides other techniques for blocking spiders which
are less cumbersome to humans.

<h2>Automatic hyperlinks based on UserAgent</h2>

Fossil has the ability to selectively enable hyperlinks for users
that lack the "h" capability based on their UserAgent string in the
HTTP request header and on the browsers ability to run Javascript.
................................................................................
UserAgent string.  Most spiders do not bother to run javascript and
so to the spider the empty anchor tag will be useless.  But all modern
web browsers implement javascript, so hyperlinks will appears
normally for human users.

<h2>Further defenses</h2>

Recently (as of this writing, in the spring of 2013) the Fossil server
on the SQLite website ([http://www.sqlite.org/src/]) has been hit repeatedly
by Chinese spiders that use forged UserAgent strings to make them look
like normal web browsers and which interpret javascript.  We do not
believe these attacks to be nefarious since SQLite is public domain
and the attackers could obtain all information they ever wanted to
know about SQLite simply by cloning the repository.  Instead, we
believe these "attacks" are coming from "script kiddies".  But regardless
of whether or not malice is involved, these attacks do present
an unnecessary load on the server which reduces the responsiveness of
the SQLite website for well-behaved and socially responsible users.
For this reason, additional defenses against
spiders have been put in place.

On the Admin/Access page of Fossil, just below the
"<b>Enable hyperlinks for "nobody" based on User-Agent and Javascript</b>"
setting, there are now two additional subsettings that can be optionally
enabled to control hyperlinks.

The first subsetting waits to run the
javascript that sets the "href=" attributes on anchor tags until after
at least one "mouseover" event has been detected on the &lt;body&gt;
................................................................................
<h2>The ongoing struggle</h2>

Fossil currently does a very good job of providing easy access to humans
while keeping out troublesome robots and spiders.  However, spiders and
bots continue to grow more sophisticated, requiring ever more advanced
defenses.  This "arms race" is unlikely to ever end.  The developers of
Fossil will continue to try improve the spider defenses of Fossil so
check back from time to time for the latest releases and updates.

Readers of this page who have suggestions on how to improve the spider
defenses in Fossil are invited to submit your ideas to the Fossil Users
mailing list:
[mailto:fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org | fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org].

<ol type='1'>
<li>Locate the check-in that contains the file that is to be
    annotated.  Call this check-in C0.
<li>Find all direct ancestors of C0.  A direct ancestor is the closure
    of the primary parent of C0.  Merged in branches are not part of
    the direct ancestors of C0.
<li>Prune the list of ancestors of C0 so that it contains only 
    check-in in which the file to be annotated was modified.
<li>Load the complete text of the file to be annotated from check-in C0.
    Call this version of the file F0.
<li>Parse F0 into lines.  Mark each line as "unchanged".
<li>For each ancestor of C0 on the pruned list (call the ancestor CX), 
    beginning with the most
    recent ancestor and moving toward the oldest ancestor, do the
    following steps:
<ol type='a'>
<li>Load the text for the file to be annotated as it existed in check-in CX.
    Call this text FX.
<li>Compute a diff going from FX to F0.
................................................................................
</ol>

<h2>3.0 Discussion and Notes</h2>

The time-consuming part of this algorithm is step 6b - computing the
diff from all historical versions of the file to the version of the file
under analysis.  For a large file that has many historical changes, this
can take several seconds.  For this reason, the default 
[/help?cmd=/annotate|/annotate] webpage only shows those lines that where
changed by the 20 most recent modifications to the file.  This allows
the loop on step 6 to terminate after only 19 diffs instead of the hundreds
or thousands of diffs that might be required for a frequently modified file.

As currently implemented (as of 2015-12-12) the annotate algorithm does not
follow files across name changes.  File name change information is 
available in the database, and so the algorithm could be enhanced to follow
files across name changes by modifications to step 3.

Step 2 is interesting in that it is
[/artifact/6cb824a0417?ln=196-201 | implemented] using a
[https://www.sqlite.org/lang_with.html#recursivecte|recursive common table expression].

<ol type='1'>
<li>Locate the check-in that contains the file that is to be
    annotated.  Call this check-in C0.
<li>Find all direct ancestors of C0.  A direct ancestor is the closure
    of the primary parent of C0.  Merged in branches are not part of
    the direct ancestors of C0.
<li>Prune the list of ancestors of C0 so that it contains only
    check-in in which the file to be annotated was modified.
<li>Load the complete text of the file to be annotated from check-in C0.
    Call this version of the file F0.
<li>Parse F0 into lines.  Mark each line as "unchanged".
<li>For each ancestor of C0 on the pruned list (call the ancestor CX),
    beginning with the most
    recent ancestor and moving toward the oldest ancestor, do the
    following steps:
<ol type='a'>
<li>Load the text for the file to be annotated as it existed in check-in CX.
    Call this text FX.
<li>Compute a diff going from FX to F0.
................................................................................
</ol>

<h2>3.0 Discussion and Notes</h2>

The time-consuming part of this algorithm is step 6b - computing the
diff from all historical versions of the file to the version of the file
under analysis.  For a large file that has many historical changes, this
can take several seconds.  For this reason, the default
[/help?cmd=/annotate|/annotate] webpage only shows those lines that where
changed by the 20 most recent modifications to the file.  This allows
the loop on step 6 to terminate after only 19 diffs instead of the hundreds
or thousands of diffs that might be required for a frequently modified file.

As currently implemented (as of 2015-12-12) the annotate algorithm does not
follow files across name changes.  File name change information is
available in the database, and so the algorithm could be enhanced to follow
files across name changes by modifications to step 3.

Step 2 is interesting in that it is
[/artifact/6cb824a0417?ln=196-201 | implemented] using a
[https://www.sqlite.org/lang_with.html#recursivecte|recursive common table expression].

      be permitted to create tickets.

Recall that a fossil repository consists of an
unordered collection of <i>artifacts</i>.  (See the
<a href="fileformat.wiki">file format document</a> for details.)
Some artifacts have a special format, and among those are
<a href="fileformat.wiki#tktchng">Ticket Change Artifacts</a>.
One or more ticket change artifacts are associated with each 
ticket.  A ticket is created by a ticket change artifact.
Each subsequent modification of the ticket is a separate artifact.

The "push", "pull", and "sync" algorithms share ticket change artifacts
between repositories in the same way as every other artifact.  In fact,
the sync algorithm has no knowledge of the meaning of the artifacts it
is syncing.  As far as the sync algorithm is concerned, all artifacts are

      be permitted to create tickets.

Recall that a fossil repository consists of an
unordered collection of <i>artifacts</i>.  (See the
<a href="fileformat.wiki">file format document</a> for details.)
Some artifacts have a special format, and among those are
<a href="fileformat.wiki#tktchng">Ticket Change Artifacts</a>.
One or more ticket change artifacts are associated with each
ticket.  A ticket is created by a ticket change artifact.
Each subsequent modification of the ticket is a separate artifact.

The "push", "pull", and "sync" algorithms share ticket change artifacts
between repositories in the same way as every other artifact.  In fact,
the sync algorithm has no knowledge of the meaning of the artifacts it
is syncing.  As far as the sync algorithm is concerned, all artifacts are

<title>Change Log</title>




















<h2>Changes for Version 1.36 (2016-00-00)</h2>

  *  Add support for [./unvers.wiki|unversioned content],
     the [/help?cmd=unversioned|fossil unversioned] command and the
     [/help?cmd=/uv|/uv] and [/uvlist] web pages.
  *  The [/uv/download.html|download page] is moved into
     [./unvers.wiki|unversioned content] so that the self-hosting Fossil
     websites no longer uses any external content.
  *  Added the "Search" button to the graphical diff generated by
     the --tk option on the [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Added the "--checkin VERSION" option to the 
     [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Various performance enhancements to the [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Update internal Unicode character tables, used in regular expression
     handling, from version 8.0 to 9.0.
  *  Update the built-in SQLite to version 3.15 (beta). Fossil now requires
     the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME interface of SQLite which is only available
     in SQLite version 3.15 and later and so Fossil will not work with
     earlier SQLite versions.
  *  Fix [https://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org/msg23618.html|multi-line timeline bug]
  *  Enhance the [/help?cmd=purge|fossil purge] command.
  *  New command [/help?cmd=shell|fossil shell].
  *  SQL parameters whose names are all lower-case in Ticket Report SQL
................................................................................
     queries are filled in using HTTP query parameter values.
  *  Added support for [./childprojects.wiki|child projects] that are
     able to pull from their parent but not push.
  *  Added the -nocomplain option to the TH1 "query" command.
  *  Added support for the chng=GLOBLIST query parameter on the
     [/help?cmd=/timeline|/timeline] webpage.


<h2>Changes for Version 1.35 (2016-06-14)</h2>

  *  Enable symlinks by default on all non-Windows platforms.
  *  Enhance the [/md_rules|Markdown formatting] so that hyperlinks that begin
     with "/" are relative to the root of the Fossil repository.
  *  Rework the [/help?cmd=/setup_ulist|/setup_list page] (the User List page)
     to display all users in a click-to-sort table.
................................................................................
  *  Add support for [./encryptedrepos.wiki|encrypted Fossil repositories].
  *  If the FOSSIL_PWREADER environment variable is set, then use the program it
     names in place of getpass() to read passwords and passphrases
  *  Option --baseurl now works on Windows.
  *  Numerious documentation improvements.
  *  Update the built-in SQLite to version 3.13.0.


<h2>Changes for Version 1.34 (2015-11-02)</h2>

  *  Make the [/help?cmd=clean|fossil clean] command undoable for files less
     than 10MiB.
  *  Update internal Unicode character tables, used in regular expression
     handling, from version 7.0 to 8.0.
  *  Add the new [/help?cmd=amend|amend] command which is used to modify
................................................................................
  *  Fix --hard option to [/help?cmd=mv|fossil mv] and [/help?cmd=rm|fossil rm]
     to enable them to work properly with certain relative paths.
  *  Change the mimetype for ".n" and ".man" files to text/plain.
  *  Display improvements in the [/help?cmd=bisect|fossil bisect chart] command.
  *  Updated the built-in SQLite to version 3.9.1 and activated JSON1 and FTS5
     support (both currently unused within Fossil).


<h2>Changes for Version 1.33 (2015-05-23)</h2>
  *  Improved fork detection on [/help?cmd=update|fossil update],
     [/help?cmd=status|fossil status] and related commands.
  *  Change the default skin to what used to be called "San Francisco Modern".
  *  Add the [/repo-tabsize] web page
  *  Add [/help?cmd=import|fossil import --svn], for importing a subversion
     repository into fossil which was exported using "svnadmin dump".
................................................................................
  *  Permit filtering weekday and file [/help?cmd=/reports|reports] by user.
     Also ensure the user parameter is preserved when changing types.  Add a
     field for direct entry of the user name to each applicable report.
  *  Create parent directories of [/help?cmd=settings|empty-dirs] if they don't
     already exist.
  *  Inhibit timeline links to wiki pages that have been deleted.


<h2>Changes for Version 1.32 (2015-03-14)</h2>
  *  When creating a new repository using [/help?cmd=init|fossil init], ensure
     that the new repository is fully compatible with historical versions of
     Fossil by having a valid manifest as RID 1.
  *  Anti-aliased rendering of arrowheads on timeline graphs.
  *  Added vi/less-style key bindings to the --tk diff GUI.
  *  Documentation updates to fix spellings and changes all "checkins" to
................................................................................
     [/help?cmd=server|fossil server] or [/help?cmd=http|fossil http].
  *  Added the "Xekri" skin.
  *  Enhance the "ln=" query parameter on artifact displays to accept multiple
     ranges, separate by spaces (or "+" when URL-encoded).
  *  Added [/help?cmd=forget|fossil forget] as an alias for
     [/help?cmd=rm|fossil rm].


<h2>Changes For Version 1.31 (2015-02-23)</h2>
  *  Change the auxiliary schema by adding columns MLINK.ISAUX and MLINK.PMID
     columns to the schema, to support better drawing of file change graphs.
     A [/help?cmd=rebuild|fossil rebuild] is recommended but is not required.
     so that the new graph drawing logic can work effectively.
  *  Added [/search|search] over Check-in comments, Documents, Tickets and
     Wiki.  Disabled by default.  The search can be either a full-scan or it
................................................................................
  *  Added the [/mimetype_list] page.
  *  Added the [/hash-collisions] page.
  *  Allow the user of Common Table Expressions in the SQL that defaults
     ticket reports.
  *  Break out the components (css, footer, and header) for the
     various built-in skins into separate files in the source tree.


<h2>Changes For Version 1.30 (2015-01-19)</h2>
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=bundle|fossil bundle] command.
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=purge|fossil purge] command.
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=publish|fossil publish] command.
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=unpublished|fossil unpublished] command.
  *  Enhance the [/tree] webpage to show the age of each file with the option
     to sort by age.
................................................................................
     diff option in a separate file for easier editing.
  *  (Internal:) Implement a system of compile-time checks to help ensure
     the correctness of printf-style formatting strings.
  *  Fix CVE-2014-3566, also known as the POODLE SSL 3.0 vulnerability.
  *  Numerous documentation fixes and improvements.
  *  Other obscure and minor bug fixes - see the timeline for details.


<h2>Changes For Version 1.29 (2014-06-12)</h2>
  *  Add the ability to display content, diffs and annotations for UTF16
     text files in the web interface.
  *  Add the "SaveAs..." and "Invert" buttons
     to the graphical diff display that results
     from using the --tk option with the [/help/diff | fossil diff] command.
  *  The [/reports] page now requires Read ("o") permissions. The "byweek"

<title>Change Log</title>

<a name='v1_37'></a>
<h2>Changes for Version 1.37 (2017-XX-YY)</h2>

  *  Fix a C99-ism that prevents the 1.36 release from building with MSVC.
  *  Fix [/help?cmd=ticket|ticket set] when using the "+" prefix with fields
     from the "ticketchng" table.
  *  Enhance the "brlist" page to make use of branch colors.
  *  Remove the "fusefs" command from builds that do not have the underlying
     support enabled.
  *  Fixes for incremental git import/export.
  *  Minor security enhancements to
     [./encryptedrepos.wiki|encrypted repositories].
  *  TH1 enhancements:
     <ul><li>Add <nowiki>[unversioned content]</nowiki> command.</li>
     <li>Add <nowiki>[unversioned list]</nowiki> command.</li>
     <li>Add project_description variable.</li>
     </ul>

<a name='v1_36'></a>
<h2>Changes for Version 1.36 (2016-10-24)</h2>

  *  Add support for [./unvers.wiki|unversioned content],
     the [/help?cmd=unversioned|fossil unversioned] command and the
     [/help?cmd=/uv|/uv] and [/uvlist] web pages.
  *  The [/uv/download.html|download page] is moved into
     [./unvers.wiki|unversioned content] so that the self-hosting Fossil
     websites no longer uses any external content.
  *  Added the "Search" button to the graphical diff generated by
     the --tk option on the [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Added the "--checkin VERSION" option to the
     [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Various performance enhancements to the [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Update internal Unicode character tables, used in regular expression
     handling, from version 8.0 to 9.0.
  *  Update the built-in SQLite to version 3.15. Fossil now requires
     the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME interface of SQLite which is only available
     in SQLite version 3.15 and later and so Fossil will not work with
     earlier SQLite versions.
  *  Fix [https://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org/msg23618.html|multi-line timeline bug]
  *  Enhance the [/help?cmd=purge|fossil purge] command.
  *  New command [/help?cmd=shell|fossil shell].
  *  SQL parameters whose names are all lower-case in Ticket Report SQL
................................................................................
     queries are filled in using HTTP query parameter values.
  *  Added support for [./childprojects.wiki|child projects] that are
     able to pull from their parent but not push.
  *  Added the -nocomplain option to the TH1 "query" command.
  *  Added support for the chng=GLOBLIST query parameter on the
     [/help?cmd=/timeline|/timeline] webpage.

<a name='v1_35'></a>
<h2>Changes for Version 1.35 (2016-06-14)</h2>

  *  Enable symlinks by default on all non-Windows platforms.
  *  Enhance the [/md_rules|Markdown formatting] so that hyperlinks that begin
     with "/" are relative to the root of the Fossil repository.
  *  Rework the [/help?cmd=/setup_ulist|/setup_list page] (the User List page)
     to display all users in a click-to-sort table.
................................................................................
  *  Add support for [./encryptedrepos.wiki|encrypted Fossil repositories].
  *  If the FOSSIL_PWREADER environment variable is set, then use the program it
     names in place of getpass() to read passwords and passphrases
  *  Option --baseurl now works on Windows.
  *  Numerious documentation improvements.
  *  Update the built-in SQLite to version 3.13.0.

<a name='v1_34'></a>
<h2>Changes for Version 1.34 (2015-11-02)</h2>

  *  Make the [/help?cmd=clean|fossil clean] command undoable for files less
     than 10MiB.
  *  Update internal Unicode character tables, used in regular expression
     handling, from version 7.0 to 8.0.
  *  Add the new [/help?cmd=amend|amend] command which is used to modify
................................................................................
  *  Fix --hard option to [/help?cmd=mv|fossil mv] and [/help?cmd=rm|fossil rm]
     to enable them to work properly with certain relative paths.
  *  Change the mimetype for ".n" and ".man" files to text/plain.
  *  Display improvements in the [/help?cmd=bisect|fossil bisect chart] command.
  *  Updated the built-in SQLite to version 3.9.1 and activated JSON1 and FTS5
     support (both currently unused within Fossil).

<a name='v1_33'></a>
<h2>Changes for Version 1.33 (2015-05-23)</h2>
  *  Improved fork detection on [/help?cmd=update|fossil update],
     [/help?cmd=status|fossil status] and related commands.
  *  Change the default skin to what used to be called "San Francisco Modern".
  *  Add the [/repo-tabsize] web page
  *  Add [/help?cmd=import|fossil import --svn], for importing a subversion
     repository into fossil which was exported using "svnadmin dump".
................................................................................
  *  Permit filtering weekday and file [/help?cmd=/reports|reports] by user.
     Also ensure the user parameter is preserved when changing types.  Add a
     field for direct entry of the user name to each applicable report.
  *  Create parent directories of [/help?cmd=settings|empty-dirs] if they don't
     already exist.
  *  Inhibit timeline links to wiki pages that have been deleted.

<a name='v1_33'></a>
<h2>Changes for Version 1.32 (2015-03-14)</h2>
  *  When creating a new repository using [/help?cmd=init|fossil init], ensure
     that the new repository is fully compatible with historical versions of
     Fossil by having a valid manifest as RID 1.
  *  Anti-aliased rendering of arrowheads on timeline graphs.
  *  Added vi/less-style key bindings to the --tk diff GUI.
  *  Documentation updates to fix spellings and changes all "checkins" to
................................................................................
     [/help?cmd=server|fossil server] or [/help?cmd=http|fossil http].
  *  Added the "Xekri" skin.
  *  Enhance the "ln=" query parameter on artifact displays to accept multiple
     ranges, separate by spaces (or "+" when URL-encoded).
  *  Added [/help?cmd=forget|fossil forget] as an alias for
     [/help?cmd=rm|fossil rm].

<a name='v1_31'></a>
<h2>Changes For Version 1.31 (2015-02-23)</h2>
  *  Change the auxiliary schema by adding columns MLINK.ISAUX and MLINK.PMID
     columns to the schema, to support better drawing of file change graphs.
     A [/help?cmd=rebuild|fossil rebuild] is recommended but is not required.
     so that the new graph drawing logic can work effectively.
  *  Added [/search|search] over Check-in comments, Documents, Tickets and
     Wiki.  Disabled by default.  The search can be either a full-scan or it
................................................................................
  *  Added the [/mimetype_list] page.
  *  Added the [/hash-collisions] page.
  *  Allow the user of Common Table Expressions in the SQL that defaults
     ticket reports.
  *  Break out the components (css, footer, and header) for the
     various built-in skins into separate files in the source tree.

<a name='v1_30'></a>
<h2>Changes For Version 1.30 (2015-01-19)</h2>
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=bundle|fossil bundle] command.
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=purge|fossil purge] command.
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=publish|fossil publish] command.
  *  Added the [/help?cmd=unpublished|fossil unpublished] command.
  *  Enhance the [/tree] webpage to show the age of each file with the option
     to sort by age.
................................................................................
     diff option in a separate file for easier editing.
  *  (Internal:) Implement a system of compile-time checks to help ensure
     the correctness of printf-style formatting strings.
  *  Fix CVE-2014-3566, also known as the POODLE SSL 3.0 vulnerability.
  *  Numerous documentation fixes and improvements.
  *  Other obscure and minor bug fixes - see the timeline for details.

<a name='v1_29'></a>
<h2>Changes For Version 1.29 (2014-06-12)</h2>
  *  Add the ability to display content, diffs and annotations for UTF16
     text files in the web interface.
  *  Add the "SaveAs..." and "Invert" buttons
     to the graphical diff display that results
     from using the --tk option with the [/help/diff | fossil diff] command.
  *  The [/reports] page now requires Read ("o") permissions. The "byweek"

<blockquote><pre>
fossil info e5a734a19a9826973e1d073b49dc2a16aa2308f9
</pre></blockquote>

The full 40-character SHA1 hash is unwieldy to remember and type, though,
so Fossil also accepts a unique prefix of the hash, using any combination
of upper and lower case letters, as long as the prefix is at least 4
characters long.  Hence the following commands all 
accomplish the same thing as the above:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil info e5a734a19a9
fossil info E5a734A
fossil info e5a7
</blockquote>

Many web-interface screens identify check-ins by 10- or 16-character 
prefix of canonical name.

<h2>Tags And Branch Names</h2>

Using a tag or branch name where a check-in name is expected causes
Fossil to choose the most recent check-in with that tag or branch name.
So, for example, as of this writing the most recent check-in that
................................................................................
name?  In such cases, you can prefix the tag name with "tag:".
For example:

<blockquote><tt>
fossil info tag:deed2
</tt></blockquote>

The "tag:deed2" name will refer to the most recent check-in 
tagged with "deed2" not to the
check-in whose canonical name begins with "deed2".

<h2>Whole Branches</h2>

Usually when a branch name is specified, it means the latest check-in on
that branch.  But for some commands (ex: [/help/purge|purge]) a branch name
................................................................................
check-in that occurs no later than the timestamp given:

  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i>
  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM</i>
  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS</i>
  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.SSS</i>

The space between the day and the year can optionally be 
replaced by an uppercase <b>T</b> and the entire timestamp can
optionally be followed by "<b>z</b>" or "<b>Z</b>".  In the fourth
form with fractional seconds, any number of digits may follow the
decimal point, though due to precision limits only the first three
digits will be significant.

In its default configuration, Fossil interprets and displays all dates
in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).  This tends to work the best for
distributed projects where participants are scattered around the globe.
But there is an option on the Admin/Timeline page of the web-interface to
switch to local time.  The "<b>Z</b>" suffix on an timestamp check-in
name is meaningless if Fossil is in the default mode of using UTC for
everything, but if Fossil has been switched to local time mode, then the
"<b>Z</b>" suffix means to interpret that particular timestamp using 
UTC instead of local time.

For an example of how timestamps are useful, 
consider the homepage for the Fossil website itself:

<blockquote>
http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/doc/<b>trunk</b>/www/index.wiki
</blockquote>

The bold component of that URL is a check-in name.  To see what the
................................................................................
the timestamp.  So, for example:

<blockquote>
fossil update trunk:2010-07-01T14:30
</blockquote>

Would cause Fossil to update the working check-out to be the most recent
check-in on the trunk that is not more recent that 14:30 (UTC) on 
July 1, 2010.

<h2>Root Of A Branch</h2>

A branch name that begins with the "<tt>root:</tt>" prefix refers to the
last check-in in the parent branch prior to the beginning of the branch.
Such a label is useful, for example, in computing all diffs for a single
................................................................................
repository) then a few extra tags apply.  The "current" tag means the
current check-out.  The "next" tag means the youngest child of the
current check-out.  And the "previous" or "prev" tag means the primary
(non-merge) parent of the current check-out.

For embedded documentation, the tag "ckout" means the version as present in
the local source tree on disk, provided that the web server is started using
"fossil ui" or "fossil server" from within the source tree. This tag can be 
used to preview local changes to documentation before committing them. It does
not apply to CLI commands.

<h2>Additional Examples</h2>

To view the changes in the most recent check-in prior to the version currently
checked out:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil info e5a734a19a9826973e1d073b49dc2a16aa2308f9
</pre></blockquote>

The full 40-character SHA1 hash is unwieldy to remember and type, though,
so Fossil also accepts a unique prefix of the hash, using any combination
of upper and lower case letters, as long as the prefix is at least 4
characters long.  Hence the following commands all
accomplish the same thing as the above:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil info e5a734a19a9
fossil info E5a734A
fossil info e5a7
</blockquote>

Many web-interface screens identify check-ins by 10- or 16-character
prefix of canonical name.

<h2>Tags And Branch Names</h2>

Using a tag or branch name where a check-in name is expected causes
Fossil to choose the most recent check-in with that tag or branch name.
So, for example, as of this writing the most recent check-in that
................................................................................
name?  In such cases, you can prefix the tag name with "tag:".
For example:

<blockquote><tt>
fossil info tag:deed2
</tt></blockquote>

The "tag:deed2" name will refer to the most recent check-in
tagged with "deed2" not to the
check-in whose canonical name begins with "deed2".

<h2>Whole Branches</h2>

Usually when a branch name is specified, it means the latest check-in on
that branch.  But for some commands (ex: [/help/purge|purge]) a branch name
................................................................................
check-in that occurs no later than the timestamp given:

  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i>
  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM</i>
  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS</i>
  *   <i>YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.SSS</i>

The space between the day and the year can optionally be
replaced by an uppercase <b>T</b> and the entire timestamp can
optionally be followed by "<b>z</b>" or "<b>Z</b>".  In the fourth
form with fractional seconds, any number of digits may follow the
decimal point, though due to precision limits only the first three
digits will be significant.

In its default configuration, Fossil interprets and displays all dates
in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).  This tends to work the best for
distributed projects where participants are scattered around the globe.
But there is an option on the Admin/Timeline page of the web-interface to
switch to local time.  The "<b>Z</b>" suffix on a timestamp check-in
name is meaningless if Fossil is in the default mode of using UTC for
everything, but if Fossil has been switched to local time mode, then the
"<b>Z</b>" suffix means to interpret that particular timestamp using
UTC instead of local time.

For an example of how timestamps are useful,
consider the homepage for the Fossil website itself:

<blockquote>
http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/doc/<b>trunk</b>/www/index.wiki
</blockquote>

The bold component of that URL is a check-in name.  To see what the
................................................................................
the timestamp.  So, for example:

<blockquote>
fossil update trunk:2010-07-01T14:30
</blockquote>

Would cause Fossil to update the working check-out to be the most recent
check-in on the trunk that is not more recent that 14:30 (UTC) on
July 1, 2010.

<h2>Root Of A Branch</h2>

A branch name that begins with the "<tt>root:</tt>" prefix refers to the
last check-in in the parent branch prior to the beginning of the branch.
Such a label is useful, for example, in computing all diffs for a single
................................................................................
repository) then a few extra tags apply.  The "current" tag means the
current check-out.  The "next" tag means the youngest child of the
current check-out.  And the "previous" or "prev" tag means the primary
(non-merge) parent of the current check-out.

For embedded documentation, the tag "ckout" means the version as present in
the local source tree on disk, provided that the web server is started using
"fossil ui" or "fossil server" from within the source tree. This tag can be
used to preview local changes to documentation before committing them. It does
not apply to CLI commands.

<h2>Additional Examples</h2>

To view the changes in the most recent check-in prior to the version currently
checked out:

UPDATE config SET name='parent-project-name' WHERE name='project-name';
INSERT INTO config(name,value)
   VALUES('project-code',lower(hex(randomblob(20))));
INSERT INTO config(name,value)
   VALUES('project-name','CHILD-PROJECT-NAME');
</verbatim></blockquote>

Modify the CHILD-PROJECT-NAME in the last statement to be the name of 
the child project, of course.

The repository is now a separate project, independent from its parent.
Clone the new project to the developers as needed.

The child project and the parent project will not normally be able to sync
with one another, since they are now separate projects with distinct
project codes.  However, if the
"--from-parent-project" command-line option is provided to the 
"[/help?cmd=pull|fossil pull]" command in the child, and the URL of 
parent repository is also provided on the command-line, then updates to
the parent project that occurred after the child was created will be added
to the child repository.  Thus, by periodically doing a
pull --from-parent-project, the child project is able to stay up to date
with all the latest changes in the parent.

UPDATE config SET name='parent-project-name' WHERE name='project-name';
INSERT INTO config(name,value)
   VALUES('project-code',lower(hex(randomblob(20))));
INSERT INTO config(name,value)
   VALUES('project-name','CHILD-PROJECT-NAME');
</verbatim></blockquote>

Modify the CHILD-PROJECT-NAME in the last statement to be the name of
the child project, of course.

The repository is now a separate project, independent from its parent.
Clone the new project to the developers as needed.

The child project and the parent project will not normally be able to sync
with one another, since they are now separate projects with distinct
project codes.  However, if the
"--from-parent-project" command-line option is provided to the
"[/help?cmd=pull|fossil pull]" command in the child, and the URL of
parent repository is also provided on the command-line, then updates to
the parent project that occurred after the child was created will be added
to the child repository.  Thus, by periodically doing a
pull --from-parent-project, the child project is able to stay up to date
with all the latest changes in the parent.

a software project.

<h3>2.2 Manifests</h3>

Associated with every check-in is a special file called the
[./fileformat.wiki#manifest| "manifest"].  The manifest is a
listing of all other files in
that source tree.  The manifest contains the (complete) artifact ID 
of the file and the name of the file as it appears on disk,
and thus serves as a mapping from artifact ID to disk name.  The artifact ID
of the manifest is the identifier for the entire check-in.  When
you look at a "timeline" of changes in Fossil, the ID associated
with each check-in or commit is really just the artifact ID of the
manifest for that check-in.

................................................................................
the manifest is computed in memory by Fossil whenever it needs it.
However, the "fossil setting manifest on" command will cause the
manifest file to be materialized to disk, if desired.  Both Fossil
itself, and SQLite cause the manifest file to be materialized to disk
so that the makefiles for these project can read the manifest and
embed version information in generated binaries.

<p>Fossil automatically generates a manifest whenever you "commit" 
a new check-in.  So this is not something that you, the developer,
need to worry with.  The format of a manifest is intentionally
designed to be simple to parse, so that if
you want to read and interpret a manifest, either by hand or
with a script, that is easy to do.  But you will probably never
need to do so.</p>

................................................................................
CVS, gzip, diff, rsync, Python, Perl, Tcl, Java, apache, PostgreSQL, MySQL,
SQLite, patch, or any similar software on your system in order to use
Fossil effectively.  You will want to have some kind of text editor
for entering check-in comments.  Fossil will use whatever text editor
is identified by your VISUAL environment variable.  Fossil will also
use GPG to clearsign your manifests if you happen to have it installed,
but Fossil will skip that step if GPG missing from your system.
You can optionally set up Fossil to use external "diff" programs, 
though Fossil has an excellent built-in "diff" algorithm that works
fine for most people.  If you happen to have Tcl/Tk installed on your
system, Fossil will use it to generate a graphical "diff" display when
you use the --tk option to the "diff" command, but this too is entirely
optional.


To uninstall Fossil, simply delete the executable.

To upgrade an older version of Fossil to a newer version, just
replace the old executable with the new one.  You might need to 
run "<b>fossil all rebuild</b>" to restructure your repositories after
an upgrade.  Running "all rebuild" never hurts, so when upgrading it
is a good policy to run it even if it is not strictly necessary.

To use Fossil, simply type the name of the executable in your
shell, followed by one of the various built-in commands and
arguments appropriate for that command.  For example:
................................................................................

<h3>4.1 Autosync Workflow</h3>

<ol>
<li>
Establish a local repository using either the <b>new</b> command
to start a new project, or the <b>clone</b> command to make a clone
of a repository for an existing project. 
</li>

<li>
Establish one or more source trees using
the <b>open</b> command with the name of the repository file as its
argument.
</li>

<li>
The <b>open</b> command in the previous step populates your local source
tree with a copy of the latest check-in.  Usually this is what you want.
In the rare cases where it is not, use the <b>update</b> command to
switch to a different check-in.  
Use the <b>timeline</b> or <b>leaves</b> commands
to identify alternative check-ins to switch to.
</li>

<li>
Edit the code.  Add new files to the source tree using the <b>add</b>
command.  Omit files from future check-ins using the <b>rm</b> command.
................................................................................
tree into your local repository.  After your commit completes, Fossil will
automatically <b>push</b> your changes back to the server
you cloned from or whatever server you most recently synced with.
</li>

<li>
When your coworkers make their own changes, you can merge those changes
into your local local source tree using the <b>update</b> command.  
In autosync mode, <b>update</b> will first go back to the server you
cloned from or with which you most recently synced, and pull down all
recent changes into your local repository.  Then it will merge recent
changes into your local source tree.  If you do an <b>update</b> and
find that it messes something up in your source tree (perhaps a co-worker
checked in incompatible changes) you can use the <b>undo</b> command 
to back out the changes.
</li>

<li>
Repeat all of the above until you have generated great software.
</li>
</ol>

a software project.

<h3>2.2 Manifests</h3>

Associated with every check-in is a special file called the
[./fileformat.wiki#manifest| "manifest"].  The manifest is a
listing of all other files in
that source tree.  The manifest contains the (complete) artifact ID
of the file and the name of the file as it appears on disk,
and thus serves as a mapping from artifact ID to disk name.  The artifact ID
of the manifest is the identifier for the entire check-in.  When
you look at a "timeline" of changes in Fossil, the ID associated
with each check-in or commit is really just the artifact ID of the
manifest for that check-in.

................................................................................
the manifest is computed in memory by Fossil whenever it needs it.
However, the "fossil setting manifest on" command will cause the
manifest file to be materialized to disk, if desired.  Both Fossil
itself, and SQLite cause the manifest file to be materialized to disk
so that the makefiles for these project can read the manifest and
embed version information in generated binaries.

<p>Fossil automatically generates a manifest whenever you "commit"
a new check-in.  So this is not something that you, the developer,
need to worry with.  The format of a manifest is intentionally
designed to be simple to parse, so that if
you want to read and interpret a manifest, either by hand or
with a script, that is easy to do.  But you will probably never
need to do so.</p>

................................................................................
CVS, gzip, diff, rsync, Python, Perl, Tcl, Java, apache, PostgreSQL, MySQL,
SQLite, patch, or any similar software on your system in order to use
Fossil effectively.  You will want to have some kind of text editor
for entering check-in comments.  Fossil will use whatever text editor
is identified by your VISUAL environment variable.  Fossil will also
use GPG to clearsign your manifests if you happen to have it installed,
but Fossil will skip that step if GPG missing from your system.
You can optionally set up Fossil to use external "diff" programs,
though Fossil has an excellent built-in "diff" algorithm that works
fine for most people.  If you happen to have Tcl/Tk installed on your
system, Fossil will use it to generate a graphical "diff" display when
you use the --tk option to the "diff" command, but this too is entirely
optional.


To uninstall Fossil, simply delete the executable.

To upgrade an older version of Fossil to a newer version, just
replace the old executable with the new one.  You might need to
run "<b>fossil all rebuild</b>" to restructure your repositories after
an upgrade.  Running "all rebuild" never hurts, so when upgrading it
is a good policy to run it even if it is not strictly necessary.

To use Fossil, simply type the name of the executable in your
shell, followed by one of the various built-in commands and
arguments appropriate for that command.  For example:
................................................................................

<h3>4.1 Autosync Workflow</h3>

<ol>
<li>
Establish a local repository using either the <b>new</b> command
to start a new project, or the <b>clone</b> command to make a clone
of a repository for an existing project.
</li>

<li>
Establish one or more source trees using
the <b>open</b> command with the name of the repository file as its
argument.
</li>

<li>
The <b>open</b> command in the previous step populates your local source
tree with a copy of the latest check-in.  Usually this is what you want.
In the rare cases where it is not, use the <b>update</b> command to
switch to a different check-in.
Use the <b>timeline</b> or <b>leaves</b> commands
to identify alternative check-ins to switch to.
</li>

<li>
Edit the code.  Add new files to the source tree using the <b>add</b>
command.  Omit files from future check-ins using the <b>rm</b> command.
................................................................................
tree into your local repository.  After your commit completes, Fossil will
automatically <b>push</b> your changes back to the server
you cloned from or whatever server you most recently synced with.
</li>

<li>
When your coworkers make their own changes, you can merge those changes
into your local local source tree using the <b>update</b> command.
In autosync mode, <b>update</b> will first go back to the server you
cloned from or with which you most recently synced, and pull down all
recent changes into your local repository.  Then it will merge recent
changes into your local source tree.  If you do an <b>update</b> and
find that it messes something up in your source tree (perhaps a co-worker
checked in incompatible changes) you can use the <b>undo</b> command
to back out the changes.
</li>

<li>
Repeat all of the above until you have generated great software.
</li>
</ol>

In order to accept your contributions, we <u>must</u> have a
[./copyright-release.pdf | Contributor Agreement (PDF)]
(or [./copyright-release.html | as HTML]) on file for you.  We require
this in order to maintain clear title to the Fossil code and prevent
the introduction of code with incompatible licenses or other entanglements
that might cause legal problems for Fossil users.  Many larger companies
and other lawyer-rich organizations require this as a precondition to using 
Fossil.

If you do not wish to submit a Contributor Agreement, we would still
welcome your suggestions and example code, but we will not use your code
directly - we will be forced to re-implement your changes from scratch which
might take longer.

<h2>2.0 Submitting Patches</h2>

Suggested changes or bug fixes can be submitted by creating a patch
against the current source tree.  Email patches to 
<a href="mailto:drh@sqlite.org">drh@sqlite.org</a>.  Be sure to 
describe in detail what the patch does and which version of Fossil
it is written against.  

A contributor agreement is not strictly necessary to submit a patch.
However, without a contributor agreement on file, your patch will be
used for reference only - it will not be applied to the code.  This
may delay acceptance of your patch.

Your patches or changes might not be accepted even if you do have
................................................................................

Contributors are asked to make all non-trivial changes on a branch.  The
Fossil Architect (Richard Hipp) will merge changes onto the trunk.</p>

Contributors are required to following the
[./checkin.wiki | pre-checkin checklist] prior to every check-in to
the Fossil self-hosting repository.  This checklist is short and succinct
and should only require a few seconds to follow.  Contributors 
should print out a copy of the pre-checkin checklist and keep
it on a notecard beside their workstations, for quick reference.

Contributors should review the
[./style.wiki | Coding Style Guidelines] and mimic the coding style
used through the rest of the Fossil source code.  Your code should
blend in.  A third-party reader should be unable to distinguish your
code from any other code in the source corpus. 

<h2>4.0 Testing</h2>

Fossil has the beginnings of a 
[../test/release-checklist.wiki | release checklist] but this is an
area that needs further work.  (Your contributions here are welcomed!)
Contributors with check-in privileges are expected to run the release
checklist on any major changes they contribute, and if appropriate expand
the checklist and/or the automated test scripts to cover their additions.


<h2>5.0 See Also</h2>

  *  [./build.wiki | How To Compile And Install Fossil]
  *  [./makefile.wiki | The Fossil Build Process]
  *  [./tech_overview.wiki | A Technical Overview of Fossil]
  *  [./adding_code.wiki | Adding Features To Fossil]

In order to accept your contributions, we <u>must</u> have a
[./copyright-release.pdf | Contributor Agreement (PDF)]
(or [./copyright-release.html | as HTML]) on file for you.  We require
this in order to maintain clear title to the Fossil code and prevent
the introduction of code with incompatible licenses or other entanglements
that might cause legal problems for Fossil users.  Many larger companies
and other lawyer-rich organizations require this as a precondition to using
Fossil.

If you do not wish to submit a Contributor Agreement, we would still
welcome your suggestions and example code, but we will not use your code
directly - we will be forced to re-implement your changes from scratch which
might take longer.

<h2>2.0 Submitting Patches</h2>

Suggested changes or bug fixes can be submitted by creating a patch
against the current source tree.  Email patches to
<a href="mailto:drh@sqlite.org">drh@sqlite.org</a>.  Be sure to
describe in detail what the patch does and which version of Fossil
it is written against.

A contributor agreement is not strictly necessary to submit a patch.
However, without a contributor agreement on file, your patch will be
used for reference only - it will not be applied to the code.  This
may delay acceptance of your patch.

Your patches or changes might not be accepted even if you do have
................................................................................

Contributors are asked to make all non-trivial changes on a branch.  The
Fossil Architect (Richard Hipp) will merge changes onto the trunk.</p>

Contributors are required to following the
[./checkin.wiki | pre-checkin checklist] prior to every check-in to
the Fossil self-hosting repository.  This checklist is short and succinct
and should only require a few seconds to follow.  Contributors
should print out a copy of the pre-checkin checklist and keep
it on a notecard beside their workstations, for quick reference.

Contributors should review the
[./style.wiki | Coding Style Guidelines] and mimic the coding style
used through the rest of the Fossil source code.  Your code should
blend in.  A third-party reader should be unable to distinguish your
code from any other code in the source corpus.

<h2>4.0 Testing</h2>

Fossil has the beginnings of a
[../test/release-checklist.wiki | release checklist] but this is an
area that needs further work.  (Your contributions here are welcomed!)
Contributors with check-in privileges are expected to run the release
checklist on any major changes they contribute, and if appropriate expand
the checklist and/or the automated test scripts to cover their additions.


<h2>5.0 See Also</h2>

  *  [./build.wiki | How To Compile And Install Fossil]
  *  [./makefile.wiki | The Fossil Build Process]
  *  [./tech_overview.wiki | A Technical Overview of Fossil]
  *  [./adding_code.wiki | Adding Features To Fossil]

<td><u>Not publicly visible</u>. Used by developers to contact you with
questions.</td>
</tr>
<th1>enable_output 1</th1>
</pre>
This bit of code will get rid of the "email" field entry for logged-in users.
Since we know the user's information, we don't have to ask for it. NOTE: it
might be good to automatically scoop up the user's email and put it here. 
</p>
</blockquote>

<h2>Modify the 'view ticket' page</h2><blockquote>
<p>
Look for the text "Contact:" (about halfway through).  Then insert these lines
after the closing tr tag and before the "enable_output" line:
................................................................................
  $&lt;assigned_to>
  &lt;/td>
  &lt;td align="right">Opened by:&lt;/td>&lt;td bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
  $&lt;opened_by>
  &lt;/td>
</pre>
This will add a row which displays these two fields, in the event the user has
"edit" capability.  
</p>
</blockquote>

<h2>Modify the 'edit ticket' page</h2><blockquote>
<p>
Before the "Severity:" line, add this:
<pre>

<td><u>Not publicly visible</u>. Used by developers to contact you with
questions.</td>
</tr>
<th1>enable_output 1</th1>
</pre>
This bit of code will get rid of the "email" field entry for logged-in users.
Since we know the user's information, we don't have to ask for it. NOTE: it
might be good to automatically scoop up the user's email and put it here.
</p>
</blockquote>

<h2>Modify the 'view ticket' page</h2><blockquote>
<p>
Look for the text "Contact:" (about halfway through).  Then insert these lines
after the closing tr tag and before the "enable_output" line:
................................................................................
  $&lt;assigned_to>
  &lt;/td>
  &lt;td align="right">Opened by:&lt;/td>&lt;td bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
  $&lt;opened_by>
  &lt;/td>
</pre>
This will add a row which displays these two fields, in the event the user has
"edit" capability.
</p>
</blockquote>

<h2>Modify the 'edit ticket' page</h2><blockquote>
<p>
Before the "Severity:" line, add this:
<pre>

Before expanding the TH1 within the header and footer, Fossil first
initializes a number of TH1 variables to values that depend on
respository settings and the specific page being generated.

   *   **project_name** - The project_name variable is filled with the
       name of the project as configured under the Admin/Configuration
       menu.





   *   **title** - The title variable holds the title of the page being
       generated.

       The title variable is special in that it is deleted after
       the header script runs and before the footer script.  This is
       necessary to avoid a conflict with a variable by the same name used

Before expanding the TH1 within the header and footer, Fossil first
initializes a number of TH1 variables to values that depend on
respository settings and the specific page being generated.

   *   **project_name** - The project_name variable is filled with the
       name of the project as configured under the Admin/Configuration
       menu.

   *   **project_description** - The project_description variable is
       filled with the description of the project as configured under
       the Admin/Configuration menu.

   *   **title** - The title variable holds the title of the page being
       generated.

       The title variable is special in that it is deleted after
       the header script runs and before the footer script.  This is
       necessary to avoid a conflict with a variable by the same name used

needed more bytes to encode the range than there were bytes in the
range, then no instructions are emitted and the window is moved one
byte forward. The "base" is left unchanged in that case.</p>

<p>The processing loop stops at one of two conditions:
<ol>
<li>The encoder decided to move the window forward, but the end of the
window reached the end of the "target". 
</li>
<li>After the emission of instructions the new "base" location is
within NHASH bytes of end of the "target", i.e. there are no more than
at most NHASH bytes left.
</li>
</ol>
</p>

needed more bytes to encode the range than there were bytes in the
range, then no instructions are emitted and the window is moved one
byte forward. The "base" is left unchanged in that case.</p>

<p>The processing loop stops at one of two conditions:
<ol>
<li>The encoder decided to move the window forward, but the end of the
window reached the end of the "target".
</li>
<li>After the emission of instructions the new "base" location is
within NHASH bytes of end of the "target", i.e. there are no more than
at most NHASH bytes left.
</li>
</ol>
</p>

<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>~E@Y0,           </td><td>Copy    </td><td>  4046 @ 2176        </td></tr>
<tr><td>Trailer</td><td>2zMM3E           </td><td>Checksum</td><td> -1101438770         </td></tr>
</table>

<p>The unified diff behind the above delta is</p>

<table border=1><tr><td><pre>
bluepeak:(761) ~/Projects/Tcl/Fossil/Devel/devel > diff -u ../DELTA/old ../DELTA/new 
--- ../DELTA/old        2007-08-23 21:14:40.000000000 -0700
+++ ../DELTA/new        2007-08-23 21:14:33.000000000 -0700
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
  *  If the server does not have write permission on the database
     file, or on the directory containing the database file (and 
-    it is thus unable to update database because it cannot create
+    it is thus unable to update the database because it cannot create
     a rollback journal) then it currently fails silently on a push.
     It needs to return a helpful error.
 
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
  *  Additional information displayed for the "vinfo" page:
 
      +  All leaves of this version that are not included in the
-        descendant list.  With date, user, comment, and hyperlink.
-        Leaves in the descendant table should be marked as such.
+        descendant list.  With date, user, comment, and hyperlink.
+        Leaves in the descendant table should be marked as such.
         See the compute_leaves() function to see how to find all
         leaves.
      +  Add file diff links to the file change list.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
  *  The /xfer handler (for push, pull, and clone) does not do
     delta compression.  This results in excess bandwidth usage.
-    There are some code in xfer.c that are sketches of ideas on
+    There are some pieces in xfer.c that are sketches of ideas on
     how to do delta compression, but nothing has been implemented.
 
  *  Enhancements to the diff and tkdiff commands in the cli.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     single file.  Allow diffs against any two arbitrary versions,
     not just diffs against the current check-out.  Allow 
     configuration options to replace tkdiff with some other
-    visual differ of the users choice.
+    visual differ of the users choice. Example: eskil.
 
  *  Ticketing interface (expand this bullet)

</pre></td></tr></table>



<a name="notes"></a><h2>Notes</h2>

<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>~E@Y0,           </td><td>Copy    </td><td>  4046 @ 2176        </td></tr>
<tr><td>Trailer</td><td>2zMM3E           </td><td>Checksum</td><td> -1101438770         </td></tr>
</table>

<p>The unified diff behind the above delta is</p>

<table border=1><tr><td><pre>
bluepeak:(761) ~/Projects/Tcl/Fossil/Devel/devel > diff -u ../DELTA/old ../DELTA/new
--- ../DELTA/old        2007-08-23 21:14:40.000000000 -0700
+++ ../DELTA/new        2007-08-23 21:14:33.000000000 -0700
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

  *  If the server does not have write permission on the database
     file, or on the directory containing the database file (and
-    it is thus unable to update database because it cannot create
+    it is thus unable to update the database because it cannot create
     a rollback journal) then it currently fails silently on a push.
     It needs to return a helpful error.

@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
  *  Additional information displayed for the "vinfo" page:

      +  All leaves of this version that are not included in the
-        descendant list.  With date, user, comment, and hyperlink.
-        Leaves in the descendant table should be marked as such.
+        descendant list.  With date, user, comment, and hyperlink.
+        Leaves in the descendant table should be marked as such.
         See the compute_leaves() function to see how to find all
         leaves.
      +  Add file diff links to the file change list.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@

  *  The /xfer handler (for push, pull, and clone) does not do
     delta compression.  This results in excess bandwidth usage.
-    There are some code in xfer.c that are sketches of ideas on
+    There are some pieces in xfer.c that are sketches of ideas on
     how to do delta compression, but nothing has been implemented.

  *  Enhancements to the diff and tkdiff commands in the cli.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     single file.  Allow diffs against any two arbitrary versions,
     not just diffs against the current check-out.  Allow
     configuration options to replace tkdiff with some other
-    visual differ of the users choice.
+    visual differ of the users choice. Example: eskil.

  *  Ticketing interface (expand this bullet)

</pre></td></tr></table>



<a name="notes"></a><h2>Notes</h2>

For example, the <i>&lt;baseurl&gt;</i> for the fossil project itself is
either <b>http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil</b> or
<b>http://www.hwaci.com/cgi-bin/fossil</b>.
If you launch the web server using the "<b>fossil server</b>" command line,
then the <i>&lt;baseurl&gt;</i> is usually
<b>http://localhost:8080/</b>.

The <i>&lt;version&gt;</i> is any unique prefix of the check-in ID for 
the check-in containing the documentation you want to access.
Or <i>&lt;version&gt;</i> can be the name of a 
[./branching.wiki | branch] in order to show
the documentation for the latest version of that branch.
Or <i>&lt;version&gt;</i> can be one of the keywords "<b>tip</b>" or
"<b>ckout</b>".  The "<b>tip</b>" keyword means to use the most recent
check-in.  This is useful if you want to see the very latest
version of the documentation.  The "<b>ckout</b>" keywords means to
pull the documentation file from the local source tree on disk, not
................................................................................
command line and is intended to show what the documentation you are currently
editing looks like before you check it in.

Finally, the <i>&lt;filename&gt;</i> element of the URL is the
pathname of the documentation file relative to the root of the source
tree.

The mimetype (and thus the rendering) of documentation files is 
determined by the file suffix.  Fossil currently understands 
[/mimetype_list|many different file suffixes],
including all the popular ones such as ".css", ".gif", ".htm",
".html", ".jpg", ".jpeg", ".png", and ".txt".

Documentation files whose names end in ".wiki" use the 
[/wiki_rules | fossil wiki markup] -
a safe subset of HTML together with some wiki rules for paragraph
breaks, lists, and hyperlinks. 
Documentation files ending in ".md" or ".markdown" use the
[/md_rules  | Markdown markup langauge].
Documentation files ending in ".txt" are plain text.
Wiki, markdown, and plain text documentation files
are rendered with the standard fossil header and footer added.
Most other mimetypes are delivered directly to the requesting
web browser without interpretation, additions, or changes.

Files with the mimetype "text/html" (the .html or .htm suffix) are
usually rendered directly to the browser without interpretation. 
However, if the file begins with a &lt;div&gt; element like this:

    <b>&lt;div class='fossil-doc' data-title='<i>Title Text</i>'&gt;</b>

Then the standard Fossil header and footer are added to the document
prior to being displayed.  The "class='fossil-doc'" attribute is
required for this to occur.  The "data-title='...'" attribute is
................................................................................
CGI mode.  The "index.html" CGI script looks like this:

<blockquote><pre>
#!/usr/bin/fossil
repository: /fossil/fossil.fossil
</pre></blockquote>

This is one of four ways to set up a 
<a href="./server.wiki">fossil web server</a>.

The "<b>/trunk/</b>" part of the URL tells fossil to use
the documentation files from the most recent trunk check-in.
If you wanted to see an historical version of this document,
you could substitute the name of a check-in for "<b>/trunk/</b>".
For example, to see the version of this document associated with
................................................................................

<ul>
<li> <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i>
<li> <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i><b>T</b><i>HH:MM</i>
<li> <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i><b>T</b><i>HH:MM:SS</i>
</ul>

When the symbolic name is a date and time, fossil shows the version 
of the document that was most recently checked in as of the date
and time specified.  So, for example, to see what the fossil website
looked like at the beginning of 2010, enter:

<blockquote>
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/doc/2010-01-01/www/index.wiki">
http://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/doc/<b>2010-01-01</b>/www/index.wiki

For example, the <i>&lt;baseurl&gt;</i> for the fossil project itself is
either <b>http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil</b> or
<b>http://www.hwaci.com/cgi-bin/fossil</b>.
If you launch the web server using the "<b>fossil server</b>" command line,
then the <i>&lt;baseurl&gt;</i> is usually
<b>http://localhost:8080/</b>.

The <i>&lt;version&gt;</i> is any unique prefix of the check-in ID for
the check-in containing the documentation you want to access.
Or <i>&lt;version&gt;</i> can be the name of a
[./branching.wiki | branch] in order to show
the documentation for the latest version of that branch.
Or <i>&lt;version&gt;</i> can be one of the keywords "<b>tip</b>" or
"<b>ckout</b>".  The "<b>tip</b>" keyword means to use the most recent
check-in.  This is useful if you want to see the very latest
version of the documentation.  The "<b>ckout</b>" keywords means to
pull the documentation file from the local source tree on disk, not
................................................................................
command line and is intended to show what the documentation you are currently
editing looks like before you check it in.

Finally, the <i>&lt;filename&gt;</i> element of the URL is the
pathname of the documentation file relative to the root of the source
tree.

The mimetype (and thus the rendering) of documentation files is
determined by the file suffix.  Fossil currently understands
[/mimetype_list|many different file suffixes],
including all the popular ones such as ".css", ".gif", ".htm",
".html", ".jpg", ".jpeg", ".png", and ".txt".

Documentation files whose names end in ".wiki" use the
[/wiki_rules | fossil wiki markup] -
a safe subset of HTML together with some wiki rules for paragraph
breaks, lists, and hyperlinks.
Documentation files ending in ".md" or ".markdown" use the
[/md_rules  | Markdown markup langauge].
Documentation files ending in ".txt" are plain text.
Wiki, markdown, and plain text documentation files
are rendered with the standard fossil header and footer added.
Most other mimetypes are delivered directly to the requesting
web browser without interpretation, additions, or changes.

Files with the mimetype "text/html" (the .html or .htm suffix) are
usually rendered directly to the browser without interpretation.
However, if the file begins with a &lt;div&gt; element like this:

    <b>&lt;div class='fossil-doc' data-title='<i>Title Text</i>'&gt;</b>

Then the standard Fossil header and footer are added to the document
prior to being displayed.  The "class='fossil-doc'" attribute is
required for this to occur.  The "data-title='...'" attribute is
................................................................................
CGI mode.  The "index.html" CGI script looks like this:

<blockquote><pre>
#!/usr/bin/fossil
repository: /fossil/fossil.fossil
</pre></blockquote>

This is one of four ways to set up a
<a href="./server.wiki">fossil web server</a>.

The "<b>/trunk/</b>" part of the URL tells fossil to use
the documentation files from the most recent trunk check-in.
If you wanted to see an historical version of this document,
you could substitute the name of a check-in for "<b>/trunk/</b>".
For example, to see the version of this document associated with
................................................................................

<ul>
<li> <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i>
<li> <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i><b>T</b><i>HH:MM</i>
<li> <i>YYYY-MM-DD</i><b>T</b><i>HH:MM:SS</i>
</ul>

When the symbolic name is a date and time, fossil shows the version
of the document that was most recently checked in as of the date
and time specified.  So, for example, to see what the fossil website
looked like at the beginning of 2010, enter:

<blockquote>
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/doc/2010-01-01/www/index.wiki">
http://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/doc/<b>2010-01-01</b>/www/index.wiki

<title>How To Use Encrypted Repositories</title>
<h2>Introduction</h2><blockquote>
Fossil can be compiled so that it works with encrypted repositories using
the [https://www.sqlite.org/see/doc/trunk/www/readme.wiki|SQLite Encryption Extension].
This technical note explains the process.
</blockquote>
<h2>Building An Encryption-Enabled Fossil</h2><blockquote>
The SQLite Encryption Extension (SEE) is proprietary software and requires 
[http://www.hwaci.com/cgi-bin/see-step1|purchasing a license].
<p>
Assuming you have an SEE license, the first step of compiling Fossil to
use SEE is to create an SEE-enabled version of the SQLite database source code.
This alternative SQLite database source file should be called "sqlite3-see.c"
and should be placed in the src/ subfolder of the Fossil sources, right beside
the public-domain "sqlite3.c" source file.  Also make a copy of the SEE-enabled

<title>How To Use Encrypted Repositories</title>
<h2>Introduction</h2><blockquote>
Fossil can be compiled so that it works with encrypted repositories using
the [https://www.sqlite.org/see/doc/trunk/www/readme.wiki|SQLite Encryption Extension].
This technical note explains the process.
</blockquote>
<h2>Building An Encryption-Enabled Fossil</h2><blockquote>
The SQLite Encryption Extension (SEE) is proprietary software and requires
[http://www.hwaci.com/cgi-bin/see-step1|purchasing a license].
<p>
Assuming you have an SEE license, the first step of compiling Fossil to
use SEE is to create an SEE-enabled version of the SQLite database source code.
This alternative SQLite database source file should be called "sqlite3-see.c"
and should be placed in the src/ subfolder of the Fossil sources, right beside
the public-domain "sqlite3.c" source file.  Also make a copy of the SEE-enabled

processed.

`--sqlstats`: (Sets `g.fSqlStats`.) Print a number of performance
statistics about each SQLite database used when it is closed.

`--sshtrace`: (Sets `g.fSshTrace`.)

`--ssl-identity SSLIDENTITY`:





`--systemtrace`: (Sets `g.fSystemTrace`.) Trace all commands launched
as sub processes.

`--user LOGIN`: (Sets `g.zLogin`) Also `-U LOGIN`. Set the user name
used with the repository.

processed.

`--sqlstats`: (Sets `g.fSqlStats`.) Print a number of performance
statistics about each SQLite database used when it is closed.

`--sshtrace`: (Sets `g.fSshTrace`.)

`--ssl-identity`: The fully qualified name of the file containing the client
certificate and private key to use, in PEM format.  It can be created by
concatenating the client certificate and private key files.  This identity will
be presented to SSL servers to authenticate the client, in addition to the
normal password authentication.

`--systemtrace`: (Sets `g.fSystemTrace`.) Trace all commands launched
as sub processes.

`--user LOGIN`: (Sets `g.zLogin`) Also `-U LOGIN`. Set the user name
used with the repository.

  *  <b>Milestones</b>.  Project milestones, such as releases or beta-test
      cycles, can be recorded as technotes.  The timeline entry for the technote
      can be something simple like "Version 1.2.3" perhaps with a bright
      color background to draw attention to the entry and the wiki content
      can contain release notes, for example.

  *  <b>Blog Entries</b>.  Blog entries from developers describing the current
     state of a project, or rational for various design decisions, or 
     roadmaps for future development, can be entered as technotes.

  *  <b>Process Checkpoints</b>.  For projects that have a formal process,
     technotes can be used to record the completion or the initiation of
     various process steps.  For example, a technote can be used to record
     the successful completion of a long-running test, perhaps with
     performance results and details of where the test was run and who
................................................................................

No project is required to use technotes.  But technotes can help many projects
stay better organized and provide a better historical record of the
development progress.

<h2>Viewing Technotes</h2>

Because technotes are considered a special kind of wiki, 
users must have permission to read wiki in order read technotes.
Enable the "j" permission under the /Setup/Users menu in order
to give specific users or user classes the ability to view wiki
and technotes.

Technotes show up on the timeline.  Click on the hyperlink beside the
technote title to see the complete text.
................................................................................

<h2>Creating And Editing Technotes</h2>

There is a hyperlink under the /wikihelp menu that can be used to create
new technotes.  And there is a submenu hyperlink on technote displays for
editing existing technotes.

Users must have check-in privileges (permission "i") in order to 
create or edit technotes.  In addition, users must have create-wiki
privilege (permission "f") to create new technotes and edit-wiki
privilege (permission "k") in order to edit existing technotes.

Technote content may be formatted as [/wiki_rules | Fossil wiki],
[/md_rules | Markdown], or a plain text.

  *  <b>Milestones</b>.  Project milestones, such as releases or beta-test
      cycles, can be recorded as technotes.  The timeline entry for the technote
      can be something simple like "Version 1.2.3" perhaps with a bright
      color background to draw attention to the entry and the wiki content
      can contain release notes, for example.

  *  <b>Blog Entries</b>.  Blog entries from developers describing the current
     state of a project, or rational for various design decisions, or
     roadmaps for future development, can be entered as technotes.

  *  <b>Process Checkpoints</b>.  For projects that have a formal process,
     technotes can be used to record the completion or the initiation of
     various process steps.  For example, a technote can be used to record
     the successful completion of a long-running test, perhaps with
     performance results and details of where the test was run and who
................................................................................

No project is required to use technotes.  But technotes can help many projects
stay better organized and provide a better historical record of the
development progress.

<h2>Viewing Technotes</h2>

Because technotes are considered a special kind of wiki,
users must have permission to read wiki in order read technotes.
Enable the "j" permission under the /Setup/Users menu in order
to give specific users or user classes the ability to view wiki
and technotes.

Technotes show up on the timeline.  Click on the hyperlink beside the
technote title to see the complete text.
................................................................................

<h2>Creating And Editing Technotes</h2>

There is a hyperlink under the /wikihelp menu that can be used to create
new technotes.  And there is a submenu hyperlink on technote displays for
editing existing technotes.

Users must have check-in privileges (permission "i") in order to
create or edit technotes.  In addition, users must have create-wiki
privilege (permission "f") to create new technotes and edit-wiki
privilege (permission "k") in order to edit existing technotes.

Technote content may be formatted as [/wiki_rules | Fossil wiki],
[/md_rules | Markdown], or a plain text.

off from.

If you already have a fork in your check-in tree and you want to convert
that fork to a branch, you can do this from the web interface.
First locate the check-in that you want to be
the initial check-in of your branch on the timeline and click on its
link so that you are on the <b>ci</b> page.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  On the 
"Edit Check-in" page, check the box beside "Branching:" and fill in 
the name of your new branch to the right and press the "Apply Changes"
button.</blockquote></li>

<a name="q4"></a>
<p><b>(4) How do I tag a check-in?</b></p>

<blockquote>There are several ways:
................................................................................
<b>fossil [/help/branch|tag] add</b> <i>TAGNAME</i> <i>CHECK-IN</i>
</blockquote>

The CHECK-IN in the previous line can be any
[./checkin_names.wiki | valid check-in name format].

You can also add (and remove) tags from a check-in using the
[./webui.wiki | web interface].  First locate the check-in that you 
what to tag on the timeline, then click on the link to go the detailed
information page for that check-in.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  There are
controls on the edit page that allow new tags to be added and existing
tags to be removed.</blockquote></li>

<a name="q5"></a>
<p><b>(5) How do I create a private branch that won't get pushed back to the
  main repository.</b></p>

<blockquote>Use the <b>--private</b> command-line option on the 
<b>commit</b> command.  The result will be a check-in which exists on
your local repository only and is never pushed to other repositories.  
All descendants of a private check-in are also private.

Unless you specify something different using the <b>--branch</b> and/or
<b>--bgcolor</b> options, the new private check-in will be put on a branch
named "private" with an orange background color.

You can merge from the trunk into your private branch in order to keep

off from.

If you already have a fork in your check-in tree and you want to convert
that fork to a branch, you can do this from the web interface.
First locate the check-in that you want to be
the initial check-in of your branch on the timeline and click on its
link so that you are on the <b>ci</b> page.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  On the
"Edit Check-in" page, check the box beside "Branching:" and fill in
the name of your new branch to the right and press the "Apply Changes"
button.</blockquote></li>

<a name="q4"></a>
<p><b>(4) How do I tag a check-in?</b></p>

<blockquote>There are several ways:
................................................................................
<b>fossil [/help/branch|tag] add</b> <i>TAGNAME</i> <i>CHECK-IN</i>
</blockquote>

The CHECK-IN in the previous line can be any
[./checkin_names.wiki | valid check-in name format].

You can also add (and remove) tags from a check-in using the
[./webui.wiki | web interface].  First locate the check-in that you
what to tag on the timeline, then click on the link to go the detailed
information page for that check-in.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  There are
controls on the edit page that allow new tags to be added and existing
tags to be removed.</blockquote></li>

<a name="q5"></a>
<p><b>(5) How do I create a private branch that won't get pushed back to the
  main repository.</b></p>

<blockquote>Use the <b>--private</b> command-line option on the
<b>commit</b> command.  The result will be a check-in which exists on
your local repository only and is never pushed to other repositories.
All descendants of a private check-in are also private.

Unless you specify something different using the <b>--branch</b> and/or
<b>--bgcolor</b> options, the new private check-in will be put on a branch
named "private" with an orange background color.

You can merge from the trunk into your private branch in order to keep

<title>Fossil File Formats</title>
<h1 align="center">
Fossil File Formats
</h1>

The global state of a fossil repository is kept simple so that it can
endure in useful form for decades or centuries. 
A fossil repository is intended to be readable,
searchable, and extensible by people not yet born.

The global state of a fossil repository is an unordered
set of <i>artifacts</i>.
An artifact might be a source code file, the text of a wiki page,
part of a trouble ticket, or one of several special control artifacts
used to show the relationships between other artifacts within the
project.  Each artifact is normally represented on disk as a separate
file.  Artifacts can be text or binary.

In addition to the global state, 
each fossil repository also contains local state.
The local state consists of web-page formatting
preferences, authorized users, ticket display and reporting formats,
and so forth.  The global state is shared in common among all
repositories for the same project, whereas the local state is often
different in separate repositories.
The local state is not versioned and is not synchronized
................................................................................
The local state is not composed of artifacts and is not intended to be enduring.
This document is concerned with global state only.  Local state is only
mentioned here in order to distinguish it from global state.

Each artifact in the repository is named by its SHA1 hash.
No prefixes or meta information is added to an artifact before
its hash is computed.  The name of an artifact in the repository
is exactly the same SHA1 hash that is computed by sha1sum 
on the file as it exists in your source tree.</p>

Some artifacts have a particular format which gives them special
meaning to fossil.  Fossil recognizes:

<ul>
<li> [#manifest | Manifests] </li>
................................................................................
A manifest is a text file.  Newline characters
(ASCII 0x0a) separate the file into "cards".
Each card begins with a single
character "card type".  Zero or more arguments may follow
the card type.  All arguments are separated from each other
and from the card-type character by a single space
character.  There is no surplus white space between arguments
and no leading or trailing whitespace except for the newline 
character that acts as the card separator.

All cards of the manifest occur in strict sorted lexicographical order.
No card may be duplicated.
The entire manifest may be PGP clear-signed, but otherwise it
may contain no additional text or data beyond what is described here.

................................................................................

A manifest may optionally have a single B-card.  The B-card specifies
another manifest that serves as the "baseline" for this manifest.  A
manifest that has a B-card is called a delta-manifest and a manifest
that omits the B-card is a baseline-manifest.  The other manifest
identified by the argument of the B-card must be a baseline-manifest.
A baseline-manifest records the complete contents of a check-in.
A delta-manifest records only changes from its baseline.  

A manifest must have exactly one C-card.  The sole argument to
the C-card is a check-in comment that describes the check-in that
the manifest defines.  The check-in comment is text.  The following
escape sequences are applied to the text:
A space (ASCII 0x20) is represented as "\s" (ASCII 0x5C, 0x73).  A
newline (ASCII 0x0a) is "\n" (ASCII 0x5C, x6E).  A backslash 
(ASCII 0x5C) is represented as two backslashes "\\".  Apart from
space and newline, no other whitespace characters are allowed in
the check-in comment.  Nor are any unprintable characters allowed
in the comment.

A manifest must have exactly one D-card.  The sole argument to
the D-card is a date-time stamp in the ISO8601 format.  The
................................................................................
A manifest has zero or one N-cards.  The N-card specifies the mimetype for the
text in the comment of the C-card.  If the N-card is omitted, a default mimetype
is used.

A manifest has zero or one P-cards.  Most manifests have one P-card.
The P-card has a varying number of arguments that
define other manifests from which the current manifest
is derived.  Each argument is a 40-character lowercase 
hexadecimal SHA1 of a predecessor manifest.  All arguments
to the P-card must be unique within that card.
The first argument is the SHA1 of the direct ancestor of the manifest.
Other arguments define manifests with which the first was
merged to yield the current manifest.  Most manifests have
a P-card with a single argument.  The first manifest in the
project has no ancestors and thus has no P-card or (depending
................................................................................
A manifest has zero or more Q-cards.  A Q-card is similar to a P-card
in that it defines a predecessor to the current check-in.  But
whereas a P-card defines the immediate ancestor or a merge
ancestor, the Q-card is used to identify a single check-in or a small
range of check-ins which were cherry-picked for inclusion in or
exclusion from the current manifest.  The first argument of
the Q-card is the artifact ID of another manifest (the "target")
which has had its changes included or excluded in the current manifest.  
The target is preceded by "+" or "-" to show inclusion or
exclusion, respectively.  The optional second argument to the
Q-card is another manifest artifact ID which is the "baseline"
for the cherry-pick.  If omitted, the baseline is the primary
parent of the target.  The
changes included or excluded consist of all changes moving from
the baseline to the target.  

The Q-card was added to the interface specification on 2011-02-26.  
Older versions of Fossil will reject manifests that contain Q-cards.

A manifest may optionally have a single R-card.  The R-card has
a single argument which is the MD5 checksum of all files in 
the check-in except the manifest itself.  The checksum is expressed
as 32 characters of lowercase hexadecimal.   The checksum is
computed as follows:  For each file in the check-in (except for
the manifest itself) in strict sorted lexicographical order, 
take the pathname of the file relative to the root of the
repository, append a single space (ASCII 0x20), the
size of the file in ASCII decimal, a single newline
character (ASCII 0x0A), and the complete text of the file.
Compute the MD5 checksum of the result.

A manifest might contain one or more T-cards used to set
................................................................................
Each manifest has a single U-card.  The argument to the U-card is
the login of the user who created the manifest.  The login name
is encoded using the same character escapes as is used for the
check-in comment argument to the C-card.

A manifest must have a single Z-card as its last line.  The argument
to the Z-card is a 32-character lowercase hexadecimal MD5 hash
of all prior lines of the manifest up to and including the newline 
character that immediately precedes the "Z".  The Z-card is 
a sanity check to prove that the manifest is well-formed and
consistent.

A sample manifest from Fossil itself can be seen
[/artifact/28987096ac | here].

<a name="cluster"></a>
<h2>2.0 Clusters</h2>

A cluster is an artifact that declares the existence of other artifacts.
Clusters are used during repository synchronization to help 
reduce network traffic.  As such, clusters are an optimization and
may be removed from a repository without loss or damage to the
underlying project code.

Clusters follow a syntax that is very similar to manifests.
A cluster is a line-oriented text file.  Newline characters
(ASCII 0x0a) separate the artifact into cards.  Each card begins with a single
character "card type".  Zero or more arguments may follow
the card type.  All arguments are separated from each other
and from the card-type character by a single space
character.  There is no surplus white space between arguments
and no leading or trailing whitespace except for the newline 
character that acts as the card separator.
All cards of a cluster occur in strict sorted lexicographical order.
No card may be duplicated.
The cluster may not contain additional text or data beyond 
what is described here.
Unlike manifests, clusters are never PGP signed.

Allowed cards in the cluster are as follows:

<blockquote>
<b>M</b> <i>artifact-id</i><br />
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

A cluster contains one or more "M" cards followed by a single "Z"
card.  Each M card has a single argument which is the artifact ID of 
another artifact in the repository.  The Z card works exactly like
the Z card of a manifest.  The argument to the Z card is the
lower-case hexadecimal representation of the MD5 checksum of all
prior cards in the cluster.  The Z-card is required.

An example cluster from Fossil can be seen
[/artifact/d03dbdd73a2a8 | here].
................................................................................
second argument is the 40 character lowercase artifact ID of the artifact
to which the tag is to be applied. The
first value is the tag name.  The first character of the tag
is either "+", "-", or "*".  The "+" means the tag should be added
to the artifact.  The "-" means the tag should be removed.
The "*" character means the tag should be added to the artifact
and all direct descendants (but not descendants through a merge) down
to but not including the first descendant that contains a 
more recent "-", "*", or "+" tag with the same name.
The optional third argument is the value of the tag.  A tag
without a value is a Boolean.

When two or more tags with the same name are applied to the
same artifact, the tag with the latest (most recent) date is
used.
................................................................................
Some tags have special meaning.  The "comment" tag when applied
to a check-in will override the check-in comment of that check-in
for display purposes.  The "user" tag overrides the name of the
check-in user.  The "date" tag overrides the check-in date.
The "branch" tag sets the name of the branch that at check-in
belongs to.  Symbolic tags begin with the "sym-" prefix.

The U card is the name of the user that created the control 
artifact.  The Z card is the usual required artifact checksum.

An example control artifacts can be seen [/info/9d302ccda8 | here].


<a name="wikichng"></a>
<h2>4.0 Wiki Pages</h2>
................................................................................
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

The D card is the date and time when the wiki page was edited.
The P card specifies the parent wiki pages, if any.  The L card
gives the name of the wiki page.  The optional N card specifies
the mimetype of the wiki text.  If the N card is omitted, the
mimetype is assumed to be text/x-fossil-wiki.  
The U card specifies the login
of the user who made this edit to the wiki page.  The Z card is
the usual checksum over the entire artifact and is required.

The W card is used to specify the text of the wiki page.  The
argument to the W card is an integer which is the number of bytes
of text in the wiki page.  That text follows the newline character
................................................................................

J cards specify changes to the "value" of "fields" in the ticket.
If the <i>value</i> parameter of the J card is omitted, then the
field is set to an empty string.
Each fossil server has a ticket configuration which specifies the fields its
understands.  The ticket configuration is part of the local state for
the repository and thus can vary from one repository to another.
Hence a J card might specify a <i>field</i> that do not exist in the 
local ticket configuration.  If a J card specifies a <i>field</i> that
is not in the local configuration, then that J card
is simply ignored.

The first argument of the J card is the field name.  The second
value is the field value.  If the field name begins with "+" then
the value is appended to the prior value.  Otherwise, the value
................................................................................
An example ticket-change artifact can be seen
[/artifact/91f1ec6af053 | here].

<a name="attachment"></a>
<h2>6.0 Attachments</h2>

An attachment artifact associates some other artifact that is the
attachment (the source artifact) with a ticket or wiki page or 
technical note to which
the attachment is connected (the target artifact).
The following cards are allowed on an attachment artifact:

<blockquote>
<b>A</b> <i>filename target</i> ?<i>source</i>?<br />
<b>C</b> <i>comment</i><br />
................................................................................
<b>U</b> <i>user-name</i><br />
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

The A card specifies a filename for the attachment in its first argument.
The second argument to the A card is the name of the wiki page or
ticket or technical note to which the attachment is connected.  The
third argument is either missing or else it is the 40-character artifact 
ID of the attachment itself.  A missing third argument means that the
attachment should be deleted.

The C card is an optional comment describing what the attachment is about.
The C card is optional, but there can only be one.

A single D card is required to give the date and time when the attachment
................................................................................
<b>W</b> <i>size</i> <b>\n</b> <i>text</i> <b>\n</b><br />
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

The C card contains text that is displayed on the timeline for the
technote.  The C card is optional, but there can only be one.

A single D card is required to give the date and time when the 
technote artifact was created.  This is different from the time at which
the technote appears on the timeline.

A single E card gives the time of the technote (the point on the timeline
where the technote is displayed) and a unique identifier for the technote.
When there are multiple artifacts with the same technote-id, the one with
the most recent D card is the only one used.  The technote-id must be a
................................................................................
name means that tags can only be add and they can only be non-propagating
tags.  In a technote, T cards are normally used to set the background
display color for timelines.

The optional U card gives name of the user who entered the technote.

A single W card provides wiki text for the document associated with the
technote.  The format of the W card is exactly the same as for a 
[#wikichng | wiki artifact].

The Z card is the required checksum over the rest of the artifact.


<a name="summary"></a>
<h2>8.0 Card Summary</h2>

<title>Fossil File Formats</title>
<h1 align="center">
Fossil File Formats
</h1>

The global state of a fossil repository is kept simple so that it can
endure in useful form for decades or centuries.
A fossil repository is intended to be readable,
searchable, and extensible by people not yet born.

The global state of a fossil repository is an unordered
set of <i>artifacts</i>.
An artifact might be a source code file, the text of a wiki page,
part of a trouble ticket, or one of several special control artifacts
used to show the relationships between other artifacts within the
project.  Each artifact is normally represented on disk as a separate
file.  Artifacts can be text or binary.

In addition to the global state,
each fossil repository also contains local state.
The local state consists of web-page formatting
preferences, authorized users, ticket display and reporting formats,
and so forth.  The global state is shared in common among all
repositories for the same project, whereas the local state is often
different in separate repositories.
The local state is not versioned and is not synchronized
................................................................................
The local state is not composed of artifacts and is not intended to be enduring.
This document is concerned with global state only.  Local state is only
mentioned here in order to distinguish it from global state.

Each artifact in the repository is named by its SHA1 hash.
No prefixes or meta information is added to an artifact before
its hash is computed.  The name of an artifact in the repository
is exactly the same SHA1 hash that is computed by sha1sum
on the file as it exists in your source tree.</p>

Some artifacts have a particular format which gives them special
meaning to fossil.  Fossil recognizes:

<ul>
<li> [#manifest | Manifests] </li>
................................................................................
A manifest is a text file.  Newline characters
(ASCII 0x0a) separate the file into "cards".
Each card begins with a single
character "card type".  Zero or more arguments may follow
the card type.  All arguments are separated from each other
and from the card-type character by a single space
character.  There is no surplus white space between arguments
and no leading or trailing whitespace except for the newline
character that acts as the card separator.

All cards of the manifest occur in strict sorted lexicographical order.
No card may be duplicated.
The entire manifest may be PGP clear-signed, but otherwise it
may contain no additional text or data beyond what is described here.

................................................................................

A manifest may optionally have a single B-card.  The B-card specifies
another manifest that serves as the "baseline" for this manifest.  A
manifest that has a B-card is called a delta-manifest and a manifest
that omits the B-card is a baseline-manifest.  The other manifest
identified by the argument of the B-card must be a baseline-manifest.
A baseline-manifest records the complete contents of a check-in.
A delta-manifest records only changes from its baseline.

A manifest must have exactly one C-card.  The sole argument to
the C-card is a check-in comment that describes the check-in that
the manifest defines.  The check-in comment is text.  The following
escape sequences are applied to the text:
A space (ASCII 0x20) is represented as "\s" (ASCII 0x5C, 0x73).  A
newline (ASCII 0x0a) is "\n" (ASCII 0x5C, x6E).  A backslash
(ASCII 0x5C) is represented as two backslashes "\\".  Apart from
space and newline, no other whitespace characters are allowed in
the check-in comment.  Nor are any unprintable characters allowed
in the comment.

A manifest must have exactly one D-card.  The sole argument to
the D-card is a date-time stamp in the ISO8601 format.  The
................................................................................
A manifest has zero or one N-cards.  The N-card specifies the mimetype for the
text in the comment of the C-card.  If the N-card is omitted, a default mimetype
is used.

A manifest has zero or one P-cards.  Most manifests have one P-card.
The P-card has a varying number of arguments that
define other manifests from which the current manifest
is derived.  Each argument is a 40-character lowercase
hexadecimal SHA1 of a predecessor manifest.  All arguments
to the P-card must be unique within that card.
The first argument is the SHA1 of the direct ancestor of the manifest.
Other arguments define manifests with which the first was
merged to yield the current manifest.  Most manifests have
a P-card with a single argument.  The first manifest in the
project has no ancestors and thus has no P-card or (depending
................................................................................
A manifest has zero or more Q-cards.  A Q-card is similar to a P-card
in that it defines a predecessor to the current check-in.  But
whereas a P-card defines the immediate ancestor or a merge
ancestor, the Q-card is used to identify a single check-in or a small
range of check-ins which were cherry-picked for inclusion in or
exclusion from the current manifest.  The first argument of
the Q-card is the artifact ID of another manifest (the "target")
which has had its changes included or excluded in the current manifest.
The target is preceded by "+" or "-" to show inclusion or
exclusion, respectively.  The optional second argument to the
Q-card is another manifest artifact ID which is the "baseline"
for the cherry-pick.  If omitted, the baseline is the primary
parent of the target.  The
changes included or excluded consist of all changes moving from
the baseline to the target.

The Q-card was added to the interface specification on 2011-02-26.
Older versions of Fossil will reject manifests that contain Q-cards.

A manifest may optionally have a single R-card.  The R-card has
a single argument which is the MD5 checksum of all files in
the check-in except the manifest itself.  The checksum is expressed
as 32 characters of lowercase hexadecimal.   The checksum is
computed as follows:  For each file in the check-in (except for
the manifest itself) in strict sorted lexicographical order,
take the pathname of the file relative to the root of the
repository, append a single space (ASCII 0x20), the
size of the file in ASCII decimal, a single newline
character (ASCII 0x0A), and the complete text of the file.
Compute the MD5 checksum of the result.

A manifest might contain one or more T-cards used to set
................................................................................
Each manifest has a single U-card.  The argument to the U-card is
the login of the user who created the manifest.  The login name
is encoded using the same character escapes as is used for the
check-in comment argument to the C-card.

A manifest must have a single Z-card as its last line.  The argument
to the Z-card is a 32-character lowercase hexadecimal MD5 hash
of all prior lines of the manifest up to and including the newline
character that immediately precedes the "Z".  The Z-card is
a sanity check to prove that the manifest is well-formed and
consistent.

A sample manifest from Fossil itself can be seen
[/artifact/28987096ac | here].

<a name="cluster"></a>
<h2>2.0 Clusters</h2>

A cluster is an artifact that declares the existence of other artifacts.
Clusters are used during repository synchronization to help
reduce network traffic.  As such, clusters are an optimization and
may be removed from a repository without loss or damage to the
underlying project code.

Clusters follow a syntax that is very similar to manifests.
A cluster is a line-oriented text file.  Newline characters
(ASCII 0x0a) separate the artifact into cards.  Each card begins with a single
character "card type".  Zero or more arguments may follow
the card type.  All arguments are separated from each other
and from the card-type character by a single space
character.  There is no surplus white space between arguments
and no leading or trailing whitespace except for the newline
character that acts as the card separator.
All cards of a cluster occur in strict sorted lexicographical order.
No card may be duplicated.
The cluster may not contain additional text or data beyond
what is described here.
Unlike manifests, clusters are never PGP signed.

Allowed cards in the cluster are as follows:

<blockquote>
<b>M</b> <i>artifact-id</i><br />
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

A cluster contains one or more "M" cards followed by a single "Z"
card.  Each M card has a single argument which is the artifact ID of
another artifact in the repository.  The Z card works exactly like
the Z card of a manifest.  The argument to the Z card is the
lower-case hexadecimal representation of the MD5 checksum of all
prior cards in the cluster.  The Z-card is required.

An example cluster from Fossil can be seen
[/artifact/d03dbdd73a2a8 | here].
................................................................................
second argument is the 40 character lowercase artifact ID of the artifact
to which the tag is to be applied. The
first value is the tag name.  The first character of the tag
is either "+", "-", or "*".  The "+" means the tag should be added
to the artifact.  The "-" means the tag should be removed.
The "*" character means the tag should be added to the artifact
and all direct descendants (but not descendants through a merge) down
to but not including the first descendant that contains a
more recent "-", "*", or "+" tag with the same name.
The optional third argument is the value of the tag.  A tag
without a value is a Boolean.

When two or more tags with the same name are applied to the
same artifact, the tag with the latest (most recent) date is
used.
................................................................................
Some tags have special meaning.  The "comment" tag when applied
to a check-in will override the check-in comment of that check-in
for display purposes.  The "user" tag overrides the name of the
check-in user.  The "date" tag overrides the check-in date.
The "branch" tag sets the name of the branch that at check-in
belongs to.  Symbolic tags begin with the "sym-" prefix.

The U card is the name of the user that created the control
artifact.  The Z card is the usual required artifact checksum.

An example control artifacts can be seen [/info/9d302ccda8 | here].


<a name="wikichng"></a>
<h2>4.0 Wiki Pages</h2>
................................................................................
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

The D card is the date and time when the wiki page was edited.
The P card specifies the parent wiki pages, if any.  The L card
gives the name of the wiki page.  The optional N card specifies
the mimetype of the wiki text.  If the N card is omitted, the
mimetype is assumed to be text/x-fossil-wiki.
The U card specifies the login
of the user who made this edit to the wiki page.  The Z card is
the usual checksum over the entire artifact and is required.

The W card is used to specify the text of the wiki page.  The
argument to the W card is an integer which is the number of bytes
of text in the wiki page.  That text follows the newline character
................................................................................

J cards specify changes to the "value" of "fields" in the ticket.
If the <i>value</i> parameter of the J card is omitted, then the
field is set to an empty string.
Each fossil server has a ticket configuration which specifies the fields its
understands.  The ticket configuration is part of the local state for
the repository and thus can vary from one repository to another.
Hence a J card might specify a <i>field</i> that do not exist in the
local ticket configuration.  If a J card specifies a <i>field</i> that
is not in the local configuration, then that J card
is simply ignored.

The first argument of the J card is the field name.  The second
value is the field value.  If the field name begins with "+" then
the value is appended to the prior value.  Otherwise, the value
................................................................................
An example ticket-change artifact can be seen
[/artifact/91f1ec6af053 | here].

<a name="attachment"></a>
<h2>6.0 Attachments</h2>

An attachment artifact associates some other artifact that is the
attachment (the source artifact) with a ticket or wiki page or
technical note to which
the attachment is connected (the target artifact).
The following cards are allowed on an attachment artifact:

<blockquote>
<b>A</b> <i>filename target</i> ?<i>source</i>?<br />
<b>C</b> <i>comment</i><br />
................................................................................
<b>U</b> <i>user-name</i><br />
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

The A card specifies a filename for the attachment in its first argument.
The second argument to the A card is the name of the wiki page or
ticket or technical note to which the attachment is connected.  The
third argument is either missing or else it is the 40-character artifact
ID of the attachment itself.  A missing third argument means that the
attachment should be deleted.

The C card is an optional comment describing what the attachment is about.
The C card is optional, but there can only be one.

A single D card is required to give the date and time when the attachment
................................................................................
<b>W</b> <i>size</i> <b>\n</b> <i>text</i> <b>\n</b><br />
<b>Z</b> <i>checksum</i>
</blockquote>

The C card contains text that is displayed on the timeline for the
technote.  The C card is optional, but there can only be one.

A single D card is required to give the date and time when the
technote artifact was created.  This is different from the time at which
the technote appears on the timeline.

A single E card gives the time of the technote (the point on the timeline
where the technote is displayed) and a unique identifier for the technote.
When there are multiple artifacts with the same technote-id, the one with
the most recent D card is the only one used.  The technote-id must be a
................................................................................
name means that tags can only be add and they can only be non-propagating
tags.  In a technote, T cards are normally used to set the background
display color for timelines.

The optional U card gives name of the user who entered the technote.

A single W card provides wiki text for the document associated with the
technote.  The format of the W card is exactly the same as for a
[#wikichng | wiki artifact].

The Z card is the required checksum over the rest of the artifact.


<a name="summary"></a>
<h2>8.0 Card Summary</h2>

<p align="center"><b><i>
The following document was contributed by Gilles Ganault on 2013-01-08.
</i></b>
</p><hr>

<h1>Up and running in 5 minutes as a single user</h1>
<p>This short document explains the main basic Fossil commands for a single 
user, i.e. with no additional users, with no need to synchronize with some remote 
repository, and no need for branching/forking.</p>

<h2>Create a new repository</h2>
<p>fossil new c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will create the new SQLite binary file that holds the repository, i.e. 
files, tickets, wiki, etc. It can be located anywhere, although it's considered 
best practice to keep it outside the work directory where you will work on files 
after they've been checked out of the repository.</p>

<h2>Open the repository</h2>
<p>cd c:\temp\test.fossil</p>
<p>fossil open c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will check out the last revision of all the files in the repository, 
if any, into the current work directory. In addition, it will create a binary 
file _FOSSIL_ to keep track of changes (on non-Windows systems it is called
<tt>.fslckout</tt>).</p>

<h2>Add new files</h2>
<p>fossil add .</p>
<p>To tell Fossil to add new files to the repository. The files aren't actually 
added until you run &quot;commit&quot;. When using &quot;.&quot;, it tells Fossil 
to add all the files in the current directory recursively, i.e. including all 
the files in all the subdirectories.</p>
<p>Note: To tell Fossil to ignore some extensions:</p>
<p>fossil settings ignore-glob &quot;*.o,*.obj,*.exe&quot; --global</p>

<h2>Remove files that haven't been committed yet</h2>
<p>fossil delete myfile.c</p>
<p>This will simply remove the item from the list of files that were previously 
added through &quot;fossil add&quot;.</p>

<h2>Check current status</h2>
<p>fossil changes</p>
<p>This shows the list of changes that have been done and will be committed the 
next time you run &quot;fossil commit&quot;. It's a useful command to run before 
running &quot;fossil commit&quot; just to check that things are OK before proceeding.</p>

<h2>Commit changes</h2>
<p>To actually apply the pending changes to the repository, e.g. new files marked 
for addition, checked-out files that have been edited and must be checked-in, 
etc.</p>

<p>fossil commit -m "Added stuff"</p>

If no file names are provided on the command-line then all changes will be checked in,
otherwise just the listed file(s) will be checked in.

<h2>Compare two revisions of a file</h2>
<p>If you wish to compare the last revision of a file and its checked out version 
in your work directory:</p>
<p>fossil gdiff myfile.c</p>
<p>If you wish to compare two different revisions of a file in the repository:</p>
<p>fossil finfo myfile: Note the first hash, which is the UUID of the commit 
when the file was committed</p>
<p>fossil gdiff --from UUID#1 --to UUID#2 myfile.c</p>
<h2>Cancel changes and go back to previous revision</h2>
<p>fossil revert myfile.c</p>
<p>Fossil does not prompt when reverting a file. It simply reminds the user about the
"undo" command, just in case the revert was a mistake.</p>


<h2>Close the repository</h2>
<p>fossil close</p>
<p>This will simply remove the _FOSSIL_ at the root of the work directory but 
will not delete the files in the work directory. From then on, any use of &quot;fossil&quot; 
will trigger an error since there is no longer any connection.</p>

<p align="center"><b><i>
The following document was contributed by Gilles Ganault on 2013-01-08.
</i></b>
</p><hr>

<h1>Up and running in 5 minutes as a single user</h1>
<p>This short document explains the main basic Fossil commands for a single
user, i.e. with no additional users, with no need to synchronize with some remote
repository, and no need for branching/forking.</p>

<h2>Create a new repository</h2>
<p>fossil new c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will create the new SQLite binary file that holds the repository, i.e.
files, tickets, wiki, etc. It can be located anywhere, although it's considered
best practice to keep it outside the work directory where you will work on files
after they've been checked out of the repository.</p>

<h2>Open the repository</h2>
<p>cd c:\temp\test.fossil</p>
<p>fossil open c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will check out the last revision of all the files in the repository,
if any, into the current work directory. In addition, it will create a binary
file _FOSSIL_ to keep track of changes (on non-Windows systems it is called
<tt>.fslckout</tt>).</p>

<h2>Add new files</h2>
<p>fossil add .</p>
<p>To tell Fossil to add new files to the repository. The files aren't actually
added until you run &quot;commit&quot;. When using &quot;.&quot;, it tells Fossil
to add all the files in the current directory recursively, i.e. including all
the files in all the subdirectories.</p>
<p>Note: To tell Fossil to ignore some extensions:</p>
<p>fossil settings ignore-glob &quot;*.o,*.obj,*.exe&quot; --global</p>

<h2>Remove files that haven't been committed yet</h2>
<p>fossil delete myfile.c</p>
<p>This will simply remove the item from the list of files that were previously
added through &quot;fossil add&quot;.</p>

<h2>Check current status</h2>
<p>fossil changes</p>
<p>This shows the list of changes that have been done and will be committed the
next time you run &quot;fossil commit&quot;. It's a useful command to run before
running &quot;fossil commit&quot; just to check that things are OK before proceeding.</p>

<h2>Commit changes</h2>
<p>To actually apply the pending changes to the repository, e.g. new files marked
for addition, checked-out files that have been edited and must be checked-in,
etc.</p>

<p>fossil commit -m "Added stuff"</p>

If no file names are provided on the command-line then all changes will be checked in,
otherwise just the listed file(s) will be checked in.

<h2>Compare two revisions of a file</h2>
<p>If you wish to compare the last revision of a file and its checked out version
in your work directory:</p>
<p>fossil gdiff myfile.c</p>
<p>If you wish to compare two different revisions of a file in the repository:</p>
<p>fossil finfo myfile: Note the first hash, which is the UUID of the commit
when the file was committed</p>
<p>fossil gdiff --from UUID#1 --to UUID#2 myfile.c</p>
<h2>Cancel changes and go back to previous revision</h2>
<p>fossil revert myfile.c</p>
<p>Fossil does not prompt when reverting a file. It simply reminds the user about the
"undo" command, just in case the revert was a mistake.</p>


<h2>Close the repository</h2>
<p>fossil close</p>
<p>This will simply remove the _FOSSIL_ at the root of the work directory but
will not delete the files in the work directory. From then on, any use of &quot;fossil&quot;
will trigger an error since there is no longer any connection.</p>

<li><p>The project has a bug tracker.

<li><p>The project has a website.

<li><p>Release version numbers are in the traditional X.Y or X.Y.Z format.

<li><p>Releases can be downloaded as tarball using 
       gzip or bzip2 compression.

<li><p>Releases unpack into a versioned top-level directory.
       (ex:  "projectname-1.2.3/").

<li><p>A statement of license appears at the top of every source code file
       and the complete text of the license is included in the source code
       tarball.

<li><p>There are no incompatible licenses in the code.

<li><p>The project has not been blithely proclaimed "public domain" without
having gone through the tedious and exacting legal steps to actually put it 
in the public domain.

<li><p>There is an accurate change log in the code and on the website.

<li><p>There is documentation in the code and on the website.
</ol>

<li><p>The project has a bug tracker.

<li><p>The project has a website.

<li><p>Release version numbers are in the traditional X.Y or X.Y.Z format.

<li><p>Releases can be downloaded as tarball using
       gzip or bzip2 compression.

<li><p>Releases unpack into a versioned top-level directory.
       (ex:  "projectname-1.2.3/").

<li><p>A statement of license appears at the top of every source code file
       and the complete text of the license is included in the source code
       tarball.

<li><p>There are no incompatible licenses in the code.

<li><p>The project has not been blithely proclaimed "public domain" without
having gone through the tedious and exacting legal steps to actually put it
in the public domain.

<li><p>There is an accurate change log in the code and on the website.

<li><p>There is documentation in the code and on the website.
</ol>

<ol type="1">
    <li>Tools &gt; Settings &gt; Expert Settings</li>
    <li>Tools &gt; External Tools, where the items in this list map
        to "External Tool X" that we'll add to our own Fossil
        menu later: </li>
    <ol type="1">
        <li>Rename the default "&#91;New Tool 1&#93;" to eg.
        "Commit"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2. 
        </li>
        <li>Change Command to where Fossil is located eg.
            "c:\fossil.exe"</li>
        <li>Change Arguments to the required command, eg.
            "commit -m". 
        The user will be prompted to type the comment that Commit expects</li>
        <li>Set "Initial Directory" to point it to the work directory 
        where the source files are currently checked out
        by Fossil (eg. c:\Workspace). It's also possible to use system
        variables such as "$(ProjectDir)" instead of hard-coding the path</li>
        <li>Check "Prompt for arguments", since Commit
        requires typing a comment. Useless for commands like Changes
        that don't require arguments</li>
        <li>Uncheck "Close on Exit", so we can see what Fossil says 
        before closing the DOS box. Note that "Use Output Window" 
        will display the output in a child window within the IDE instead of 
        opening a DOS box</li>
        <li>Click on OK</li>
    </ol>
    <li>Tools &gt; Customize &gt; Commands</li>
    <ol type="1">
        <li>With "Menu bar = Menu Bar" selected, click on "Add 
        New Menu". A new "Fossil" menu is displayed in the
        IDE's menu bar</li>
        <li>Click on "Modify Selection" to rename it
        "Fossil", and...</li>
        <li>Use the "Move Down" button to move it lower in
        the list</li>
    </ol>
    <li>Still in Customize dialog: In the "Menu bar" combo, select 
    the new Fossil menu you just created, and Click on "Add Command...": 
    From Categories, select Tools, and select "External Command 1". 
    Click on Close. It's unfortunate that the IDE doesn't say which command 
    maps to "External Command X".</li>
</ol>

<ol type="1">
    <li>Tools &gt; Settings &gt; Expert Settings</li>
    <li>Tools &gt; External Tools, where the items in this list map
        to "External Tool X" that we'll add to our own Fossil
        menu later: </li>
    <ol type="1">
        <li>Rename the default "&#91;New Tool 1&#93;" to eg.
        "Commit"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2.
        </li>
        <li>Change Command to where Fossil is located eg.
            "